RCB Ends Title Drought with Gritty Win Over Punjab Kings in IPL Final

After seventeen seasons of near misses and emotional heartbreaks, Royal Challengers Bengaluru (RCB) has finally lifted the coveted Indian Premier League (IPL) trophy. Once branded perennial bridesmaids with three previous runners-up finishes, RCB emerged victorious, defeating Punjab Kings (PBKS) by six runs in a pulsating final at the Narendra Modi Stadium on Tuesday.

The win marked a historic moment not only for the franchise but also for its loyal and massive fanbase, which had endured years of disappointment. With the triumph, Virat Kohli – one of the modern legends of the game – added the one missing piece to his otherwise glittering resume. As the crowd, overwhelmingly RCB supporters, erupted in joy, Kohli’s long-awaited moment finally arrived.

What made this triumph even more special was that it came under the leadership of Rajat Patidar, who captained the side for the first time this season. Patidar achieved what RCB greats like Kohli, Anil Kumble, and Rahul Dravid could not. Against a determined PBKS side and in front of a packed stadium, Patidar’s team held its nerve to etch its name in IPL history.

RCB posted a modest total of 190 for nine after batting first, and it seemed for a moment that they might have missed a golden opportunity. But their bowling unit rose to the occasion, putting up a superb performance that snatched victory from the jaws of defeat.

The early turning point in the chase came when PBKS captain Shreyas Iyer, the hero of their successful run-chase against Mumbai Indians in Qualifier 2, fell cheaply. Medium-pacer Romario Shepherd claimed Iyer’s wicket when the latter nicked an innocuous delivery outside off-stump. Iyer departed for just one run, and with him, PBKS’s title dreams began to fade.

The foundation for that dismissal was laid by Krunal Pandya, who bowled a game-changing spell. Introduced into the attack in the seventh over, the left-arm spinner baffled the batters with his tight line and length. He conceded only 17 runs in his full quota of four overs and took two crucial wickets—those of Prabhsimran Singh and Josh Inglis. His economical and incisive bowling halted PBKS’s momentum and helped RCB wrest control.

Though Shashank Singh tried to mount a late challenge with a blistering unbeaten knock of 61 from 30 deliveries, including three fours and six sixes, the task proved too steep. His lone battle could not prevent the inevitable, as RCB kept chipping away with regular wickets.

Earlier, Iyer won the toss and opted to bowl first—a strategy that had worked well for PBKS in their prior match. Rain earlier in the day had left the surface damp, which prompted a cautious start from the RCB batters.

Phil Salt provided a brief flourish at the top with a nine-ball 16, but RCB’s top order generally opted for a measured approach. Kohli assumed the anchor role, compiling a composed 43 off 35 balls with three boundaries. He focused on placement and quick running rather than aggressive strokeplay, which put pressure on his partners to take risks and accelerate the scoring.

As the run rate started to dip below nine an over, RCB turned to Jitesh Sharma for a late surge. Sharma responded with an explosive 24 off just 10 deliveries, giving the innings a much-needed boost. Even so, PBKS would have felt confident about keeping RCB under the 200-run mark.

Despite that psychological advantage, RCB’s bowlers made sure the total was enough. The dismissal of Iyer was symbolic—a single, decisive moment that turned the tide in RCB’s favor. Kohli, speaking after the match, looked visibly relieved and emotional. The win filled a glaring void in his career accomplishments. As he stood amidst celebrations, the significance of the night was unmistakable.

RCB’s disciplined bowling performance, combined with fielding brilliance and smart captaincy, proved too much for PBKS. Krunal Pandya’s economical spell was the game’s unsung highlight, while Romario Shepherd’s timely breakthrough rattled the opposition early.

In his post-match comments, PBKS captain Shreyas Iyer admitted the early loss of wickets hurt their chase. “It was a tough one. Losing early wickets, especially mine, put pressure on the middle order. We tried our best, but credit to RCB—they were the better team tonight.”

Meanwhile, Rajat Patidar was full of praise for his squad. “It’s a surreal feeling. We stuck together through tough games and believed we could do it. This trophy is for every RCB fan who never gave up on us,” he said.

RCB’s journey to the title has been long, filled with heartbreaks and what-ifs. But on this night, every painful memory was replaced by euphoria. The scenes at the Narendra Modi Stadium spoke volumes—flags waving, fans chanting, and players embracing each other in tears and triumph.

The scoreboard painted a gripping tale of the contest:

ROYAL CHALLENGERS BENGALURU

  • Phil Salt: c Shreyas b Jamieson 16 (9b, 2×4, 1×6)
  • Virat Kohli: c & b Omarzai 43 (35b, 3×4)
  • Mayank Agarwal: c Arshdeep b Chahal 24 (18b, 2×4, 1×6)
  • Rajat Patidar: lbw b Jamieson 26 (16b, 1×4, 2×6)
  • Liam Livingstone: lbw b Jamieson 25 (15b, 2×6)
  • Jitesh Sharma: b Vyshak 24 (10b, 2×4, 2×6)
  • Romario Shepherd: lbw b Arshdeep 17 (9b, 1×4, 1×6)
  • Krunal Pandya: c Shreyas b Arshdeep 4 (5b)
  • Bhuvneshwar Kumar: c Priyansh b Arshdeep 1 (2b)
  • Yash Dayal: not out 1 (1b)
  • Extras: (w-9) 9
  • Total: 190 for 9 in 20 overs

Fall of Wickets:

1-18 (Salt), 2-56 (Mayank), 3-96 (Patidar), 4-131 (Kohli), 5-167 (Livingstone), 6-171 (Jitesh), 7-188 (Shepherd), 8-189 (Krunal), 9-190 (Bhuvneshwar)

PBKS BOWLING:

  • Arshdeep: 4-0-40-3
  • Jamieson: 4-0-48-3
  • Omarzai: 4-0-35-1
  • Vyshak: 4-0-30-1

In the end, RCB’s six-run win was a story of perseverance, planning, and redemption. As Kohli summed up perfectly, “This is for every RCB fan who stood by us year after year. This night, this win, is unforgettable.”

Ukraine’s Daring Drone Strike Deals Historic Blow to Russia’s Strategic Bomber Fleet

In what Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy called an operation “for the history books,” Ukraine launched one of its most ambitious and impactful military offensives of the war. On Sunday, in a matter of hours, nearly a third of Moscow’s strategic bomber fleet was either destroyed or severely damaged. The surprise assault was executed with relatively inexpensive drones that managed to slip deep into Russian territory. Ukrainian officials celebrated the operation as a resounding success.

This elaborate mission, codenamed “Spiderweb,” was spearheaded by Ukraine’s Security Service (SBU) and was over 18 months in the making. It was personally supervised by President Zelenskyy. The operation was launched at a critical moment in the conflict, now in its third year, as diplomatic efforts for a ceasefire have failed to produce results and as Russia continues to bombard Ukraine with an unprecedented volume of missile and drone strikes.

Sunday’s operation highlights the broader wartime strategy that Ukraine has pursued: innovation and resourcefulness in the face of being outgunned and outnumbered. Heavily reliant on support from Western allies, Ukrainian defense planners have frequently turned to asymmetrical tactics to weaken Russian forces. These methods often include stealth and creativity, allowing Ukraine to punch above its weight.

According to Kyiv, four Russian military airfields were targeted in the strike. President Zelenskyy revealed that a total of 117 drones were deployed in the multi-layered attack, which inflicted major damage on 34% of Russia’s air missile carrier fleet.

The mission’s complexity was staggering. Zelenskyy disclosed that it was coordinated from a location next to an office of Russia’s powerful Federal Security Service (FSB), though he did not specify exactly where this took place. Ukrainian operatives covertly smuggled FPV (first-person view) drones into Russian territory. These drones were transported in wooden containers and moved by truck to areas near the targeted airfields.

Once positioned, the drones took flight from the containers to launch their strikes on Russia’s strategic bombers. Videos shared on Russian social media on the day of the attack showed drones rising from inside the wooden crates. By the time the assault ended, Ukraine’s security service estimated that over 40 Russian aircraft were either destroyed or heavily damaged, causing approximately $7 billion in losses.

One of the most significant targets hit was the Belaya air base, located in the Irkutsk region of Siberia, more than 4,000 kilometers—or about 2,500 miles—from Ukraine. The sheer distance underscores the depth of Ukrainian penetration and the operational reach of their drones.

Russia’s Defense Ministry confirmed that strikes had indeed occurred, noting that aircraft were damaged and fires broke out at air bases in both the Irkutsk and Murmansk regions. It also said additional drone attacks were thwarted in other regions, including Amur in the Russian Far East and the western locales of Ivanovo and Ryazan.

However, as is often the case in wartime, there has been no way to independently verify the extent of the damage reported by either side.

The primary targets of this operation were strategic aircraft known for their roles in bombing Ukraine. The SBU stated that the strike destroyed several high-value military assets, including the A-50 radar aircraft, as well as the Tu-95 and Tu-22M long-range bombers. These aircraft have been integral to Russia’s bombing campaign against Ukraine. While the Tu-95 and Tu-22M have previously launched missiles at Ukrainian cities, the A-50 plays a critical role in identifying targets, detecting air defenses, and guiding missiles.

The destruction of these planes marks a significant setback for Russia’s ability to maintain its missile assault operations. Ukraine has long sought to reduce Moscow’s aerial strike capabilities, which pose a major threat to civilians and infrastructure alike.

The timing of the drone assault was particularly notable. It came just as Russia had launched a record 472 drones toward Ukraine, another attempt to overwhelm Ukraine’s limited air defense supplies, cripple its arms manufacturing, and lower public morale. These attacks have not only strained Ukraine’s defensive systems but have also resulted in civilian casualties and destruction of non-military targets.

In contrast, Ukraine’s successful operation dealt a psychological and strategic blow to Russia while also lifting the spirits of Ukrainians. The morale boost is significant at a time when peace talks have shown little progress and when Ukrainians are bracing for more hardship.

The drone strike took place a day before a new round of direct peace negotiations commenced in Istanbul on Monday. It served as both a show of Ukrainian capability and a warning to Moscow.

“The enemy thought it could bomb Ukraine and kill Ukrainians with impunity and without end. But that is not the case,” said Vasyl Maliuk, head of Ukraine’s Security Service, on Monday. “We will respond to Russian terror and destroy the enemy everywhere — at sea, in the air, and on land.”

“And if necessary, we’ll get them from underground too,” he added, emphasizing Ukraine’s commitment to continue striking back regardless of the battlefield.

This latest operation also reinforces a pattern of Ukraine employing the element of surprise to strike high-value targets far behind enemy lines. Despite facing numerous challenges on the frontlines, Kyiv has consistently found ways to disrupt Russian operations in unexpected ways.

Sunday’s offensive may go down as the boldest action yet in this category. But it is by no means the first.

In April 2022, Ukraine shocked the world by sinking the Moskva, the flagship of Russia’s Black Sea Fleet, using two of its domestically produced Neptune anti-ship missiles. The destruction of the Moskva was a major symbolic and strategic victory early in the war.

Later that year, in October 2022, Ukraine struck the Kerch Bridge connecting Russia with Crimea, a key logistical and symbolic link for Moscow. The bridge was hit again in July 2023, further demonstrating Ukraine’s ability to attack far beyond the immediate warfront.

Sunday’s drone operation represents the continuation—and escalation—of Ukraine’s campaign to target strategic Russian military assets deep within its territory. It not only showcases Ukraine’s growing capabilities in unmanned warfare but also exposes vulnerabilities in Russia’s homeland defense systems.

With no end to the conflict in sight and peace negotiations still yielding little progress, Sunday’s attack may well become a defining moment in a war where creativity, precision, and resilience have become Ukraine’s most potent weapons.

CUNY Launches Research Platform Honoring Dr. Achyuta Samanta to Boost India-U.S. Educational Collaboration

In a move aimed at strengthening academic collaboration between India and the United States, the City University of New York (CUNY) has unveiled a specialized research initiative dedicated to Indian educational and social development. The new platform, named the Achyuta Samanta India Initiative of the CUNY CREST Institute (ASIICCI), was inaugurated this week during a ribbon-cutting ceremony in New York. The event was graced by Dr. Achyuta Samanta himself, alongside Dr. Milton Santiago, President of Bronx Community College.

The ASIICCI is designed to focus on interdisciplinary research tackling India’s pressing educational and social issues. While the scope is national, special attention will be given to Odisha, the eastern Indian state where Dr. Samanta hails from and where much of his pioneering work has been implemented. Notably, this platform represents one of the rare occasions when a public university in the U.S. has named a research initiative after a living Indian personality.

Dr. Samanta is a renowned academic and social reformer who has significantly reshaped the education landscape in India, particularly for marginalized communities. He is the founder of both the Kalinga Institute of Industrial Technology (KIIT) and the Kalinga Institute of Social Sciences (KISS), two institutions widely recognized for their unique combination of academic rigor and social impact.

KIIT has emerged as a comprehensive university offering education in multiple professional disciplines to more than 40,000 students. In parallel, KISS provides free-of-cost education, lodging, food, and healthcare to another 40,000 tribal children—many of whom are first-generation learners. This holistic model of development, where academic empowerment is seamlessly combined with community welfare, has drawn acclaim from both national and international observers.

CUNY officials emphasized that this model holds immense promise for addressing educational and social equity challenges globally. They see Dr. Samanta’s approach as one that successfully merges educational excellence with grassroots empowerment. By creating ASIICCI, CUNY hopes to give researchers and scholars a dedicated platform to explore and expand on this model, fostering innovative solutions to real-world problems.

“The initiative will provide a collaborative space where academics can engage in interdisciplinary research grounded in Dr. Samanta’s development framework,” said a CUNY representative. “It’s a rare honor to name such a platform after a living Indian educator, which speaks volumes about the global relevance of his work.”

CUNY is among the largest public university systems in the United States, with a student body of more than 300,000 individuals hailing from 122 different nationalities. This rich diversity provides a fertile ground for cross-cultural learning and global academic exchange. The launch of ASIICCI is expected to not only boost research efforts but also foster deeper educational ties between India and the U.S.

Dr. Samanta’s contributions to education and social upliftment have earned him international recognition. He has been awarded 67 honorary doctorates from universities across the globe, a distinction that places him among the most decorated Indian academicians and social workers still active today. This latest acknowledgment from CUNY further cements his standing as a global thought leader in inclusive education.

“Education is the most powerful tool for social transformation,” Dr. Samanta remarked during the ceremony. “This initiative symbolizes how nations can come together to share knowledge, promote equity, and create sustainable models for inclusive development.”

His vision of using education as a means to achieve broader social goals has influenced a growing global conversation about the role of academic institutions in addressing inequality. Through institutions like KIIT and KISS, Dr. Samanta has demonstrated that access to quality education can catalyze wide-ranging improvements in community health, economic opportunity, and gender equality.

Academic communities have praised the ASIICCI as a meaningful and timely tribute to a figure who continues to shape lives through education. “It’s not often that such honors are bestowed upon individuals while they are still actively contributing to the field,” said Dr. Milton Santiago. “This is not just a recognition; it’s an investment in a philosophy that believes education must serve the most underserved.”

The platform also seeks to facilitate student and faculty exchanges between India and the United States, enriching both sides through mutual learning and cultural exchange. Such programs are expected to enhance students’ global competencies and expose them to diverse methods of teaching, learning, and community engagement.

“This initiative will allow researchers from both countries to draw inspiration from each other and co-develop solutions that are both innovative and culturally rooted,” said another CUNY official.

Furthermore, by concentrating part of its research on Odisha, the ASIICCI aims to shed light on regional challenges often overlooked in broader academic discussions. Issues such as tribal education, healthcare access, and rural empowerment will be at the forefront of the platform’s agenda. The goal is to inform policy and practice not just in India, but globally.

Dr. Samanta’s model is especially pertinent at a time when educational institutions worldwide are grappling with how to better serve marginalized populations. His work underscores the importance of treating education not just as a means of intellectual development but as a comprehensive tool for societal transformation.

The ASIICCI will be hosted under the umbrella of the CUNY CREST Institute, known for its focus on climate resilience and environmental systems. The incorporation of the India Initiative under this multidisciplinary research center signifies a commitment to addressing complex global issues through collaborative and holistic strategies.

In the coming months, the platform will begin accepting research proposals, hosting workshops, and organizing seminars aimed at drawing international scholars into the conversation. It also plans to publish findings that can be used to guide public policy and institutional reforms in both countries.

Dr. Samanta expressed hope that the platform will not only further his mission but also inspire future generations of educators and social entrepreneurs. “I believe this initiative will become a beacon of collaboration, innovation, and inclusivity,” he said. “Together, we can build bridges of knowledge that span continents.”

In sum, the launch of the Achyuta Samanta India Initiative at CUNY signifies a meaningful step forward in global academic cooperation, rooted in the values of inclusion, empowerment, and shared learning. By spotlighting the work of one of India’s most influential educators, the initiative aims to create lasting impact both in India and across the globe.

Trump Moves to Strip $1.1 Billion in Funding from NPR and PBS in Broader Cultural Battle

President Donald Trump took a new step on Tuesday in his ongoing clash with prominent cultural institutions by formally asking Congress to rescind $1.1 billion in federal funding that had been allocated to public broadcasters for the next two years. This move targets organizations such as NPR and PBS, both of which have long been in the crosshairs of conservative criticism over alleged partisan bias.

To move forward, this rescission request requires a simple majority in both the House and Senate within 45 days. Given Republicans’ narrow majorities in both chambers, the proposal could succeed with only minimal dissent from within their ranks.

The momentum for this move had been building for months. Earlier this spring, a House subcommittee hearing laid the foundation, with Republican lawmakers using the platform to accuse NPR and PBS of promoting partisan viewpoints. During that hearing, they argued for the removal of federal support funneled through the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB) to local public media outlets and their national counterparts.

At the hearing, PBS President and CEO Paula Kerger warned about the severe impact such cuts could have, particularly in rural areas where public stations often serve as the main providers of local programming and essential services. In a statement issued Tuesday following Trump’s request, Kerger said, “Without PBS member stations, Americans will lose unique local programming and emergency services in times of crisis. There’s nothing more American than PBS and we are proud to highlight real issues, individuals, and places that would otherwise be overlooked by commercial media.”

Similarly, Katherine Maher, President and CEO of NPR, expressed concern not only about the financial impact on local radio stations but also about the legality of the request. “The proposal, which is explicitly viewpoint-based and aimed at controlling and punishing content, violates the Public Broadcasting Act, the First Amendment, and the Due Process Clause,” she said in a statement. Maher warned that the abrupt withdrawal of funding would lead to “immediate budget shortfalls,” resulting in program cancellations and layoffs at public radio stations.

The move to eliminate public broadcasting funds is part of a broader $9.4 billion package of proposed budget clawbacks from the White House, which also includes cuts to foreign aid programs. House Speaker Mike Johnson emphasized that the proposed cuts had been developed with guidance from a government efficiency task force led by billionaire Elon Musk. “We thank Elon Musk and his DOGE team for identifying a wide range of wasteful, duplicative, and outdated programs, and House Republicans are eager to eliminate them,” Johnson stated, expressing eagerness to act swiftly on the president’s proposal.

However, opposition is expected in the Senate, where even some Republicans have expressed reservations. Senator Susan Collins of Maine, who chairs the Senate Appropriations Committee, objected to a proposed cut in the widely respected PEPFAR initiative — a U.S. program for combating HIV/AIDS that was launched under President George W. Bush. “I will not support a cut in PEPFAR, which is a program that has saved literally millions of lives and has been extremely effective and well run,” she said, though she avoided commenting directly on the proposal to defund public broadcasting or whether there would be enough Republican senators to halt the measure.

This request comes after conservative lawmakers voiced dissatisfaction with a recently passed House budget deal — approved only after Trump’s personal visit to Capitol Hill — which they said would significantly increase the federal debt. Still, while the $1.1 billion cut to public broadcasting is symbolically significant, its financial impact on the national debt is minimal. The U.S. national debt stands at a staggering $36 trillion, and the amount Trump seeks to rescind covers the full CPB budget through the end of September 2027. That funding was originally approved in March as part of a temporary spending bill signed by the president.

Public broadcasting has traditionally drawn bipartisan support, but it has become a lightning rod for criticism in recent years, especially from conservatives who claim it leans left politically. Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene, a prominent ally of Trump, exemplified this view during the spring subcommittee hearing, saying, “NPR and PBS have increasingly become radical, left-wing echo chambers for a narrow audience of mostly wealthy, white, urban liberals and progressives.”

Despite such criticism, not all Republicans agree with Trump’s proposal. Alaska Senator Lisa Murkowski voiced her support for continued federal funding for public broadcasting, emphasizing its importance in states like hers. In rural areas, public radio and TV often provide critical services, including access to news, education, and emergency alerts.

Several prominent Democrats have also strongly opposed Trump’s push to defund public broadcasting. Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer and Senator Patty Murray, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, criticized the move as politically motivated. “President Trump is looking to go after PBS and NPR to settle political scores and muzzle the free press, while undermining foreign assistance programs that push back on China’s malign influence, save lives, and address other bipartisan priorities,” the two senators said in a joint statement.

Representative Dan Goldman of New York, who serves as the Democratic co-chair of the House Public Broadcasting Caucus, echoed those concerns. In May, he led a letter addressed to House appropriators that was signed by 106 Democratic lawmakers, urging the continued financial support of public broadcasters. “Without federal support for public broadcasting, many localities would struggle to receive timely, reliable local news and educational content, especially remote and rural communities that commercial newsrooms are increasingly less likely to invest in,” the letter stated. It emphasized that in places like Alaska, Minnesota, North Dakota, and Texas, public radio often remains “the only weekly or daily news source in their communities.”

While Trump’s rescission request may satisfy elements of his base and allies within Congress who seek to slash government spending and challenge perceived media bias, it has also ignited a broader debate about the role of public broadcasting in American society. The fate of the proposal now lies with lawmakers in both chambers, many of whom must balance partisan priorities against the needs of their constituents — particularly in rural America where public media often fills a void left by commercial broadcasters.

In essence, the latest effort by Trump to cut public media funding serves not only as a fiscal maneuver but also as part of a broader ideological campaign, reflecting deepening divisions over the future of American media and its role in public life.

International college students matter for the economy

Since late March, the government has been revoking international student visas or terminating their statuses, citing national security concerns. Then it stopped: While writing this Chalkboard post, a judge told the governmentit couldn’t do this. The government also recently told Harvard it was rescinding their authorization to enroll international students. Then, a different judge told the government it couldn’t do that to Harvard. And the latest as I write is that the government has cancelled new appointments to be cleared for a student visa.

By the time these words reach your screen, it’s anyone’s guess what new developments might affect international students enrolling in U.S. colleges and universities. So, let’s not talk about the legal stuff or politics.

Let’s talk about economics.

In particular, let’s talk about international students and our trade deficit. For a quick summary of the impact international students have, it’s hard to do better than Catherine Rampell’s column from April.

President Donald Trump says he wants to reduce our trade deficit. Yet he’s destroying one of our winningest exports: higher education. Colleges and universities are among America’s most competitive international exporters. . . We also run a huge trade surplus in this sector, meaning that foreigners buy much more education from the United States than Americans buy from other countries.

Catherine Rampell, Washington Post

I covered the issue for the Brown Center on Education Policy before the pandemic in 2017 and then again in 2018. Since then, education—primarily higher education—has become an increasingly important factor in the U.S. trade deficit. Exports occur when foreign buyers spend money on American goods or services. In this case, international students bring both their presence and their tuition payments, with the product being a degree or certificate. The figure below shows inflation-adjusted exports and imports in the education sector since 1999.

America’s education trade surplus has skyrocketed since 1999

U.S. education exports and imports in billions of 2024 dollars

America's education trade surplus has skyrocketed since 1999

Education exports have skyrocketed, then dipped during the pandemic, and have now recovered. Imports—in the form of Americans studying abroad—have also risen, but not nearly as fast as exports. Throughout this time, America’s trade surplus in the education sector (the difference between the export and import lines) has consistently benefited the United States. The education trade surplus has grown more than threefold over the past 25 years, rising from $12 billion in 1999 to over $43 billion in 2024, adjusted for inflation.

We’ll return to talking about the trade deficit below, but first let’s consider some of the high-level economic effects of spending by the one million-plus international students when they come to the United States.

According to NAFSA: Association of International Educators, international students in the higher education sector supported almost 400,000 jobs in the 2023-24 school year. Half of the jobs were directly within colleges and universities, while the other half resulted from student spending on housing, food, retail, and other living expenses. About one-fifth of the jobs came from housing, and another fifth from food and retail spending.

Suppose we toss international students out, or just make them feel unwelcome so they don’t come. The instant economic impact of losing them would be losing their tuition dollars. At public universities, international students pay out-of-state or “non-resident” tuition and fees, which are substantially higher than what they charge in-state students. International students—or more specifically, their tuition dollars—are an essential ingredient that make the “high cost, high aid” models at many selective U.S. colleges work. As an example, the University of California (where I work) teaches roughly one international undergraduate for every nine California students. But there are two financial differences: International tuition is more than triple the tuition for California students, and while over half of California undergraduates have their tuition fully covered by aid, international students receive essentially no financial aid. One way to look at it is that a significant portion of financial aid for California students is funded by the higher tuition paid by international students.

Looking ahead, market trends in the higher education business are quite clear—and international students can clearly make a difference. College attendance by Americans is at an all-time high but is expected to decline sharply over the next 15 years, in large part because there are simply fewer children in the United States. That means there will be many open spaces available in U.S. institutions to be filled by international students. If we lose international students while domestic enrollments are also falling, many colleges will have to shrink or, in some cases, shut down.

Finally, there are the indirect economic effects, which are much harder to measure. The leaders of many nations boast American degrees, including leaders of Bahrain, Bangladesh, Belgium, Cambodia, Egypt, Iceland, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, and Spain. And eight prime ministers or presidents of foreign countries have Harvard degrees, including Canada, Greece, Singapore, and Taiwan. It’s difficult to assign a dollar value to American-educated leaders governing much of the world, but their influence is undoubtedly valuable for international relations in both politics and business. And of course, there’s more than money involved with international students in U.S. colleges. American students benefit from getting to know students from other countries and other cultures. And I believe international students leave with admiration for much of what America represents and warm feelings toward its people.

Higher education is an internationally competitive industry, which the U.S. has dominated for a long time. The top four destination countries for foreign students are the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom, and Australia. Destinations succeed in this competition both due to the high quality of their higher education and the preference of students and families for education in English. Interestingly, several of these other leading countries are also grappling with internal clashes over immigration. For example, Canada has capped the number of student visas it will provide, reducing them by about a third compared to two years ago. Australia is also cutting back on international students numbers. This presents an opportunity for the United States to capture a larger share of the market, provided migration concerns can be addressed.

Returning to the balance-of-trade issue, a term frequently used by the Trump administration is “non-tariff barriers.” These are measures such as regulations or unnecessary inspections that countries use to limit imports without formally imposing tariffs. Oddly, the administration appears to be adding to these non-tariff barriers on U.S. higher education exports by revoking visas and creating an unwelcoming environment for many international students. To help reduce the overall trade deficit, this moment offers a strategic opportunity to attract more students to the United States rather than impose additional obstacles.

Source Credit: By (Brookings.edu)s

Delta Set to Resume Nonstop Flights from Atlanta to Delhi by 2026 in Strategic Partnership with IndiGo and Global Airlines

Delta Air Lines, headquartered in Atlanta, has announced its intent to reintroduce direct flights to India, with a nonstop route connecting Atlanta (ATL) to Delhi (DEL), subject to approval from relevant authorities. This decision represents a significant step in the airline’s broader strategy, which includes a key partnership with IndiGo, Air France-KLM, and Virgin Atlantic. The alliance is crafted to bolster air connectivity between India, Europe, and North America, and underscores Delta’s renewed commitment to the Indian market.

Delta’s return to India will mark its first presence in the country since 2019. The airline intends to initiate nonstop service between its primary hub in Atlanta and India’s capital, Delhi. At nearly 7,945 miles, or 12,785 kilometers, this proposed flight would rank among Delta’s lengthiest nonstop routes. The decision is part of the airline’s continued effort to expand globally and reconnect with markets that had been previously discontinued due to operational challenges.

Delta CEO Ed Bastian had earlier confirmed in 2024 that the airline was planning to relaunch its operations in India by 2026. This statement appears to be coming to fruition with the current announcement. The last time Delta ventured into the Indian market was in late 2019, with a direct flight from New York (JFK) to Mumbai (BOM). However, that route was short-lived, terminated due to the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the airline’s concurrent retirement of its Boeing 777 fleet. This aircraft type had been vital to supporting ultra-long-haul operations, and its phase-out left Delta without a suitable replacement at the time.

To address past hurdles, Delta plans to utilize the incoming Airbus A350-1000 aircraft, which boasts extended range and greater fuel efficiency. These new aircraft are expected to resolve the limitations that affected the previous India route and are seen as key to sustaining nonstop operations over such long distances. “With the upcoming delivery of Airbus A350-1000 aircraft—known for their fuel efficiency and long-range capabilities—Delta aims to overcome past challenges and re-establish direct service to the Indian subcontinent,” according to the airline’s update.

However, while the intent is clear, the precise launch date for the Atlanta-Delhi service has yet to be confirmed. It is likely that Delta is aligning its India reentry with the arrival of its new A350-1000 jets, initially expected in 2025. Delays in the delivery schedule have now shifted the anticipated arrival to 2026, pushing back the potential flight inauguration as well. The A350-1000 is well-suited for long-haul routes like ATL–DEL, offering ample range and passenger capacity without the operational trade-offs experienced with older aircraft.

Delta already operates the A350-900, but the A350-1000 variant provides higher capacity and improved performance—factors that are crucial for launching and sustaining an ambitious long-haul service such as Atlanta to Delhi. The airline appears to be earmarking these newer planes specifically for complex, high-demand routes that require top-tier operational efficiency.

The relaunch of Delta’s India service is more than just a singular route. It forms part of a larger, multilayered strategic partnership with prominent international airlines. The collaboration involves IndiGo, Air France-KLM, and Virgin Atlantic and is designed to deliver a seamless travel experience for passengers journeying between India, Europe, and North America. Through this alliance, the participating airlines intend to pool resources and align operations to offer a broader and more efficient global network.

As part of this expanded cooperation, IndiGo’s domestic network will play a crucial role. Delta, Air France-KLM, and Virgin Atlantic passengers will gain access to more than 30 destinations within India by connecting through IndiGo’s hubs. Simultaneously, travelers flying with IndiGo will have enhanced access to key transatlantic destinations via major European airports like Amsterdam (AMS), Paris (CDG), London (LHR), and Manchester (MAN). “Delta, Air France-KLM, and Virgin Atlantic customers can connect to 30+ destinations in India via IndiGo’s domestic network,” the airline confirmed.

The alliance will go beyond mere codesharing. The airlines plan to collaborate across various facets including commercial operations, frequent flyer programs, cargo services, aircraft maintenance, sustainability initiatives, and digital technology. This level of integration supports IndiGo’s long-term objective to evolve into a global airline by the end of the decade, while simultaneously reinforcing Delta’s renewed interest in tapping into the growing Indian travel market. “This integrated network supports IndiGo’s ambitions to become a global airline by 2030 and marks Delta’s renewed commitment to the high-growth India market,” a joint statement indicated.

IndiGo, India’s largest airline by market share, has been steadily expanding its long-haul capabilities. The carrier has secured damp-leased Boeing 787 aircraft and placed firm orders for 30 Airbus A350-900s, with options to purchase up to 70 more. These widebody jets will significantly enhance IndiGo’s ability to serve long-distance international routes and collaborate more deeply with global partners like Delta, Virgin Atlantic, and the Air France-KLM group.

This ramp-up of international capability has already begun bearing fruit. Air France-KLM, a current codeshare partner of IndiGo, plans to broaden its network in India with a new KLM-operated route from Amsterdam to Hyderabad (HYD). This new service is scheduled to commence in September 2025. With this addition, passengers traveling from Europe will have access to 24 more Indian destinations via IndiGo’s connecting flights. “Air France-KLM already codeshares with IndiGo and will expand its reach further with a new KLM route from Amsterdam (AMS) to Hyderabad (HYD), launching in September 2025,” according to the companies.

In summary, Delta’s return to India is not a standalone initiative but a coordinated effort that reflects a long-term vision for enhanced global connectivity. The Atlanta-to-Delhi route is just one component of a larger, interconnected system powered by shared goals and expanded fleets. By combining the network strengths of Delta, IndiGo, Virgin Atlantic, and Air France-KLM, the partnership is set to offer customers an improved and far-reaching travel experience.

While travelers will have to wait until 2026 for the Atlanta-Delhi service to begin, the strategic alliances already in motion are laying the groundwork for a more connected future in air travel. The initiative also signifies a strategic pivot by Delta, aiming to reclaim its position in one of the world’s fastest-growing aviation markets.

Bill Gates Vows to Spend Most of His Fortune on Africa’s Health and Education Over Next 20 Years

Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates has announced that the vast majority of his fortune will be spent on advancing healthcare and education systems in Africa over the coming two decades. Speaking from Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, the 69-year-old philanthropist emphasized that improving human capital through better health and education would pave the way for prosperity across the African continent.

“By unleashing human potential through health and education, every country in Africa should be on a path to prosperity,” Gates stated during his visit to the African Union headquarters. His remarks reflect a strategic vision aimed at long-term development by addressing systemic challenges in public services.

Gates also encouraged young African innovators to explore how Artificial Intelligence (AI) could be harnessed to transform the healthcare landscape. With Africa already witnessing technological leaps in sectors like banking, he suggested that AI could similarly revolutionize health services. “Africa largely skipped traditional banking and now you have a chance, as you build your next generation healthcare systems, to think about how AI is built into that,” he told his audience.

Just a month ago, Gates declared his intention to donate 99% of his immense fortune—expected to grow to $200 billion by 2045. By that time, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation is also expected to conclude its operations. “I recently made a commitment that my wealth will be given away over the next 20 years. The majority of that funding will be spent on helping you address challenges here in Africa,” Gates said in his speech at the AU.

His pledge has garnered praise from African leaders and activists. Graça Machel, the former First Lady of Mozambique and widow of Nelson Mandela, described the announcement as timely and deeply needed. “We are counting on Mr Gates’ steadfast commitment to continue walking this path of transformation alongside us,” she said, highlighting the current pressures facing the continent.

In contrast to Gates’ renewed commitment, U.S. foreign aid to Africa has seen significant cuts in recent years. Under President Donald Trump’s “America First” agenda, financial support for several critical programmes, including those combating HIV/AIDS, was scaled back. This has left many African nations anxious about the future of healthcare services, especially for vulnerable populations.

Gates reassured that his foundation, which has worked extensively across Africa for years, would sharpen its focus on improving primary healthcare systems. Emphasizing maternal and child health, he said, “What we’ve learned is that helping the mother be healthy and have great nutrition before she gets pregnant, while she is pregnant, delivers the strongest results.” He also noted the importance of early childhood development: “Ensuring the child receives good nutrition in their first four years as well makes all the difference.”

This strategic focus was outlined further by the Gates Foundation, which said it would prioritize three core areas: reducing preventable deaths among mothers and newborns, eliminating the threat of deadly infectious diseases for future generations, and lifting millions out of poverty. “At the end of 20 years, the foundation will sunset its operations,” a statement from the organization clarified.

Gates has indicated that this is not merely a philanthropic endeavor but a personal mission that has evolved over time. In a recent blog post, he wrote, “People will say a lot of things about me when I die, but I am determined that ‘he died rich’ will not be one of them.” His sense of urgency in giving has grown in recent years, and he confirmed that he will be speeding up the pace of his donations through the foundation.

Yet, even after donating 99% of his assets, Gates is likely to remain a billionaire. According to Bloomberg’s billionaire index, he would still retain a level of wealth that places him among the world’s richest individuals.

Gates, along with his late friend Paul Allen, established Microsoft in 1975. The company quickly rose to prominence and became a dominant force in the software industry and broader tech landscape. Over the years, Gates gradually distanced himself from the day-to-day operations of Microsoft. He stepped down as CEO in 2000 and relinquished his position as chairman in 2014.

Much of his philanthropic inspiration comes from fellow billionaire investor Warren Buffett, as well as other global philanthropists who have pledged large parts of their wealth to charitable causes. Gates has long spoken of how their example spurred him to embrace a giving ethos, particularly focused on health and education.

However, not everyone views the Gates Foundation in a favorable light. Some critics argue that Gates uses the foundation’s charitable status to reduce his tax liabilities. Others contend that the foundation wields disproportionate influence over the global health system, potentially shaping public health policies and priorities without sufficient accountability or transparency.

Despite such criticisms, Gates remains focused on applying technological innovation to address Africa’s most pressing challenges. He cited Rwanda as a nation already showing promise in this regard, using AI-enabled tools like ultrasound technology to detect high-risk pregnancies and improve maternal outcomes.

In addressing young Africans, Gates stressed the power of innovation in shaping the continent’s future. Drawing parallels with how mobile phones transformed the financial landscape, he urged entrepreneurs to now channel that energy into healthcare systems. “Mobile phones revolutionized banking in Africa,” he noted, “and AI should now be used for the continent’s benefit.”

In summary, Bill Gates has committed himself to a 20-year plan that will redirect nearly all his wealth toward empowering Africa through better health and education. His foundation will emphasize maternal care, childhood nutrition, disease prevention, and poverty reduction. With a vision that includes AI integration and local innovation, Gates aims not just to donate, but to inspire sustainable, Africa-led transformation.

Diljit Dosanjh’s Met Gala Look Symbolizes a Global Punjabi Style Revolution

Indian singer Diljit Dosanjh made an unforgettable first appearance at the Met Gala last month, leaving a deep impression on global fashion circles. The 41-year-old artist, already celebrated as the only Punjabi musician to have performed at Coachella, walked the iconic red carpet wearing a look inspired by early 20th-century Indian royalty.

He was dressed in an extravagant ivory and gold outfit designed by Prabal Gurung, which featured a feathered and jewel-studded turban. The ensemble captured the attention of many and became a trending topic across India for weeks. Adding to the grandeur was a dazzling diamond necklace, whose design echoed a Cartier piece once worn by a former monarch from Punjab in northern India.

His outfit was completed with a Panthère de Cartier watch, a lion-head accessory, and a jewel-encrusted sword. A particularly personal touch was the cape, which had an embroidered map of his home state Punjab along with letters in Gurmukhi, the traditional script of the Punjabi language.

Dosanjh’s Met Gala appearance wasn’t an outlier—he’s long been recognized for his distinct fashion sense. Just as his music blends traditional Punjabi roots with modern hip-hop elements, his wardrobe does the same. He is frequently spotted in anti-fit pants, bulky sneakers, and a stack of necklaces that complement his colorful turbans. This signature mix of traditional and contemporary has become a form of personal expression that resonates with millions and has transformed Punjabi fashion in unexpected ways.

This evolution in style is evident across the globe. For example, high-energy bhangra competitions in California now rely on high-performance sneakers rather than traditional footwear. Meanwhile, bhangra-themed nights in Berlin’s basements are frequented by attendees wearing crop tops and creatively designed pants.

Punjabi music itself has developed into a full-blown subculture, bursting with energy and loud volume. The lyrics often name-drop international cities and luxury brands, cementing its global appeal. While Dosanjh leads this style movement, he’s not alone in influencing Punjabi fashion.

Punjabi-Canadian singer Jazzy B once made headlines with his enormous rings—some as big as cookies—his oversized Kanda pendants, and his silver-blonde hair streaks. More recently, artist Badshah’s yellow-tinted sunglasses, Yo Yo Honey Singh’s loose-fitting hoodies, and AP Dhillon’s designer outfits featuring Louis Vuitton jackets and Chanel timepieces have taken center stage among Punjabi youth.

Despite their fashion-forward choices, the influence of earlier artists remained mostly regional. However, Dosanjh and a select few have managed to elevate Punjabi style to a global platform. Their fashion resonates not only with the Sikh diaspora but also with a wider international audience. Dosanjh’s t-shirts, pearl accessories, and sneakers from his recent world tour sold out in just hours. AP Dhillon’s fashion appearances at Paris Couture Week have also sparked admiration and aspiration among young Punjabis.

According to cultural analysts, the fusion of music and fashion seen in today’s Punjabi artists has deep roots in Western pop culture, especially since many of these musicians live and perform abroad. As art historian and author Alka Pande observes, “Punjabi men are inventive. The region has been at the forefront of fusion, it believes in hybridity. This is especially the case with the Punjabi diaspora—even when they live in ghettos, they are the showmen [of their lives].”

With the rise of the Punjabi diaspora, a new generation of musicians began blending modern hip-hop with traditional Punjabi aesthetics. Their unique style vocabulary—marked by gold chains, faux fur, oversized jewelry, braids, and beards—has attracted the attention of academics and media alike. Numerous articles, books, and doctoral theses now explore this cultural evolution in South Asia.

Back in Punjab, the shift was immediate. When luxury fashion labels entered the Indian market in the 2000s, Punjabis—many of whom come from farming backgrounds—were quick to adopt and integrate these global styles. As renowned singer Rabbi Shergill puts it, “It symbolised the movement of the Punjabi identity from a farmer to a global consumer.” He believes these fashion choices reflect the realities of the modern world, stating, “These impulses are a response to the hyper capitalist world.”

Interestingly, the fashion of Punjabi musicians across genres—from bhangra pop to Punjabi rap and fusion—tends to remain grounded and even androgynous. These performers might don Balenciaga or traditional creations by Indian designer Manish Malhotra, appear in cities from Ludhiana to London, dance with Beyoncé near Dubai’s Burj Khalifa or on the lawns of a British mansion, but they never lose touch with their Punjabi heritage.

Dosanjh’s Met Gala appearance illustrated this perfectly. “It’s like the popularity of his androgynous style was waiting to happen,” notes Pande.

The ripple effects of this cultural blend are now clearly visible across Punjab’s creative scenes. Traditional bhangra outfits are no longer limited to the standard “dhoti-kurta-koti” with juttis (ethnic shoes). Performers now step on stage in sneakers, graphic T-shirts, unconventional pants, and even jeans. This updated wardrobe mirrors the hybrid identities of the artists themselves.

Harinder Singh, the owner of the 1469 brand, confirms the growing demand for such styles. “Such items are highly sought after by customers,” he says. His stores offer accessories made popular by Punjabi music stars, including Phulkari turbans worn by Dosanjh and Kanda pendants first made famous by the veteran Bhangra performer Pammi Bai. Singh himself owns turbans in over 100 shades, showcasing the diversity in modern Punjabi headwear.

This shift isn’t confined to performers alone. Everyday men’s fashion in Punjab now incorporates global influences. Gurpreet Saini, a young poet who performs at cultural events across India, wears shawls printed with Gurmukhi letters in ombre tones—a unique style he sources from his hometown of Hariana. He acknowledges the impact of musical icons on his aesthetic choices, particularly the legendary folk singer Gurdas Mann.

What started out as individual flair has now grown into a full-blown cultural movement. These fashion choices are no longer just personal—they have evolved into symbols of identity. Through bold rhythms, stylistic innovation, and a deep connection to heritage, Punjabi artists have reshaped how their culture is seen both at home and abroad.

Dosanjh’s statement at the Met Gala was not just about fashion—it was a declaration of identity. The blend of tradition and trend that he and his peers embody represents more than style; it reflects a new, confident Punjabi identity that is as global as it is rooted.

Rethinking the Roll: The Emerging Shift Away from Toilet Paper

It’s hard to picture daily life without toilet paper, yet there’s a growing possibility that it could soon be replaced by more sustainable options. The reasons behind this emerging shift are varied, but environmental awareness, health concerns, and cultural habits are at the heart of the movement. As Think Stewartville explains, “Environmental concerns, health implications, and cultural preferences are driving this change toward more sustainable alternatives.”

For most people, using the toilet multiple times a day is just a part of life. Cottonelle notes that the average individual visits the bathroom five times a day, although the number can vary from four to ten times and still be considered normal. Additionally, every trip to the toilet typically involves using several sheets of toilet paper. Cottonelle reports that women use about “6.41 sheets per toileting occasion” and men use around “8.1 sheets per occasion.” Over time, this adds up. On average, an American adult goes through about one roll of toilet paper each week and roughly 50 rolls in a year.

Given this frequency and volume of use, it becomes clear why people are beginning to consider alternatives. The widespread reliance on toilet paper not only impacts the environment due to the production and disposal processes but also places a burden on household expenses. So, what options do people have if they want to break up with toilet paper?

The most prominent and long-standing alternative is the bidet. Bidets have been around for centuries and remain a staple in many parts of the world. They are now being adopted more widely in places where toilet paper has traditionally dominated. Think Stewartville explains the functionality and appeal of bidets by stating, “These standalone fixtures use precisely directed water streams for cleaning, eliminating the need for paper products entirely.” A bidet allows users to cleanse themselves with water, offering a more environmentally friendly and often more hygienic solution. According to the Cambridge Dictionary, a bidet is a “small, low bath in which a person washes the lower part of their body.”

While bidets are a reliable alternative, they aren’t the only option gaining attention. Another substitute that’s becoming more popular is reusable cloth toilet paper. This option is designed to be both cost-effective and environmentally responsible. These cloths are often made from organic cotton or bamboo fibers and are used similarly to traditional toilet paper but are cleaned and reused rather than discarded after a single use. Think Stewartville highlights the benefits by noting, “Typically crafted from organic cotton or bamboo fibers, these washable squares provide a soft, effective cleaning option.” For eco-conscious households, reusable cloth toilet paper can significantly reduce waste and save money over time.

However, despite the advantages, reusable cloth toilet paper isn’t without its critics. The biggest concern is hygiene. Some people are uncomfortable with the idea of reusing something for personal sanitation. Healthline addresses these hygiene issues and offers advice on how to properly sanitize the cloths, saying they should be washed “in a hot-water laundry cycle that’s at least 160°F (71°C) for at least 25 minutes, or a sanitize setting if you have one.” This ensures that bacteria and germs are eliminated, making the cloths safe for repeated use.

Yet, even with proper sanitation, there is still a perception issue. As Healthline points out, one downside to cloth toilet paper is that “it can retain stains that make the cloths appear undesirable to use.” This aesthetic issue might discourage some people from embracing this method, despite its environmental and financial benefits.

In exploring the various alternatives to toilet paper, it’s evident that the transition won’t be easy or universal. For many, the idea of abandoning toilet paper feels unnatural, especially in cultures where it has long been the norm. But as global environmental concerns become more pressing and people seek out ways to reduce their carbon footprints, more households may begin to consider these sustainable options.

Moreover, it’s not just about reducing paper waste. Many of these alternatives also have health benefits. For example, using water instead of abrasive paper can be gentler on sensitive skin and may reduce irritation or discomfort for individuals with certain medical conditions. In this sense, switching from toilet paper isn’t just about being eco-friendly; it could also mean a better quality of life for some users.

As the conversation around sustainability continues to grow, the bathroom is becoming yet another area for reflection and change. Traditional toilet paper, once considered a household necessity, is now being reconsidered in light of newer, cleaner, and more responsible alternatives. Whether it’s the age-old bidet or the modern take on cloth wipes, the shift away from single-use paper products may very well become a part of our everyday lives.

To sum up, the average person goes to the toilet about five times daily and uses a substantial number of toilet paper sheets each time, resulting in roughly 50 rolls per year. While this has long been accepted as the norm, increasing awareness of the environmental consequences, health considerations, and cultural perspectives is prompting a reevaluation. As Think Stewartville puts it, “Environmental concerns, health implications, and cultural preferences are driving this change toward more sustainable alternatives.”

Bidets offer an efficient and time-tested solution that eliminates the need for paper entirely. Described by Think Stewartville as devices that “use precisely directed water streams for cleaning,” they are gaining traction among those seeking a cleaner and greener option. For those who prefer something more traditional but still eco-friendly, reusable cloth toilet paper offers a practical alternative. Crafted from durable materials like bamboo or organic cotton, these cloths “provide a soft, effective cleaning option” while also helping to reduce household waste.

Despite some concerns over hygiene and aesthetics, especially the potential for staining as noted by Healthline, proper laundering methods can address most of these issues. Washing them “in a hot-water laundry cycle that’s at least 160°F (71°C) for at least 25 minutes” ensures cleanliness and safety for repeat use.

Ultimately, the decision to move away from toilet paper is a personal one, shaped by values, comfort levels, and awareness of broader environmental and health issues. Still, with viable alternatives readily available and growing in popularity, it’s not unrealistic to imagine a future where toilet paper is no longer a necessity. Whether driven by a desire to save money, reduce waste, or adopt healthier habits, more people are starting to look beyond the roll—and that might be the beginning of a much-needed change.

Milk Punch: A Classic Three-Ingredient Cocktail With Centuries of History

While the idea of crafting a cocktail with just three ingredients might seem like a modern bartending trend, the concept has roots stretching back centuries. The early example of such a simple, boozy blend is milk punch — a drink that traces its origins to late 17th-century England. This historical concoction mixes whiskey, whole milk, and sugar, shaken over ice and served chilled. Though now firmly part of cocktail culture, this basic yet satisfying mixture had a long journey to recognition.

Despite its age, milk punch has stood the test of time, transitioning through phases of popularity and neglect before finding its way back to the bar scene. The original trio — alcohol, dairy, and sweetener — was a revelation in its time, demonstrating the transformative power of simple ingredients. Even today, this combination remains relevant, serving as both a foundational recipe and a base for innovation in the world of cocktails.

The drink’s staying power can largely be credited to its rich texture and balanced flavor profile. Over the years, milk punch found a new home in New Orleans, where it became a staple at brunch and a favorite of locals and visitors alike. The Crescent City has embraced the creamy cocktail, with several prominent establishments offering their own takes on the drink. Its regional association only added to the mystique and charm surrounding this old-fashioned creation.

Though the pairing of milk and alcohol eventually fell out of style, the early 2000s witnessed a renewed curiosity about a related technique known as milk-washing. This method involves clarifying a spirit with milk, creating a smoother, more refined drink. The resurgence of this practice helped shine a spotlight once again on milk and booze pairings, encouraging bartenders and home enthusiasts alike to revisit the milk punch formula.

Today, crafting a milk punch at home is both simple and rewarding. By shaking together a few high-quality ingredients, you can recreate a piece of cocktail history while enjoying a luxurious and flavorful drink. Shake up a whiskey milk punch, and you’ll get a terrifically textured cocktail that’s also a canvas for further flavors.

The foundation of a good milk punch is whole milk. The fat content is crucial, providing the rich and creamy mouthfeel that makes the drink so enjoyable. Skim or low-fat milk won’t deliver the same effect, as the texture would be too thin and lack the necessary depth. When combined with ice and shaken, whole milk gives the cocktail a refreshing, velvety consistency.

The sweetener is another element that can be personalized. While standard simple syrup — a mixture of sugar and water — works just fine, experimenting with flavored syrups can elevate the drink significantly. Vanilla syrup adds warmth, maple syrup lends a rustic touch, and birch syrup introduces a unique twist. You can also use this as an excellent opportunity for flavored syrups like vanilla, maple, or birch syrup for a top-shelf rendition.

Choosing the right whiskey is equally essential. Bourbon, with its natural sweetness and notes of caramel and vanilla, is a traditional choice. It pairs exceptionally well with milk, giving the drink a dessert-like character that’s still complex enough to satisfy seasoned cocktail drinkers. Brandy is another historical option, offering fruitier and softer notes that complement the dairy component.

However, don’t feel restricted to just bourbon or brandy. A good Scotch can add smoky depth, while a wheat-based whiskey brings a milder, more nuanced profile. The goal is to select a spirit with complementary flavors — think spices, vanilla, or caramel — that will harmonize with the milk and syrup. Harsh or overly strong whiskeys, particularly those that are over-proof, should be avoided, as they can overpower the drink and create an unpleasant contrast with the milk. Avoid over-proof and harsh whiskeys, as they’ll clash with the dairy.

If you’re open to expanding beyond the original three ingredients, garnishes can make a milk punch even more enticing. A dash of aromatic bitters, a sprinkle of cinnamon, or a dusting of nutmeg adds layers of aroma and flavor. These simple additions can turn a basic drink into a showstopper, enhancing both the presentation and taste. If you’re ok with breaking the three-ingredient formula, then finalize with a garnish of bitters, cinnamon, or nutmeg atop, creating an aromatic, creamy, and delicious drink.

One of the most fascinating aspects of milk punch is how it bridges the past and present. It serves as a reminder that even centuries ago, people were experimenting with ingredients to find the perfect balance of flavor and texture. This cocktail is proof that sometimes, the simplest ideas endure the longest.

The resurgence of milk punch and milk-washing in recent years highlights a broader trend in the beverage world — a return to classic techniques and respect for traditional recipes. Whether you’re a professional bartender or a curious home mixologist, making a milk punch offers a way to engage with history while enjoying a delicious and satisfying drink.

In summary, the legacy of milk punch is more than just its ingredients. It represents a timeless approach to cocktail-making that continues to influence modern mixology. With whiskey, whole milk, and sugar as its base, this centuries-old drink invites endless variation while staying true to its origins. So the next time you’re looking for a unique beverage with historical flair, consider shaking up a milk punch and joining generations of drinkers who have enjoyed its rich, creamy appeal.

As the original article fittingly concludes, “So pay some respects to cocktail history — and enjoy a delicious beverage — by shaking up this delightful trio.”

Experts Divided on AI Singularity Timeline, but Most Agree AGI Is Coming This Century

In today’s rapidly evolving technological world, one debate has sparked intense curiosity and speculation: when will artificial general intelligence (AGI) emerge, and how soon might we see the singularity—a moment when machines outpace human intelligence? Predictions range from the cautious to the bold, with some experts declaring it may never happen, while others believe it could arrive as soon as 2026.

A recent comprehensive study conducted by AIMultiple sheds light on how scientists, industry leaders, and researchers have forecasted the rise of AGI over the past 15 years. This macro-level analysis compiles and evaluates 8,590 predictions from top scientists, entrepreneurs, and AI community members, offering a clearer view of how projections have evolved—especially in light of revolutionary breakthroughs such as large language models (LLMs) like ChatGPT.

Although individual opinions differ widely, with estimated timelines for AGI spanning nearly five decades, there appears to be consensus that it is likely to arrive before the 22nd century.

The proliferation of LLMs into virtually every facet of digital life has significantly intensified the conversation around AI’s trajectory. Since these models burst into public consciousness, a growing number of voices—from leading scientists to curious laypeople—have offered varying estimates on when machine intelligence might match or exceed human capacity.

Some researchers contend that the singularity may be just a few decades away. Others suggest it’s even closer than that. One notable view comes from the CEO of AI company Anthropic, who predicts, “we’re right on the threshold—give it about 6 more months or so.”

AIMultiple’s analysis attempts to untangle the web of predictions by tracing how timelines have shifted in response to technological advancements. The researchers highlight a major turning point following the advent of LLMs. “Current surveys of AI researchers are predicting AGI around 2040,” the report states. “However, just a few years before the rapid advancements in large language models (LLMs), scientists were predicting it around 2060. Entrepreneurs are even more bullish, predicting it around ~2030.”

The report emphasizes how major breakthroughs in AI, particularly LLMs, have shifted industry expectations toward earlier arrival dates for AGI and, potentially, superintelligence. Industry professionals are generally more optimistic—some might say aggressive—in their outlook compared to academic scientists.

While the debate continues, AIMultiple’s findings show that many experts are increasingly confident in the inevitable arrival of AGI. A key reason is the perception that machine intelligence doesn’t appear to have the same inherent limitations as human intelligence. Technological advancements, particularly the steady growth in computing power described by Moore’s Law, are central to this optimism. Moore’s Law holds that computing power doubles roughly every 18 months, and such exponential growth supports the notion that machines could soon perform calculations at a speed equal to or greater than that of the human brain.

The report notes another compelling factor: if traditional computing technology reaches its physical limits, quantum computing could take over and push the boundaries even further. “Most experts believe that Moore’s law is coming to an end during this decade,” the report reads. “The unique nature of quantum computing can be used to efficiently train neural networks, currently the most popular AI architecture in commercial applications. AI algorithms running on stable quantum computers have a chance to unlock singularity.”

However, not everyone is convinced that AGI is inevitable—or even achievable in the way some experts imagine. Skeptics argue that human intelligence is far more nuanced and multifaceted than the current concept of AGI encompasses. For instance, human intelligence is not solely based on logic or computation. Many cognitive scientists and psychologists reference eight different types of intelligence, which include not only logical-mathematical ability but also interpersonal, intrapersonal, and existential intelligences, among others.

AI pioneer Yann LeCun, who played a foundational role in developing deep learning, has a different take. He proposes that AGI should be redefined as “advanced machine intelligence,” asserting that the intricacies of human cognition are too specialized to be fully replicated by artificial systems. The report echoes this sentiment, stating that while AI is a powerful tool for innovation and discovery, it cannot independently drive scientific breakthroughs.

“More intelligence can lead to better-designed and managed experiments, enabling more discovery per experiment,” the report reads. “Even the best machine analyzing existing data may not be able to find a cure for cancer.”

This highlights a crucial distinction between analyzing data and creating novel hypotheses or solutions—something human researchers still excel at. While machines may soon match or even exceed human capability in certain areas, the breadth and depth of human intellect encompass emotional, philosophical, and experiential elements that AI has yet to master.

Despite a roughly 50-year span in predictions for when AGI might finally be realized, the overarching message from AIMultiple’s study is unambiguous: the emergence of AGI will almost certainly bring about transformative change for human society. Whether that change is overwhelmingly positive, deeply problematic, or somewhere in between, will depend largely on how humanity prepares for and responds to this new era.

The study concludes with a sobering but empowering message: Will these changes brought by AGI be good or bad? “Well, that’s up to us.”

As we stand on the brink of what could be one of the most significant technological revolutions in human history, the world continues to speculate—not just about when AGI will arrive, but how we’ll adapt once it does. With AI systems becoming more advanced by the day, the window for meaningful preparation is narrowing.

Whether humanity can harness this technology for progress without losing control remains one of the most important questions of our time.

GOPIO-CT Hosts Seminar to Promote Girls’ Education and Donates for Sanitation Facilities in India

The Connecticut Chapter of the Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO-CT) recently organized a seminar aimed at emphasizing the importance of girls’ education, hygiene, health, nutrition, and women’s empowerment in rural regions of Maharashtra, India. The event, held on Saturday, May 31 at the Stamford Hampton Inn and Suites, was part of an ongoing collaboration with the Society for Human and Environment Development (SHED), a Maharashtra-based non-profit that has long worked to improve educational and health outcomes for underserved communities.

SHED operates several schools in the densely populated Dharavi slums of Mumbai as well as in tribal areas, while also delivering health services to rural populations. At the seminar, SHED’s Vice President and Trustee Asad Latif, along with Executive Council Member Prakash Kundalia, detailed the organization’s impactful work during a session moderated by GOPIO Life Member Biru Sharma. The session offered attendees insight into the various challenges and progress made in improving conditions for young girls in Maharashtra.

One of SHED’s notable partnerships is with the Akshara Foundation, with whom they have launched a Computer Literacy Program across four slum areas in Mumbai: Dharavi, Mahakali, Saphale, and Palghar. According to SHED, this program has made over 50,000 individuals employable, including 30,000 women. It aims to bridge the digital divide in low-income communities by offering vocational computer training that leads to greater job opportunities.

GOPIO CT Hosts Seminar to Promote Girls’ Education and Donates for Sanitation Facilities in India 1In tribal regions where access to healthcare is limited, SHED has established Health Centers that provide essential primary medical services. More severe or complex cases are referred to larger hospitals, such as Bhaktivedanta Hospital located in Meera Road. These centers serve as a crucial health lifeline in areas that often lack even basic medical facilities.

Speaking at the seminar, Asad Latif highlighted the scale of SHED’s long-term vocational training programs aimed at empowering women. “Over the past five decades, SHED’s vocational training initiatives have empowered 1.5 million women to become self-reliant and support their families,” he said. The programs offer women not only skill development but also a pathway to financial independence, which has significantly improved household stability in these regions.

Prakash Kundalia focused on the correlation between sanitation facilities and school dropout rates among adolescent girls. He emphasized that improving sanitation is crucial to ensuring girls can continue their education without disruptions caused by lack of privacy and hygiene. “SHED has constructed 42,000 hygienic toilets till date,” Kundalia noted, highlighting the massive scale of their sanitation efforts. He added that SHED is currently working on finalizing the construction of toilets in 10 municipal schools in Maharashtra, with the goal of reducing absenteeism and promoting health awareness among female students.

In a generous gesture of support, GOPIO-CT President Mahesh Jhangiani presented a donation check of $25,000 to SHED for the construction of these girls’ toilets at the municipal schools. This financial contribution underscores GOPIO-CT’s commitment to advancing gender equality through practical support that addresses on-the-ground challenges.

The seminar was well-attended by several GOPIO leaders and community figures. Among them were GOPIO International Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham and Secretary Siddharth Jain, along with GOPIO-CT Vice President Nandu Kuppuswamy, Board Member Meera Banta, and Past Presidents Shailesh Naik and Ashok Nichani. Their presence reinforced the organization’s unified stance on social responsibility and global solidarity with Indian communities facing systemic issues.

GOPIO-CT has a long-standing history of civic engagement and community service. A chapter of GOPIO International, GOPIO-CT has emerged over the last 19 years as an active and vibrant organization committed to improving the lives of people of Indian origin both locally and globally. Through its various programs, it fosters dialogue with policymakers, promotes academic exchange, organizes youth mentoring workshops, and collaborates with regional organizations to effect positive change.

The organization defines itself as a non-partisan, secular civic body that strives to raise awareness about Indian traditions, culture, and the contributions of the Indian diaspora. Through forums, public events, and community activities, GOPIO-CT seeks to build bridges between cultures while advocating for the development of underprivileged communities. Its commitment to youth engagement and networking has also helped to strengthen the voice and visibility of the Indian American community in Connecticut and beyond.

The collaboration between GOPIO-CT and SHED reflects a shared vision for social progress through education and health initiatives. Their joint efforts demonstrate that diaspora organizations can play a significant role in addressing socio-economic issues in India by mobilizing resources and spreading awareness among the global Indian community.

The recent seminar not only highlighted SHED’s significant contributions in Maharashtra but also showcased how diaspora-led organizations like GOPIO-CT can leverage their platforms to advocate for global development causes. The event concluded with calls to action for attendees to contribute to or support similar initiatives, particularly those targeting the needs of girls and women in marginalized communities.

As the partnership moves forward, both GOPIO-CT and SHED remain committed to fostering long-term, sustainable improvements in education and health infrastructure in India. Their work stands as a testament to the power of collaboration across continents, uniting people through a common purpose of equity, empowerment, and community upliftment.

Silicon Valley Leaders Envision a Future Beyond Smartphones

A subtle but significant transformation is unfolding in Silicon Valley as some of the most influential names in technology propose a future where the smartphone — the hallmark of the digital age — is no longer central to human-computer interaction. Instead of refining existing phone technology, industry giants such as Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, Sam Altman, and Bill Gates are promoting alternatives that could eventually render smartphones irrelevant. These pioneers are steering innovation toward devices that use brain signals, skin interfaces, or augmented vision, aiming to reshape how people connect with technology in daily life.

Rather than imagining a more advanced version of a smartphone, their shared vision suggests a fundamental shift in interaction, replacing touchscreens with direct mental commands, visual overlays, or skin-based inputs. This marks a bold break from the current tech landscape — a future not everyone may be prepared to embrace.

Elon Musk and the Brain-Machine Revolution

At the forefront of this movement is Elon Musk, whose company Neuralink is pushing the boundaries of what is possible with brain-computer interfaces. The goal is to eliminate the need for physical interaction with devices altogether. Neuralink’s implants are designed to enable users to control technology through thought alone. As of now, two human subjects have reportedly received these implants, signaling a major milestone in this endeavor.

With Neuralink, Musk envisions a future in which actions such as sending a message or navigating an app are performed simply by thinking. There is no need to tap a screen, swipe a display, or even speak aloud. This direct brain-to-device communication could one day make conventional phones obsolete.

Bill Gates and the Rise of Digital Tattoos

Bill Gates, meanwhile, is supporting a very different type of interface through his backing of Chaotic Moon, a startup based in Texas. This company is developing electronic tattoos that are placed directly onto the skin. These tattoos incorporate nanosensors to monitor various forms of data, transforming the human body into a fully connected digital interface.

The possibilities of such technology extend beyond convenience. Electronic tattoos could monitor health, transmit location data, and even facilitate digital communication, all without the need for a traditional handheld device. By integrating computing capabilities with the human body, Gates’ approach imagines a more organic and seamless way to interact with the digital world.

Zuckerberg’s Bet on Augmented Reality Glasses

Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg is placing his future in the realm of augmented reality (AR). He predicts that by 2030, AR glasses will replace smartphones as the dominant computing platform. These glasses would project digital content directly onto a user’s field of vision, allowing people to receive notifications, directions, and calls without looking down at a physical device.

This aligns with Zuckerberg’s wider ambitions for the AR and metaverse space. He has described his vision as an attempt to “step beyond screens” and reimagine the internet as something that is not confined to rectangular devices. By making digital content an integrated part of one’s surroundings, Zuckerberg hopes to build a computing experience that is both immersive and intuitive.

Tim Cook and Apple’s Commitment to the Smartphone

While many competitors are moving toward radical innovation, Apple’s CEO Tim Cook is charting a more measured course. Apple’s recent launch of the iPhone 16 showcases their focus on evolutionary improvement rather than disruption. The latest model incorporates sophisticated artificial intelligence features, but it still maintains the familiar form of a smartphone.

Cook’s approach centers on gradual innovation, bringing in emerging technologies like AI and AR within the framework of existing devices. He has made it clear that Apple does not intend to abandon the smartphone, which remains central to most users’ lives. “We’re committed to improving what people already use,” Cook has stated, emphasizing the importance of enhancing established tools rather than replacing them outright.

Apple’s philosophy diverges sharply from that of Musk, Zuckerberg, Gates, and Altman. While others are pushing to embed technology directly into the human body or our physical environment, Apple is working to improve the smartphone in ways that adapt to new technological demands. The iPhone, according to this strategy, remains a key platform for innovation, rather than an outdated piece of hardware.

A Philosophical Divide in Tech’s Future

This emerging divergence represents more than just product development. It highlights a fundamental difference in how technology leaders view the relationship between humans and machines. On one side are visionaries like Musk, Zuckerberg, Gates, and Altman, who are advocating for a transformative reimagining of our interaction with technology. They envision a world where computing is either internalized, through brain implants and skin interfaces, or made invisible, through devices like AR glasses.

Their ideas are not without controversy. Critics argue that such deep integration between humans and machines could raise serious ethical, medical, and privacy concerns. Nonetheless, these leaders are investing heavily in what they see as the next leap in human evolution through technology.

On the other side stands Apple, under Tim Cook’s steady leadership, committed to enhancing the smartphone — a device that billions of people already use daily. This approach aims to improve user experience through practical, incremental upgrades, rather than reengineering the very concept of computing. For Apple, the smartphone is not a relic, but a foundation upon which to build the future.

This split reveals a broader question about the future of technology: Should innovation aim to revolutionize how people interact with the digital world, even if it means embedding technology into the body? Or should it seek to refine and perfect the devices we already rely on?

While it may take years before one vision clearly prevails, the contrast in these strategies is becoming increasingly apparent. As Musk pursues mind-controlled devices, Gates explores digital tattoos, and Zuckerberg invests in augmented reality, Apple continues to find ways to make smartphones smarter without changing their form. The next phase of technology may be defined not by the devices themselves, but by the philosophies that shape them.

Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India Joins National Multi-Faith Coordination Committee for Social and Environmental Action

The Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India (CBCI), represented by its Office for Interreligious Dialogue and its social outreach arm, Caritas India, has formally joined the newly launched National Multi-Faith Action Coordination Committee (MFACC). The CBCI has committed to being a core member of this initiative, aimed at uniting faith-based efforts for addressing pressing humanitarian and environmental concerns. The inaugural meeting of the MFACC was organized by the Global Interfaith WASH Alliance (GIWA) and UNICEF, and took place on May 29, 2015, at Parmarth Niketan in Rishikesh, Uttarakhand.

During this historic event, CBCI was represented by Fr. Dr Anthoniraj Thumma, the National Secretary of its Office for Interreligious Dialogue, and Mr. Navneet Yadav, who leads Humanitarian Action and Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) at Caritas India. Both delegates expressed their organization’s commitment to supporting the MFACC’s objectives. Their message of solidarity underlined the Church’s longstanding belief in collaborative action across religious boundaries. They assured continued cooperation and partnership with both UNICEF and GIWA in advancing this visionary multi-faith mission.

This significant gathering was further elevated by the presence of the Honourable Shri Ram Nath Kovind, former President of India. The meeting marked a milestone as it brought together leaders from seven different faith traditions, as well as representatives of various faith-based organizations (FBOs) operating throughout India. The event was guided by the spiritual leadership of Pujya Swami Chidanand Saraswatiji, a well-known advocate for interreligious collaboration and environmental stewardship.

The primary goal of the MFACC is to create a nationwide platform for collaboration, enabling effective responses to social and environmental challenges. These include, in particular, issues identified as “the cry of the poor and the cry of the earth.” By drawing together faith leaders, FBOs, and other crucial stakeholders, the committee seeks to enhance cooperation and joint action in several critical areas.

These priority sectors include public health and nutrition, access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene (commonly referred to as WASH), child protection, education, and disaster preparedness and climate resilience. Through regular coordination and shared planning, the MFACC aspires to leverage the influence and grassroots networks of faith communities to make tangible, sustained progress on these issues.

The committee has already agreed to hold its next meeting in Delhi. This upcoming gathering will focus on drafting a comprehensive action plan and establishing quarterly review mechanisms to ensure effective monitoring and accountability of its initiatives. The intent is to maintain a steady and focused momentum for all ongoing and future collaborative activities.

MFACC’s formation reflects a growing recognition that religious institutions play a pivotal role in addressing some of society’s most urgent challenges. Their wide-reaching presence, moral influence, and connection with local communities position them as uniquely capable of fostering change. This initiative represents an acknowledgment of that potential, as well as an effort to harness it in a unified and strategic manner.

Fr. Dr Anthoniraj Thumma emphasized the CBCI’s enthusiasm in taking part in this interfaith movement. “We are committed to promoting dialogue, understanding and joint action among religions to respond to the needs of our people and our planet,” he said. His comments reinforce the CBCI’s dedication to not only theological unity but also to practical cooperation that leads to social impact.

Mr. Navneet Yadav echoed this sentiment by highlighting Caritas India’s focus on humanitarian work. He stated, “We see the MFACC as an opportunity to amplify our response to disasters and to build more resilient communities through shared values and collaborative engagement.” His remarks illustrate the importance of a united front when addressing crises, especially in vulnerable regions where faith-based organizations often serve as the first line of response.

The presence of Shri Ram Nath Kovind added symbolic and practical weight to the meeting. His attendance signaled a broader national acknowledgment of the role that religious leaders can play in shaping a more equitable and sustainable society. The former president has often spoken about the importance of inclusive development and the need for spiritual values in public life. His involvement in this launch event underlined the alignment between those ideals and the MFACC’s mission.

Under the stewardship of Swami Chidanand Saraswatiji, a central figure in promoting environmental awareness through spiritual means, the MFACC is expected to maintain a strong moral and ethical compass. Swamiji has consistently emphasized that protecting the environment and upholding human dignity are not merely technical concerns, but deeply spiritual ones. His influence is expected to guide the committee’s work in a direction that honors both ecological integrity and social justice.

The role of GIWA and UNICEF in organizing this multi-faith initiative cannot be overstated. Both organizations bring decades of expertise in water and sanitation issues, child welfare, and sustainable development. Their partnership with religious bodies is a strategic move aimed at multiplying the effectiveness of community outreach programs. By aligning secular resources with spiritual commitment, the initiative aims to create an enduring impact on lives and livelihoods.

UNICEF has long emphasized the necessity of integrating cultural and religious perspectives into public health strategies. Its support for MFACC fits into a broader agenda of building inclusive coalitions to address challenges that transcend borders, faiths, and political boundaries. The cooperation seen in Rishikesh serves as a promising model for such alliances.

GIWA, with its interreligious foundation and global scope, continues to champion the idea that shared spiritual values can lead to shared action. The organization’s co-founding role in MFACC reinforces its vision of leveraging faith traditions for social transformation, particularly in areas like clean water access, child welfare, and environmental sustainability.

The inaugural meeting at Parmarth Niketan is likely to be remembered as a turning point in interfaith collaboration within India. It demonstrated that when religious leaders come together with shared purpose, they can act as a powerful force for good. The symbolic unity on display also offered a counter-narrative to divisive rhetoric, illustrating instead how faith can be a bridge rather than a barrier.

Looking ahead, the MFACC has signaled its intention to not only meet regularly but also to produce measurable results. With its next session scheduled for Delhi, members are expected to outline concrete strategies, establish clear benchmarks, and foster deeper partnerships. Quarterly meetings will ensure that progress is regularly evaluated, helping the committee stay responsive to emerging needs and opportunities.

Gandhian Society Launches Eternal Gandhi Peace Center Initiative in New Jersey Honoring Rajashree Birla

The Gandhian Society (USA) hosted a Meet and Greet gathering on Monday, May 26, at Royal Albert’s Palace in Edison, New Jersey, in celebration of Smt. Rajashree Birla, the Chairperson of the Birla Group. The event also served as the official unveiling of the Society’s latest endeavor — the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center, which is set to be established in Central New Jersey.

This well-attended occasion drew members of the local community, public officials, and various dignitaries, all of whom expressed their collective support for upholding and promoting the ideals of Mahatma Gandhi. With the launch of the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center, the Gandhian Society aims to establish a dedicated space for community engagement, focusing on education, open dialogue, and programs rooted in Gandhian principles like non-violence, justice, and social unity.

The evening program featured a variety of cultural performances that showcased the talents of local artists. These artistic presentations emphasized values of peace and unity, reflecting the overarching themes of the event. These performances not only entertained but also underscored the philosophical foundations of the new initiative.

Among the prominent individuals who addressed the gathering were Edison Mayor Sam Joshi, Woodbridge Mayor John McCormac, and Consul Ms. Pragnya Singh. Each of them took the opportunity to speak about the ongoing importance and relevance of Mahatma Gandhi’s teachings in the current global climate.

Mayor Sam Joshi highlighted the power of Gandhian ideals to inspire social cohesion and moral clarity. He underscored how communities such as Edison, with its rich cultural diversity, can greatly benefit from the application of these time-tested values. Mayor John McCormac echoed these sentiments, noting how Gandhi’s philosophy continues to offer guidance in the quest for justice and human dignity. Meanwhile, Consul Ms. Pragnya Singh offered reflections from a diplomatic perspective, emphasizing the role of Gandhian thought in fostering international cooperation and peaceful coexistence.

A major highlight of the event was the keynote speech delivered by Smt. Rajashree Birla. In her address, she delved into the significance of living a life guided by peace, empathy, and service to others. She commended the Gandhian Society for its dedicated efforts in preserving Mahatma Gandhi’s legacy through grassroots initiatives and public engagement. “Peace and compassion are the cornerstones of a meaningful life,” she said. “The Gandhian Society has shown commendable commitment in promoting these values across generations.”

Smt. Birla also acknowledged the enduring relevance of Gandhian philosophy and emphasized how the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center could become a beacon for positive change. She highlighted the role of compassion in leadership and the transformative power of service, especially in today’s often polarized world. Her message resonated with many in the audience who view Gandhi’s teachings as a guiding light in both personal and societal contexts.

The Gandhian Society used the occasion to elaborate on its broader vision for the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center. According to the organization, the center will serve as a multifaceted space where individuals of all ages can come together to explore the ideals of Mahatma Gandhi. The Society plans to offer a range of activities designed to engage young people, support cultural exchange, and nurture a sense of civic duty among participants.

Among the planned activities are educational workshops, community dialogues, interfaith seminars, and youth leadership programs. The goal is to create an inclusive environment where people from all walks of life can find inspiration in Gandhi’s teachings. “This center will not just be a tribute to Gandhi’s memory,” a Society spokesperson said, “but a living, breathing effort to carry forward his mission of peace and social justice.”

Throughout the evening, there was a recurring theme of gratitude. The Gandhian Society expressed sincere appreciation to Smt. Rajashree Birla for her presence and words of encouragement. The Society also extended thanks to the dignitaries who participated, the volunteers who helped organize the event, the performers who contributed their talents, and all attendees who came out to support the initiative.

“This event marks a beginning,” said one of the organizers. “It is not the end goal but the first step in what we envision as a lasting movement for peace, understanding, and community engagement.” The organization emphasized that the launch of the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center is only the start of an ongoing commitment to building a more harmonious society, inspired by the timeless wisdom of Mahatma Gandhi.

Attendees left the event with a renewed sense of purpose and appreciation for Gandhi’s legacy. Many expressed optimism about the impact the Eternal Gandhi Peace Center could have on future generations. With the successful unveiling of the initiative, the Gandhian Society has laid the foundation for a community-driven platform that aims to keep the spirit of Gandhi alive in the hearts and minds of people throughout New Jersey and beyond.

In summary, the Meet and Greet event held in honor of Smt. Rajashree Birla not only celebrated her contributions and presence but also heralded the beginning of a transformative project. The Eternal Gandhi Peace Center aspires to be more than a physical location — it aims to serve as a catalyst for meaningful dialogue, educational growth, and the promotion of values that transcend cultural and political boundaries. Through sustained community involvement, the Gandhian Society hopes to ensure that Gandhi’s vision of a more just, peaceful world continues to inspire future generations.

The evening left a lasting impression on those in attendance, many of whom felt personally connected to the mission. As one community leader noted, “Gandhi’s message is timeless. By creating this center, we are ensuring that his voice of peace will continue to guide us through the challenges of the present and the future.”

U.S. Reiterates Call for Reciprocal Market Access in Advancing Trade Talks with India

As the United States and India edge closer to finalizing a much-anticipated bilateral trade deal, a high-ranking U.S. diplomat has reiterated Washington’s firm stance on the need for “fair and reciprocal market access” in the negotiations. This sentiment was emphasized during a crucial meeting between U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Christopher Landau and Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri held in Washington on Wednesday. The dialogue also covered cooperation on illegal migration and efforts to combat narcotics trafficking.

Landau’s message was clear as he highlighted a foundational principle of the United States’ trade policy with India. According to a statement issued by State Department spokesperson Tammy Bruce, the Deputy Secretary of State “underscored the importance of fair and reciprocal market access to fostering economic growth and prosperity in both countries.” This message not only reflects a core U.S. concern but also continues a bipartisan policy approach that has spanned several presidential administrations.

The insistence on equitable market access has long been a central element of U.S. trade negotiations with India. While American exports to India have grown in recent years, various tariffs, regulatory hurdles, and investment restrictions have led U.S. officials to repeatedly request greater openness in the Indian market. This issue has remained at the forefront of bilateral trade talks, regardless of which party has held power in Washington.

The demand for mutual access is also consistent with the broader trade vision set forth by President Donald Trump. Known for reshaping the tone and substance of America’s trade posture globally, Trump frequently pushed for trade arrangements that would rebalance existing deficits and secure better deals for the U.S. This strategic recalibration was not exclusive to adversaries but extended to long-standing allies and major trading partners such as the European Union, Japan, the United Kingdom, China, and India.

Though the Trump administration’s tactics were sometimes confrontational, the core principle of reciprocity has continued under subsequent administrations, becoming a foundational tenet of U.S. international trade policy. Washington’s expectations have remained the same—that trade should be a two-way street benefiting both partners through fair competition and equivalent access.

Recent developments suggest that the momentum for a trade agreement between the two nations is accelerating. Earlier this month, Indian Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal traveled to Washington to engage in a series of high-level meetings with key American counterparts. These included discussions with Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, and U.S. Trade Representative Jamieson Greer.

These meetings were reportedly constructive, with both sides expressing optimism about the potential to resolve lingering issues and move forward on an agreement that could significantly enhance economic collaboration between the two countries. While no concrete deal has been announced yet, trade experts on both sides have noted that the current atmosphere is more favorable than at any point in recent years.

Trade, however, was not the only issue on the table during the meeting between Landau and Misri. The senior diplomats also addressed concerns related to illegal migration and narcotics control, two areas of increasing cooperation and sensitivity in U.S.-India relations.

Though specific details from the discussion were not made public, the issue of Indian nationals attempting to enter the U.S. unlawfully has drawn attention in past months. In some instances, individuals have been apprehended at the southern U.S. border and deported under challenging circumstances. Some of these deportations have involved the use of military planes and have included reports of detainees being shackled during transit.

While neither Landau nor Misri provided direct comments on these incidents, the inclusion of migration in the bilateral dialogue indicates a shared desire to manage these challenges in a way that respects human rights while enforcing immigration laws. It also points to a broader understanding that cooperation on law enforcement and border security must form a part of the strategic framework between the two nations.

In addition to migration and trade, narcotics control emerged as another key topic during the meeting. Although the U.S. and India are not typically linked in global drug trafficking narratives, both countries have increasingly recognized the importance of collaborative efforts to curb the flow of illegal substances. This includes information sharing, law enforcement training, and joint operations to dismantle trafficking networks.

The broader context of the meeting was not lost amid these issue-specific discussions. Both Landau and Misri took time to reaffirm the commitment of their respective governments to regional peace and stability. The acknowledgment of mutual security interests served to reinforce the strategic alignment that has steadily grown between Washington and New Delhi over the past two decades.

Their meeting reflects the evolving nature of U.S.-India relations, which have gradually shifted from a cautious engagement to a more robust partnership encompassing economic, political, and security dimensions. From shared concerns about China’s rising influence in the Indo-Pacific to expanded defense cooperation and technology exchanges, the relationship between the world’s largest democracies continues to deepen.

Landau’s emphasis on market access and fairness was not presented in isolation but within this broader vision of bilateral cooperation. His remarks reiterated Washington’s belief that a truly strategic relationship must include meaningful economic integration and mutually beneficial trade practices.

For its part, India has also expressed interest in reaching a trade agreement that supports its growing export sector while protecting domestic industries from overwhelming foreign competition. Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government has frequently signaled its commitment to balancing global engagement with national interests, a stance that aligns with the push for a “self-reliant India” or Atmanirbhar Bharat. This policy framework has led to cautious but deliberate steps toward liberalization in select sectors.

However, New Delhi is also aware that a deeper partnership with the U.S. could offer significant long-term benefits. These include greater access to American technology, capital investment, and cooperation in emerging fields such as clean energy, digital infrastructure, and space exploration.

Despite the complexities, both nations appear committed to sustaining the dialogue and resolving outstanding issues. The recent meetings suggest a mutual understanding that strategic and economic collaboration must evolve together if the partnership is to reach its full potential.

While the exact contours of a U.S.-India trade agreement remain to be finalized, the shared resolve displayed by senior officials in Washington signals growing confidence on both sides. As Landau and Misri concluded their talks, the message was clear: economic ties, regional security, and responsible governance are all interconnected pillars of a modern, forward-looking partnership.

As Bruce summarized, Landau “underscored the importance of fair and reciprocal market access to fostering economic growth and prosperity in both countries.” With discussions ongoing and political will building, the prospect of a landmark trade agreement between the U.S. and India seems increasingly within reach.

U.S. Economy Contracts for First Time in Three Years Amid Tariff Uncertainty

The U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.2% in the first quarter of 2025, marking its first decline in three years. According to a revised estimate released by the Commerce Department on Thursday, the economic downturn was largely driven by President Donald Trump’s trade policies, particularly the imposition of tariffs, which disrupted normal business activity. The updated figure was a slight improvement from the government’s original estimate, though it still reflects an overall slowdown in economic momentum.

A key factor behind the drop was a significant increase in imports during the first three months of the year. Companies rushed to bring in foreign goods ahead of the president’s widely publicized tariff hikes. This surge in imports, while representing increased spending on foreign products, had a negative effect on GDP calculations because imported goods are not counted as part of domestic production.

Gross domestic product (GDP), the broadest measure of the nation’s economic activity, had expanded by 2.4% in the final quarter of 2024. However, the sudden spike in imports in early 2025 reversed that growth. Imports jumped at a remarkable annual rate of 42.6%, the fastest pace since the third quarter of 2020, and this alone subtracted more than five percentage points from GDP. In addition to the impact of trade, consumer spending also experienced a marked slowdown.

Federal government expenditures contributed further to the decline. Spending fell at an annual rate of 4.6% from January through March, representing the largest contraction in federal outlays in three years.

The way imports affect GDP is primarily a technical matter. Imports are subtracted from the GDP calculation to ensure that only domestically produced goods and services are counted. As an example, when an American consumer buys Costa Rican coffee, it shows up as consumer spending. But because the product was not made in the United States, it is later subtracted to avoid distorting the true level of domestic production.

Economists believe the unusual import surge observed in the first quarter is unlikely to recur in the second quarter, which spans April through June. As a result, imports are not expected to exert the same downward pressure on GDP in the next government report.

Despite the overall contraction, there were some areas of strength within the economy. Business investment grew at a robust annual rate of 24.4% in the first quarter. One reason for this was that companies increased their inventories in anticipation of the tariffs, boosting overall economic activity. This buildup of inventories added more than 2.6 percentage points to GDP growth during the quarter.

A specific measure within the GDP data that reflects the core strength of the economy rose by 2.5% annually in the first quarter. This figure, while lower than the 2.9% rate recorded in the previous quarter, still suggests the economy maintains a solid foundation. This core measurement includes consumer spending and private investment but excludes more volatile components like exports, government spending, and changes in inventories.

Still, the outlook for the economy remains clouded by policy uncertainty stemming from President Trump’s aggressive trade stance. His administration has implemented 10% tariffs on nearly every trading partner worldwide, in addition to targeted levies on steel, aluminum, and automobiles. These actions have led to significant unease among businesses and consumers, and their long-term effects remain uncertain.

This week, a federal court added to the uncertainty by blocking some of the tariffs introduced by the Trump administration. The court ruled that the president had exceeded his legal authority by imposing 10% tariffs and other specific duties on goods from Canada, Mexico, and China. The ruling could lead to further legal and political challenges to the administration’s trade policy and may complicate efforts to renegotiate trade agreements.

The Commerce Department’s report issued Thursday is the second in a series of three estimates for the first quarter’s GDP. A final, more comprehensive revision is scheduled to be released on June 26. This upcoming report will incorporate additional economic data and provide a more complete picture of the country’s economic performance during the early months of 2025.

Overall, while the first quarter’s economic decline reflects real challenges tied to trade policy and consumer caution, some underlying metrics continue to show resilience. But as the legal and economic implications of the president’s tariffs play out, businesses and policymakers alike will be watching closely for signs of either recovery or further disruption.

The report paints a complex picture: on one hand, it reflects the drag caused by an extraordinary surge in imports and reduced government spending, and on the other, it reveals solid business investment and a still-growing core economy. Whether those strengths will be enough to offset continued trade tensions in future quarters remains to be seen.

Economists and analysts have emphasized that while GDP is a critical gauge of economic health, short-term changes can be volatile, especially when influenced by policy-driven shifts such as tariffs. Still, the drop in GDP, even if slight, has raised concerns.

President Trump has framed his tariff strategy as a means to bolster American industry and reduce the country’s trade deficit. However, the short-term outcome, at least as captured in this latest GDP report, has been mixed. The administration’s efforts have triggered import spikes, supply chain disruptions, and a response from trading partners, all of which have fed into the current economic narrative.

What happens next will depend in part on how businesses adapt to the new trade environment and whether consumer spending rebounds in the coming months. The final GDP report in June will be a critical indicator, not just for economists but for the broader public and political leadership heading into the second half of the year.

As the nation waits for further economic updates, the first quarter’s data is a reminder of how interconnected global trade, domestic policy, and consumer behavior truly are—and how quickly shifts in one area can ripple across the entire economy.

White House to Correct Errors in Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s Controversial Health Report

The White House has announced plans to correct errors found in a much-anticipated federal report led by U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. This report, titled “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA), harshly criticized America’s food supply, pesticide use, and prescription drug practices. However, a detailed examination by the news outlet NOTUS uncovered that some of the hundreds of studies referenced in the report did not exist.

In response to questions about the issues within the report, White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt confirmed that updates would be made. During a press briefing, Leavitt stated, “I understand there was some formatting issues with the MAHA report that are being addressed and the report will be updated.” She emphasized that these problems do not diminish the overall significance of the report, adding, “But it does not negate the substance of the report, which, as you know, is one of the most transformative health reports that has ever been released by the federal government.”

Secretary Kennedy has positioned himself as a proponent of “radical transparency” and “gold-standard” scientific approaches in the realm of public health. Despite this, he has declined to disclose the identities of the authors behind the 72-page MAHA report. This report calls for greater scrutiny of the childhood vaccine schedule and portrays American children as being overmedicated and undernourished.

Leavitt reassured the public of the White House’s unwavering support for Kennedy, affirming, “The White House has complete confidence in Secretary Kennedy.” Furthermore, Andrew Nixon, a spokesperson for the Department of Health and Human Services, sent a statement via email clarifying, “Minor citation and formatting errors have been corrected.” Nixon described the MAHA report as “a historic and transformative assessment by the federal government to understand the chronic disease epidemic afflicting our nation’s children.”

The NOTUS investigation, published on Thursday, highlighted that seven of the more than 500 studies cited in the MAHA report did not seem to have been published at all. One researcher whose study was cited confirmed that although she conducted research on anxiety in children, she never contributed to the specific report referenced in MAHA. Additionally, some studies were misinterpreted within the report, particularly those addressing children’s screen time, medication use, and anxiety.

Concerns about the MAHA report have already been growing, especially among supporters of President Donald Trump. Farmers, in particular, have criticized the report’s portrayal of chemicals used on U.S. crops. The document’s critical stance on pesticides and agricultural chemicals has sparked pushback from agricultural communities.

The MAHA report is intended to serve as a foundation for new policy recommendations set to be released later this year. To support these initiatives, the White House has requested an additional $500 million in funding from Congress for the continuation and expansion of Kennedy’s MAHA program.

Texas Teen Clinches Victory at 100th Scripps National Spelling Bee with a Flawless Final Word

Faizan Zaki, a 13-year-old student from Allen, Texas, emerged as the champion of the 2025 Scripps National Spelling Bee on the night of May 29, triumphing in the 21st round by correctly spelling “éclaircissement.” The winning word, which means “the clearing up of something obscure: enlightenment,” secured his place in the annals of spelling bee history.

Representing C.M. Rice Middle School, where he is in the seventh grade, Zaki demonstrated not only his linguistic prowess but also an extraordinary level of composure and focus. When he spelled the championship word without hesitation or requesting any clarification, he dropped to the stage floor in relief, visibly overcome with emotion. This intense moment reflected the culmination of years of dedication and repeated efforts in one of America’s most competitive academic contests.

“Faizan exemplified the determination that defines a champion,” said Adam Symson, president and CEO of The E.W. Scripps Company. “His unwavering focus and preparation led to a well-earned victory tonight on the Bee’s largest stage.”

Zaki’s journey to this crowning moment was not without drama. The final night of competition, held at National Harbor in Maryland, brimmed with suspense as the top contestants battled through complex and often obscure words. Although Zaki made an early mistake that could have cost him the title, fate gave him a second chance. The contestants who re-entered due to his error stumbled later, allowing Zaki to regain his standing. In a contest known for its intensity and razor-thin margins, Zaki’s ability to rebound and push forward was remarkable. He ultimately emerged as the last standing out of eight finalists.

Finishing in second place was Sarvadnya Kadam from Visalia, California. Her exceptional performance earned her a $25,000 prize, reflecting the rigorous preparation required to reach the final stages of the competition. Third place went to Sarv Dharavane of Dunwoody, Georgia, who secured a $15,000 reward for his strong showing.

This victory was the culmination of Zaki’s four-year journey with the Scripps Bee. His first foray into the competition came in 2019 when, at just 7 years old, he placed 370th. From that humble start, his progress has been steady and determined. He rose to 21st place in 2023 and claimed second place in 2024. That year, he narrowly missed the championship in a tense tiebreaker against Bruhat Soma, another Indian-origin contestant. With this 2025 triumph, Zaki becomes only the fifth person in the Bee’s history to win after having finished as runner-up the previous year.

His perseverance and growth over the years place him in an elite group of past contestants who have shown not just talent, but also resilience. That kind of sustained effort across multiple years, especially in a competition that sees hundreds of young minds each year, underscores Zaki’s remarkable achievement.

Along with the prestigious title and the admiration of his peers, Zaki walks away with a generous collection of prizes. From Scripps, he receives $50,000 in cash and the championship trophy, known as the Scripps Cup. Additionally, he was awarded a $2,500 cash prize and a reference library from Merriam-Webster. His winnings also include a $400 reference set from Britannica and a three-year Britannica Online Premium membership.

Further contributing to his prize pool is a $1,000 Scholastic Dollars grant, which Zaki can donate to any school of his choice. The school he selects will also receive a five-year subscription to News-O-Matic, an educational news service for children. Zaki was sponsored by the Dallas Sports Commission, which helped support his participation in the national competition.

The 2025 Bee held special significance, as it marked the 100th anniversary of this storied competition. Originally launched in 1925, the Scripps National Spelling Bee has become a beloved fixture in American education, celebrating academic excellence, hard work, and the power of language. To commemorate the centennial, the organizers invited former champions to attend, turning the event into a meaningful celebration of its legacy.

In its hundred-year history, the Bee has grown from a small spelling contest into a major cultural institution, drawing participants from across the United States and even other countries. Each year, spellers study thousands of words, train with coaches and parents, and often dedicate months of preparation to qualify for this stage. The Bee has become a rite of passage for academically gifted students, particularly among South Asian American families who have had a strong presence in recent decades.

Zaki’s win continues a long line of successful Indian-American spellers, a trend that began gaining attention in the early 2000s. Their dominance has been widely attributed to strong family support, emphasis on education, and the establishment of informal spelling communities that prepare students through mock bees and study groups.

However, what makes Zaki’s story stand out is not only his cultural background but also his long-term commitment to the competition. Competing in four different years and steadily climbing the ranks required an exceptional degree of patience, adaptability, and sustained effort. While many spellers do not return after one or two appearances, Zaki remained focused on his ultimate goal, even after a heartbreaking loss in 2024.

His final performance, spelling “éclaircissement” with clarity and confidence, demonstrated that he had learned from past missteps and matured as a competitor. In the end, it was his calm delivery and unwavering concentration that clinched the title for him.

As the 2025 champion, Zaki now joins the pantheon of spelling greats who have left their mark on the national stage. More than just a spelling contest, the Bee is also about personal growth, public performance, and mental stamina. Faizan Zaki’s win embodies all those values and more.

Now that the competition has concluded, Zaki’s victory will inspire a new generation of students aiming for the Bee. His story proves that perseverance pays off, especially when matched with diligence and heart. As the centennial celebration comes to a close, the Scripps National Spelling Bee has once again delivered not just a winner, but a moment of triumph that resonates far beyond the final word.

Judge Weighs Big Changes for Google After Monopoly Ruling

The future direction of one of the world’s most influential tech companies, Google, now depends on a ruling from U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta, who is considering whether to enforce sweeping reforms following a declaration that Google’s search engine operates as an illegal monopoly.

On Friday, the judge listened to final arguments in a high-stakes legal showdown. Lawyers from the U.S. Justice Department advocated for a major restructuring, arguing that significant intervention is essential to ensure a competitive market. Among their proposed remedies are banning Google from paying to make its search engine the default on smartphones and compelling the tech giant to divest its Chrome web browser.

Google’s attorneys, however, maintained that only minimal adjustments are necessary and warned against imposing extreme sanctions that could jeopardize future innovation. They further asserted that the rapid evolution of artificial intelligence is already altering the digital search ecosystem. According to Google’s legal team, AI-powered conversational search platforms from emerging companies are starting to disrupt the market, and some of these startups are hoping that the DOJ’s years-long case will give them an edge in this new technological era.

Judge Mehta seemed to be giving genuine thought to the role of AI as he acknowledged the remarkable pace at which the industry is developing. Yet, he appeared uncertain about how much weight the rise of AI should carry in his forthcoming decision. “This is what I’ve been struggling with,” Mehta admitted.

Throughout the hearing, Mehta took an active role, frequently speaking and posing detailed questions to both sides. His remarks suggested he was searching for a balanced solution somewhere between the extreme measures proposed by the Justice Department and the more limited remedies sought by Google.

“We’re not looking to kneecap Google,” Mehta clarified during the proceedings. He emphasized that his aim was to “kickstart” competition so that rivals could begin to effectively challenge Google’s dominance in search.

The judge is expected to deliberate throughout the summer and intends to issue a final ruling by Labor Day. Although Google plans to appeal the decision that labeled its search engine a monopoly, the company must wait until Mehta delivers a ruling on the proposed remedies before it can move forward with an appeal.

Google’s lead attorney, John Schmidtlein, requested a 60-day delay in the implementation of any court-mandated changes. This suggestion was promptly opposed by Justice Department lawyer David Dahlquist, who responded, “We believe the market’s waited long enough.”

While both sides acknowledge that AI is a transformative force within the industry, they diverge on what impact it will have on Google’s dominance. The Justice Department believes that AI innovation alone won’t be enough to challenge the tech giant’s grip on search. Instead, they argue that formal legal restrictions are necessary to break Google’s monopoly—one that has helped parent company Alphabet Inc. reach a valuation of $2 trillion.

In response, Google has already started integrating AI into its search operations to morph its platform into what it calls an “answer engine.” This AI-driven transformation has so far helped the company maintain its position as the primary entry point to the internet, even as companies like OpenAI and Perplexity begin gaining ground with alternative tools.

One of the most significant and contentious proposals from the Justice Department is the potential divestiture of Google’s Chrome browser. Chrome, which was spearheaded nearly two decades ago by Google CEO Sundar Pichai, remains one of the most widely used web browsers. The DOJ believes that forcing Google to sell Chrome would limit its ability to consolidate massive amounts of browser traffic and personal data—resources that could further entrench its power in the AI era. Executives from both OpenAI and Perplexity have expressed interest in acquiring Chrome should the court order its sale.

The ongoing debate over Google’s future has attracted input from several key players in the tech and legal world, including Apple, app developers, legal scholars, and startup founders.

Apple, which reportedly earns over $20 billion annually for making Google the default search engine on iPhones and other devices, filed legal briefs objecting to the Justice Department’s proposed 10-year ban on such deals. Apple argued that ending these lucrative arrangements would cut off funding it uses for its own research and development. Furthermore, Apple claimed the ban might paradoxically strengthen Google’s position, as consumers would likely continue choosing its search engine regardless. The company also told the judge that it has no intention of developing its own search platform to compete with Google.

In a separate set of filings, a group of legal scholars voiced concern that forcing Google to divest Chrome would constitute an undue penalty and signal excessive government intrusion into business operations. Meanwhile, two former Federal Trade Commission officials, James Cooper and Andrew Stivers, raised alarms about another proposal that would require Google to share its data with competitors. They warned that such a move “does not account for the expectations users have developed over time regarding the privacy, security, and stewardship” of their personal information.

During Friday’s hearing, Mehta remarked that compared to other remedies suggested by the Justice Department, the idea of forcing Google to part with Chrome involved “less speculation” about potential fallout in the broader tech market. However, Schmidtlein rejected that assessment, contending that such a measure would be excessive and unjust. “I think that would be inequitable in the extreme,” he told the judge.

Justice Department lawyer Dahlquist was quick to dismiss what he considered exaggerated objections to the proposed divestiture. “Google thinks it’s the only one who can invest things,” he said, implying that others could innovate just as effectively if given the chance.

As Judge Mehta prepares to issue his final ruling by the end of summer, the outcome could reshape not only Google’s business model but also the future landscape of internet search and competition in the age of artificial intelligence.

Despite Soaring to Fourth-Largest Economy, India Struggles With Hunger and Inequality

India’s recent ascent to the position of the world’s fourth-largest economy highlights an extraordinary achievement in terms of national wealth. However, this rapid growth is undercut by a stark and troubling reality: a large portion of the population continues to live without access to three meals a day. The extent of this contradiction is reflected in the country’s 105th place on the Global Hunger Index 2024.

Hardik Joshi, an analyst who frequently discusses socioeconomic disparities, underscored this deep divide in a recent post on LinkedIn. He shared a striking comment from another user who stated, “If we remove the top 1% of rich people in India, we won’t even be comparable to African nations.” While this remark may seem blunt or even exaggerated at first glance, Joshi argued that it is strongly grounded in the available data.

India’s position on the hunger index places it behind countries such as Nigeria, which ranks at 100; Kenya at 89; and Ghana, which holds the 78th spot. These countries have smaller GDPs in comparison, yet India lags behind them when it comes to feeding its own people. Despite its economic standing, the country still struggles to meet basic nutritional needs for a significant share of its population.

Joshi explained that such rankings serve as a “mirror,” not as an overstatement. They force the country to reflect on who is really benefiting from all the growth. He argued that these facts must be taken seriously rather than dismissed as sensationalism. The reality is that the nation’s rising GDP masks severe and growing inequality.

India’s per capita income is approximately $3,000, which might suggest moderate prosperity on the surface. But averages are misleading when economic disparities run so deep. The top 1% of the population holds over 40% of the country’s total wealth, while the bottom 50% owns a mere 3%. This indicates that a vast number of people are surviving with barely enough to meet daily food requirements, with an estimated 700 million individuals living under various levels of food insecurity.

As Joshi put it, “We’ve mastered wealth creation, now we must figure out distribution.” His statement highlights the crux of India’s economic dilemma — wealth is indeed being generated, but its distribution remains lopsided and unfair. There is a significant gap between the creation of wealth and its impact on the everyday lives of ordinary citizens.

While overall national income figures suggest economic advancement, these numbers don’t account for how unequally that wealth is spread. India’s multidimensional poverty rate, which considers factors beyond income such as health and education, still stands at a concerning 16.4%. This figure underscores the fact that millions continue to face multiple layers of deprivation despite the country’s rise in global rankings.

Adding to the complexity is the structure of India’s labor force. About 90% of the workforce is part of the informal sector. This vast segment of the population works without formal contracts, social security, or steady income, leaving them vulnerable to economic shocks and making upward mobility extremely difficult. Informal employment generally offers low wages and little to no benefits, which further exacerbates poverty and food insecurity.

Joshi’s analysis also reveals how the urban-rural divide plays into the broader issue. Urban centers, with their booming industries and tech hubs, contribute significantly to GDP and tend to skew national statistics upward. However, these numbers fail to capture the struggle of rural communities, particularly those dependent on agriculture, who often do not share in the prosperity. Rural India continues to face challenges like low agricultural yields, inadequate infrastructure, and limited access to services, all of which contribute to food insecurity and economic hardship.

In this context, Joshi emphasized that the broader narrative of India’s economic growth doesn’t adequately account for who is truly reaping the benefits. His argument is not against development itself but rather about its distribution and inclusiveness. As he pointed out, “GDP means little if it hides empty plates.” This quote powerfully encapsulates his perspective — that economic figures and accolades lose meaning when a large segment of the population remains hungry and malnourished.

India’s achievements in terms of global economic status are, without a doubt, significant. But they must be weighed against the continuing struggle of millions who do not experience the benefits of this prosperity. Hunger, poverty, and inequality are issues that cannot be overlooked simply because the economy is expanding. The true test of growth lies in its ability to uplift everyone, not just the privileged few.

The data and observations laid out by Joshi draw a clear picture of a nation that stands at a crossroads. On one hand, there is success in wealth accumulation and global recognition; on the other, a growing crisis of hunger and inequity that undermines these very achievements. This dual reality calls for a rethinking of policy priorities, with a stronger focus on inclusive growth that ensures no one is left behind.

India’s path forward requires a shift in focus — not away from economic growth, but toward ensuring that growth is both equitable and sustainable. The country has demonstrated that it can generate wealth. The challenge now lies in distributing it more fairly and effectively, particularly to those who continue to go to bed hungry.

To address this, efforts must be made to strengthen social safety nets, increase investment in rural development, and formalize labor markets. Policies must aim at reducing income inequality and improving food security for the bottom half of the population. These are not just moral imperatives but also necessary steps for sustaining long-term national progress.

Joshi’s commentary, supported by hard data and global comparisons, serves as a critical reminder of the work that remains. His concluding reflections make it clear that growth alone is not enough — what truly matters is who benefits from that growth. The ultimate goal should be an India where its global economic ranking is matched by its success in eliminating hunger and improving the quality of life for all its citizens.

Federal Court Blocks Trump’s Broad Use of Emergency Law to Impose Global Tariffs

In a significant legal setback for President Donald Trump, a federal court ruled Wednesday that he cannot rely on an emergency law to unilaterally impose tariffs on countries across the globe. The decision blocks a series of tariff orders issued since February that had unsettled financial markets.

The ruling, delivered by a unanimous three-judge panel on the U.S. Court of International Trade, determined that Congress never gave Trump unrestricted authority to levy tariffs under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977 (IEEPA), a statute central to his administration’s legal defense.

“An unlimited delegation of tariff authority would constitute an improper abdication of legislative power to another branch of government,” the court stated in its unsigned opinion. The judges emphasized that unchecked executive power in trade matters would violate constitutional principles.

“Regardless of whether the court views the President’s actions through the nondelegation doctrine, through the major questions doctrine, or simply with separation of powers in mind, any interpretation of IEEPA that delegates unlimited tariff authority is unconstitutional,” the opinion continued.

Trump’s legal team swiftly appealed the ruling on Wednesday evening, signaling an ongoing battle over executive authority in economic policymaking.

The IEEPA allows the president to implement economic sanctions in response to national emergencies involving “unusual and extraordinary threats.” Traditionally used to freeze foreign assets and restrict financial transactions, the law was designed to provide the executive branch tools to respond to crises such as terrorism, cyberattacks, and nuclear proliferation.

Trump, however, tried to stretch the scope of the law to justify imposing extensive tariffs. He cited persistent trade deficits and the dangers posed by international drug cartels as reasons to declare a national emergency and take sweeping trade actions.

“Foreign countries’ nonreciprocal treatment of the United States has fueled America’s historic and persistent trade deficits,” said White House spokesperson Kush Desai in response to the ruling. “These deficits have created a national emergency that has decimated American communities, left our workers behind, and weakened our defense industrial base – facts that the court did not dispute,” Desai added. “It is not for unelected judges to decide how to properly address a national emergency. President Trump pledged to put America First, and the Administration is committed to using every lever of executive power to address this crisis and restore American Greatness.”

Wednesday’s court decision specifically halts the enforcement of Trump’s April 2 “Liberation Day” tariffs, which included a blanket 10 percent duty on all imports and higher, “reciprocal” tariffs on dozens of countries. The ruling also nullifies earlier tariffs directed at major U.S. trading partners, including Canada, Mexico, and China. While some of those tariffs had already been postponed or adjusted due to negative market reactions—including stock declines and rising Treasury yields—the court’s ruling effectively invalidates them.

The judges provided the administration with a 10-day window to issue any administrative directives required to implement the decision.

The panel comprised Judge Timothy Reif, appointed by Trump; Judge Jane Restani, appointed by President Ronald Reagan; and Judge Gary Katzmann, appointed by President Barack Obama. Despite their different political backgrounds, all three judges agreed that the president had exceeded his legal authority.

The ruling stems from two lawsuits that form part of a broader legal offensive against Trump’s use of tariffs. One case was brought by a coalition of small businesses, primarily targeting the “Liberation Day” tariffs. The other lawsuit was led by a group of Democratic attorneys general, with Oregon at the forefront, and challenged a broader collection of tariff measures enacted under the IEEPA.

Before reaching its conclusion on the scope of the IEEPA, the court first dismissed a threshold argument from the Trump administration, which contended that the president’s trade actions were political decisions outside the jurisdiction of the courts.

“This reliance on the political question doctrine is misplaced,” the panel wrote in its unanimous opinion, asserting that the judiciary has the authority to interpret the limits of statutory powers granted to the executive.

The decision marks another chapter in the continuing debate over presidential powers in economic and trade policy. While Congress has gradually ceded significant authority to the executive branch in the realm of international commerce over the decades, the court’s ruling serves as a reminder that there are still legal boundaries that cannot be crossed, even during a declared emergency.

Trump’s aggressive use of tariffs has been a cornerstone of his “America First” agenda. His administration has argued that the country’s trade deficits are not merely economic issues but also national security threats. By framing trade imbalances and foreign supply chain dependencies as emergencies under the IEEPA, Trump sought to gain leverage over trading partners and bypass traditional congressional approval processes.

Critics, however, have long argued that using the IEEPA to justify sweeping trade measures undermines both the intent of the law and the constitutional balance of powers. Legal experts have warned that accepting such an interpretation would set a dangerous precedent by granting the president virtually unchecked control over international trade policy.

Wednesday’s ruling aligns with those concerns, offering a rebuke of efforts to expand presidential power in a way that bypasses legislative oversight. The court’s insistence that any delegation of power must be constrained by clear statutory limits echoes previous judicial decisions that have placed constitutional checks on the executive.

Though the Trump administration’s appeal could eventually lead the case to the Supreme Court, the immediate effect of the ruling is to block the implementation of tariffs that had threatened to escalate tensions with key allies and further destabilize financial markets.

The ruling also has implications for future presidents who might seek to invoke emergency laws for economic interventions. By reaffirming that even in times of crisis the president cannot exceed the powers granted by Congress, the decision underscores the enduring importance of constitutional safeguards in policymaking.

As the legal process continues, the debate over how far presidential powers should extend in the realm of trade and national emergencies is likely to remain a contentious issue. While Trump’s appeal may challenge the court’s interpretation of the IEEPA, for now, the ruling stands as a decisive limitation on the executive branch’s authority to wield emergency powers for sweeping economic actions.

With 10 days to comply, the Trump administration faces both a legal and political challenge in adjusting its trade policies without the broad emergency powers it sought to claim. The outcome of the appeal process will likely shape not only Trump’s legacy on trade but also the broader contours of executive power in future administrations.

Rubio Announces Aggressive Visa Revocations for Chinese Students Amid National Security Concerns

Secretary of State Marco Rubio declared on Wednesday that the United States will start “aggressively revoking visas” for Chinese students, particularly those linked to the Chinese Communist Party or those enrolled in sensitive academic disciplines. This measure marks a significant escalation in the U.S. government’s scrutiny of foreign students, particularly those from China and Hong Kong.

According to a statement from Rubio, the U.S. State Department will coordinate with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to carry out these visa revocations. In addition, visa requirements for Chinese and Hong Kong nationals will undergo stricter evaluations to prevent any potential risks associated with academic espionage or ideological infiltration.

“The U.S. will begin revoking visas of Chinese students, including those with connections to the Chinese Communist Party or studying in critical fields,” Rubio posted on X, previously known as Twitter.

This announcement follows a broader tightening of immigration and student visa policies by the Trump administration. Just a day prior to Rubio’s statement, the administration instructed U.S. embassies and consulates around the world to halt scheduling visa interviews for international students temporarily. The decision was made as officials deliberate over expanding social media checks and security vetting procedures for visa applicants.

An internal communication from the State Department, signed by Rubio and issued on Tuesday, clarified the immediate changes. As reported by several media outlets, the directive said: “Effective immediately, in preparation for an expansion of required social media screening and vetting, consular sections should not add any additional student or exchange visitor (F, M, and J) visa appointment capacity until further guidance is issued [separate telegram], which we anticipate in the coming days.”

This directive signals a strong commitment by the administration to further scrutinize foreign students and exchange visitors. Earlier in the year, the administration had already taken action by revoking the visas of thousands of international students. Though some relief came later when Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) reinstated over 1,500 of those visa registrations in its system, the overall trend has been toward increased restrictions.

In a related development last week, the DHS took steps to shut down Harvard University’s Student and Exchange Visitor Program. This move would effectively prevent the prestigious Ivy League institution from enrolling new international students. DHS Secretary Kristi Noem emphasized the consequences for affected students, stating that they would have to transfer to a different institution or face the risk of falling out of legal immigration status.

Adding to the growing list of restrictions, President Donald Trump on Wednesday proposed placing a 15 percent cap on the number of foreign students allowed at Harvard and other U.S. higher education institutions. The president’s rationale stemmed from what he sees as an overrepresentation of international students at elite universities, which he believes displaces qualified American applicants.

While speaking with reporters in the Oval Office, Trump argued that international students occupy too large a portion of the student population and expressed concern about the influence some of them may have on campus. “These countries aren’t helping us. They’re not investing in Harvard … we are. So why would 31 percent — why would a number so big,” Trump said. “I think they should have a cap of maybe around 15 percent, not 31 percent.”

Trump further voiced frustration that American students often struggle to gain admission to top universities because international students take many of the available slots. He also raised security concerns, linking foreign students to potential threats and unrest.

“We have people [who] want to go to Harvard and other schools, [but] they can’t get in because we have foreign students there,” Trump said. “But I want to make sure that the foreign students are people that can love our country. We don’t want to see shopping centers exploding. We don’t want to see the kind of riots that you had.”

He went on to suggest that some of the recent civil unrest in the United States may have been fueled by foreign students. “And I’ll tell you what, many of those students didn’t go anywhere. Many of those students were troublemakers caused by the radical left lunatics in this country,” Trump remarked.

Although he did not offer specifics, the president also expressed a desire to prevent “radical people” from entering the country under the guise of education. “I don’t want radical people coming into our country and making trouble,” he said.

The administration’s actions, including visa revocations, social media screening expansions, and institutional penalties, reflect a broad and aggressive posture aimed at reshaping the landscape of international education in the United States. Critics argue that such measures could damage the U.S.’s global educational standing and reduce cultural and academic exchange. However, supporters of the policy insist that national security and the integrity of American institutions must take precedence.

Rubio’s announcement and the White House’s follow-up proposals underscore a coordinated effort to curb what officials perceive as undue influence and security risks associated with certain categories of international students, particularly those from geopolitical rivals like China. While the long-term consequences of these changes remain to be seen, the immediate impact is a dramatic shift in how the United States handles student visas, placing unprecedented emphasis on ideology, loyalty, and national origin.

The administration’s latest actions are expected to draw both domestic and international scrutiny. Universities may push back against enrollment limits, and legal challenges could arise, particularly around accusations of discrimination or due process violations. Meanwhile, Chinese and other international students may face increased uncertainty and anxiety as they attempt to navigate the evolving U.S. immigration landscape.

As the administration continues to tighten its policies, the future of global academic collaboration and the reputation of American higher education as a welcoming destination for students from around the world may be called into question. Nonetheless, Rubio and Trump appear resolute in their belief that these steps are essential to safeguard national interests and restore control over who is allowed to study in the United States.

White House Seeks Spending Cuts as Musk Criticizes Bureaucracy and Political Influence

The White House is preparing to send a series of proposed rescissions to Capitol Hill, using a process that enables the cancellation of previously approved spending. This move is aimed at reinforcing some of the spending cuts outlined in the Deficit-Offset Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative. According to a spokesperson from the Office of Management and Budget, the proposed package includes a $1.1 billion reduction from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, the agency responsible for funding NPR and PBS. In addition, it outlines an $8.3 billion cut in foreign aid expenditures.

Elon Musk, the high-profile entrepreneur and political donor, has recently reflected on his time engaging with the government, revealing a more subdued and realistic tone. Describing his frustrations with bureaucracy, Musk remarked, “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized. I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Musk also disclosed that he plans to reduce his political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he stated, suggesting a pullback from his earlier, more active political engagement.

Previously, Musk had been highly motivated by the prospect of reshaping the political landscape in Washington. He had contributed over $250 million to support President Donald Trump’s campaign. Musk also participated in campaign rallies and wore campaign-themed hats at White House events. He frequently warned about excessive government spending, which he described as a fundamental crisis. Throughout this period, Musk consistently expressed strong support for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk said in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump responded with praise of his own, calling Musk “a truly great American.” When Tesla experienced a downturn in sales, Trump demonstrated his loyalty by transforming the White House driveway into a temporary display area for Tesla vehicles, signaling his support.

Despite Musk’s waning involvement with the administration, it’s uncertain whether his recent critiques will significantly influence the ongoing legislative discussions. During the post-election transition period, when Musk’s influence was peaking, he played a role in stirring opposition to a proposed spending package. This occurred at a time when the nation was teetering on the edge of a government shutdown.

His latest remarks may serve to galvanize Republicans who are calling for even steeper spending reductions. One notable reaction came from Republican Senator Mike Lee of Utah, who shared a Fox News article about Musk’s comments. He added his own opinion on the bill’s prospects, stating that there was “still time to fix it.”

Lee further emphasized the need for a tougher stance in the Senate version of the bill. “The Senate version will be more aggressive,” he asserted. “It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

When the House of Representatives recently voted on the measure, only two Republican lawmakers—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against it. Their dissent was noteworthy, especially in light of Musk’s public statements.

Davidson acknowledged Musk’s comments on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office has issued a preliminary analysis of the bill’s fiscal implications. According to their estimates, the bill’s tax provisions would raise federal deficits by approximately $3.8 trillion over the next ten years. In contrast, the spending reductions affecting Medicaid, food assistance programs, and other services are projected to save just over $1 trillion during the same timeframe.

Despite this imbalance, House Republican leaders argue that the bill could still be fiscally sound if it stimulates enough economic growth. They claim that improved economic performance might render the legislation either neutral or even beneficial in terms of deficit reduction. However, this optimistic assessment is not universally shared.

Independent analysts remain skeptical of those projections. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a nonpartisan fiscal watchdog group, estimates that the legislation would actually increase the national debt by $3 trillion over the next decade, including interest costs.

This debate comes at a time of heightened scrutiny over the federal government’s fiscal discipline. The combination of growing deficits and competing priorities has forced lawmakers into difficult conversations about what to fund and what to cut. The White House’s rescission package is an effort to show seriousness about reducing spending, even if the broader legislative path remains uncertain.

Elon Musk Exits Trump Administration Role After Turbulent Tenure Focused on Cutting Government Waste

Elon Musk is stepping down from his government position as a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, where he had led efforts to trim and restructure the federal bureaucracy. His resignation, announced on Wednesday evening, brings to a close a contentious chapter marked by significant layoffs, agency reductions, and legal battles. Despite bold ambitions, Musk struggled to adjust to the political climate in Washington and ultimately achieved far less than he had initially hoped.

Initially, Musk had aimed to slash federal spending by $2 trillion, but he gradually scaled back his goal—first to $1 trillion, and then to $150 billion—as he faced mounting opposition. The billionaire entrepreneur grew increasingly disillusioned with the resistance he encountered, often finding himself at odds with senior figures in Trump’s administration. These internal conflicts emerged as Musk tried to restructure various departments, drawing significant political criticism in the process.

Although Musk’s advisory role was always intended to be short-term, he had lately been indicating a shift in focus back to his businesses, including electric car manufacturer Tesla and aerospace firm SpaceX. Yet officials within the administration remained vague about the precise timing of his departure. The public only learned of it when Musk made an abrupt announcement on X, his social media platform.

“As my scheduled time as a Special Government Employee comes to an end, I would like to thank President @realDonaldTrump for the opportunity to reduce wasteful spending,” Musk posted. “The @DOGE mission will only strengthen over time as it becomes a way of life throughout the government.”

An unnamed White House official later confirmed Musk’s departure.

Musk’s resignation followed closely on the heels of a CBS interview snippet in which he criticized a central piece of Trump’s legislative agenda. In the interview, Musk said he was “disappointed” with what Trump had dubbed his “big beautiful bill,” a sweeping piece of legislation combining tax cuts with stricter immigration enforcement.

Calling the measure a “massive spending bill,” Musk argued that it undermined the objectives of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), the agency he led. “I think a bill can be big or it could be beautiful,” Musk remarked. “But I don’t know if it could be both.”

Responding from the Oval Office on Wednesday, Trump defended his legislative initiative by pointing to the delicate negotiations involved. “I’m not happy about certain aspects of it, but I’m thrilled by other aspects of it,” the president said, suggesting the bill was still subject to change. “We’re going to see what happens. It’s got a way to go.”

The legislation had already passed the House and was being debated in the Senate. Musk’s critiques have found support among some Republicans. “I sympathize with Elon being discouraged,” said Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin during an appearance at the Milwaukee Press Club. Johnson noted he was “pretty confident” that enough opposition existed to “slow this process down until the president, our leadership, gets serious” about reducing spending. He added that no amount of pressure from Trump would sway him from that stance.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has urged the Senate to avoid major amendments to the bill, emphasizing that House Republicans had achieved a “very delicate balance” that could be destabilized by significant changes. Since the House will need to vote again if the Senate alters the legislation, any shifts risk derailing the fragile consensus.

On the day Musk stepped down, Speaker Johnson thanked him for his service and affirmed that the House would continue pushing for further spending reductions. “The House is eager and ready to act on DOGE’s findings,” Johnson stated.

To support DOGE’s fiscal objectives, the White House is preparing a set of proposed rescissions—moves to cancel previously authorized expenditures—that will be sent to Congress. According to the Office of Management and Budget, the rescission package will target $1.1 billion from the Corporation of Public Broadcasting, which supports NPR and PBS, and $8.3 billion in foreign aid.

Musk has admitted that his foray into government work was more challenging than he had imagined. “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized,” he told The Washington Post. “I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Recently, Musk also indicated he would be cutting back on political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.

Initially, Musk had been invigorated by the chance to overhaul Washington. After contributing at least $250 million to Trump’s campaign, he wore campaign hats in the White House, held rallies, and framed excessive government spending as a crisis. He frequently expressed admiration for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk declared in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump reciprocated Musk’s praise, calling him “a truly great American.” At one point, when Tesla’s sales were dipping, Musk even displayed his cars in the White House driveway to emphasize the administration’s support.

With Musk now exiting the administration, it remains uncertain what influence his recent criticisms will have on ongoing legislative debates. During his more influential period, Musk helped rally opposition to a spending bill when the government faced a potential shutdown. His latest remarks could inspire Republicans pushing for more aggressive cuts.

Sen. Mike Lee of Utah reposted a Fox News article featuring Musk’s CBS interview and added his own commentary, stating there was “still time to fix it.” He said, “The Senate version will be more aggressive. It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

Only two Republican representatives—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against the bill during the House vote last week. Davidson acknowledged Musk’s critique on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Preliminary analysis from the Congressional Budget Office estimates that the bill’s tax elements would raise federal deficits by $3.8 trillion over ten years, while spending cuts to programs like Medicaid and food stamps would save just over $1 trillion during the same period.

House Republican leaders insist that the resulting economic growth would counteract the bill’s deficit impact. However, independent analysts are skeptical. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget predicts the bill would add $3 trillion—including interest—to the national debt over the next decade.

Miss India Nandini Gupta Shines as Asia-Oceania Winner in Miss World 2025 Top Model Challenge

Miss India Nandini Gupta was named one of the four continental winners in the Top Model Challenge at Miss World 2025, a key segment of the international beauty pageant. The event, which took place on Saturday evening at the Trident Hotel in Hyderabad, was a vibrant celebration of global fashion and regional culture.

A total of 108 contestants from various parts of the world graced the runway during this glamorous event. Each participant represented their country and continent, bringing forward not just beauty but elegance, cultural pride, and personality. The winners were chosen based on their confidence, stage presence, and command over the runway, making the challenge more than just a visual spectacle.

Representing the Asia and Oceania region, Nandini Gupta stood out among her peers and was selected as the winner for her continent. The other three winners who joined her were Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya from Africa, Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim representing the Americas and Caribbean, and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt, who represented Europe. The winners were selected not only for their physical appeal but also for how they carried themselves during the event and embodied the values of grace and composure.

The fashion event went beyond traditional pageantry, becoming a platform that celebrated both high fashion and cultural heritage. Hyderabad’s role as host was particularly significant, as the city’s own rich traditions in textiles were highlighted during the show. Contestants wore beautifully crafted garments made using local handloom techniques such as Pochampally, Gadwal, and Gollabhama weaves. These designs also incorporated pearl-inspired elements, in homage to Hyderabad’s historical identity as the City of Pearls.

The outfits were designed by Indian fashion designer Archana Kochhar, widely admired for her ability to seamlessly merge modern silhouettes with traditional Indian artistry. Kochhar’s creations for the event were not only eye-catching but also served as cultural statements. Her work paid tribute to India’s heritage while ensuring the designs remained globally appealing.

After the cultural showcase segment, contestants returned to the runway in contemporary fashion. These modern ensembles were created by internationally renowned designers, presenting a dramatic contrast to the earlier part of the evening. This transition underscored the versatility of the participants as well as the event’s theme of merging tradition with modernity.

The contest was structured in several phases. In the initial stage, two finalists were shortlisted from each continent based on their performance in the earlier rounds. For Africa, the selected finalists were Miss Côte d’Ivoire Fatoumata Coulibaly and Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya. Representing the Americas and Caribbean were Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim and Miss Venezuela Valeria Cannavò. In the Asia and Oceania category, Miss India Nandini Gupta was joined by Miss New Zealand Samantha Poole. For Europe, the two finalists were Miss Belgium Karen Jansen and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt.

From these eight finalists, one winner per continent was announced. The final selection was based on multiple criteria, including stage presence, confidence, and overall runway performance. All contestants had an opportunity to showcase their individuality and style before the final decisions were made.

The Top Model Challenge also included a segment where awards for the best designer dress were given. These awards were separate from the main continental winners and recognized participants who excelled in wearing and presenting specially crafted designer outfits. Miss South Africa Zoalise Jansen van Rensburg, Miss Puerto Rico Valeria Pérez, Miss New Zealand Samantha Poole, and Miss Ukraine Maria Melnychenko were honoured in this category. They were each praised for their poise and ability to carry unique and distinctive fashion creations with elegance and charm.

The overall tone of the evening was not just one of beauty and competition, but of unity, tradition, and artistic celebration. The Top Model Challenge served as a tribute to both global diversity and Indian heritage, with Hyderabad playing a central role as both a cultural ambassador and fashionable backdrop.

Commenting on the event’s broader impact, one of the organizers stated that it was about much more than pageantry. “This was not just a beauty pageant but a celebration of culture, fashion, and Telangana’s rich textile heritage.” This sentiment was evident in every segment, from the traditional handloom garments to the modern runway looks that closed the show.

For Miss India Nandini Gupta, the recognition as the top model from Asia and Oceania is a significant achievement and places her in strong contention for the Miss World crown. Her performance in the event showed not only her elegance but also her ability to represent her culture with pride and sophistication. Gupta’s inclusion among the four continental winners highlights India’s growing prominence in the global beauty and fashion industry.

Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya, winner for Africa, also left a strong impression with her performance, while Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt captivated audiences in their respective regions. Each of these winners symbolized the diverse beauty and talent present across continents, reinforcing the pageant’s global vision.

In total, the evening was a dynamic blend of fashion, tradition, and international camaraderie. From intricately woven Indian fabrics to sleek modern designs, from heartfelt cultural tributes to confident runway strides, the Top Model Challenge delivered a memorable experience for all in attendance and those watching from around the world.

By the end of the night, it was clear that Miss World 2025’s Top Model Challenge was more than just a lead-up event. It was a powerful display of how beauty, culture, and identity can intersect on a global stage. The success of contestants like Nandini Gupta marks a moment of pride not only for India but for everyone who believes in the celebration of both tradition and innovation.

Elon Musk Criticizes Trump’s Massive Tax Cut Bill, Warns of Fiscal Fallout

Elon Musk has voiced strong opposition to President Donald Trump’s ambitious tax cut proposal, expressing concern that it would jeopardize the cost-cutting efforts initiated by his own Department of Government Efficiency, commonly referred to as the Doge department.

Musk, who is also the founder of Tesla and SpaceX, said he was “disappointed to see the massive spending Bill, which increases the budget deficit, and undermines the work that the Doge team is doing.” His remarks come as Trump’s legislative package, widely referred to as the “big, beautiful bill,” faces growing criticism for promising $4.5 trillion in tax reductions while substantially inflating the U.S. deficit.

The billionaire business magnate criticized the nature of the bill during an interview with CBS, stating, “I think a Bill can be big or it can be beautiful, but I don’t know if it can be both. My personal opinion.” His comments reflect skepticism about the sustainability of the proposed measures, especially in light of America’s mounting debt.

Musk had previously stepped away from active leadership of the Doge department in order to concentrate on his roles at Tesla and SpaceX. Nonetheless, his impact while leading the agency was significant. During his time at the helm, Musk orchestrated a controversial mass dismissal of thousands of federal employees in a bold move to reduce government expenditures.

Even before his departure, Musk had been outspoken about the dangers posed by America’s rising national debt, which now stands at $36.2 trillion. He has repeatedly warned that this level of indebtedness could drive the nation toward financial collapse. In a January appearance on the Joe Rogan podcast, Musk cautioned, “If we don’t act, the entire government budget will be used just to pay interest.”

These concerns have been echoed by economists and fiscal policy analysts who have scrutinized the financial implications of Trump’s proposed legislation. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the bill is projected to increase the federal deficit by $3.8 trillion by the year 2034, intensifying anxieties among lawmakers and investors alike.

The proposed legislation has met with resistance from several members of Trump’s own Republican Party. The level of dissent was evident when the bill barely cleared the U.S. House of Representatives, passing by a single vote. It now awaits review and likely approval by the Senate.

In addition to extending the tax reductions first introduced under Trump’s administration in 2017, the new bill also includes a variety of other significant provisions. It seeks to boost funding for border security, limit tax credits for clean energy initiatives, and implement work requirements for individuals receiving Medicaid, the federal health insurance program for low-income Americans.

Despite the mounting concerns and legislative hurdles, Trump remains committed to fast-tracking the bill. He has stated his intention to sign the legislation into law by July 4, a symbolic date that marks America’s Independence Day.

Musk’s recent criticism also follows a series of public disagreements with key figures from Trump’s administration. He previously directed harsh words at Trump’s trade adviser, Peter Navarro, whom he described as “dumber than a sack of bricks.” The two had previously clashed over the White House’s aggressive use of tariffs during Trump’s tenure.

Beyond political disputes, financial markets have responded with increasing caution as the implications of the bill become clearer. Investors are particularly worried about how the legislation could affect the government’s borrowing capacity. These fears were further amplified when Moody’s, a major credit ratings agency, downgraded the United States’ credit rating, citing apprehensions about deficit growth and rising interest payments.

Musk’s perspective adds to a chorus of fiscal watchdogs and experts urging restraint and reevaluation. With his experience at the Doge department focused on trimming bureaucratic fat and cutting unnecessary government spending, Musk views Trump’s bill as a direct contradiction to his efforts. The measures he introduced while leading the agency were designed to ensure long-term sustainability of public finances, something he believes is now under threat.

The current political climate has heightened the stakes of this legislative battle. While Trump aims to reinforce his economic legacy with a bold tax reduction package, critics argue that such sweeping measures risk long-term financial instability. The proposed trade-offs—reducing green energy incentives and imposing stricter requirements on Medicaid recipients—have also stirred debate over policy priorities and ethical governance.

With the Senate poised to take up the legislation in the coming weeks, all eyes are now on how the final version of the bill will be shaped. The margin of its approval in the House suggests that significant amendments may be necessary to secure broader support. Yet Trump has shown no signs of backing down, driven by a desire to have a landmark achievement ready for the July 4 deadline.

Musk’s public statements continue to generate widespread attention, particularly as they reflect broader unease about the trajectory of U.S. fiscal policy. While no longer directly involved in government operations, his reputation as a cost-cutting innovator gives weight to his warnings. As America approaches critical financial crossroads, voices like Musk’s may prove instrumental in shaping both public perception and the decisions of policymakers.

In sum, the unfolding debate over Trump’s tax bill has exposed deep divisions within the country’s political and economic leadership. Musk’s disapproval underscores the potential risks of expanding the deficit through large-scale tax reductions, even as supporters of the bill tout its promise of economic stimulus and growth. Whether the Senate will heed these warnings or push ahead remains to be seen, but the conversation around debt, spending, and government efficiency is far from over.

Tharoor Leads All-Party Delegation Urging Global Unity Against Terrorism

Congress MP Shashi Tharoor, heading an all-party delegation, delivered a powerful message at the World Trade Center, calling for a united global front against terrorism. Speaking outside the 9/11 Memorial in New York, Tharoor emphasized the importance of international solidarity in combating terrorism and highlighted the shared suffering of the United States and India.

During his remarks, Tharoor noted that India’s experience with terrorism mirrors the pain commemorated at the memorial. “We ourselves in India have been subject to the same wounds that you are seeing the scars of today in this very moving memorial. We have come in a spirit of solidarity, we have come at the same time on a mission,” he said. The visit to the 9/11 Memorial served as both a tribute and a reminder of the common threat terrorism poses to all democracies.

The delegation began its journey in New York and is scheduled to travel to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia. While in New York, they met with prominent think tanks and leading Indian Americans, including Indra Nooyi, former CEO of PepsiCo and a board member of several global organizations like Amazon and the World Economic Forum.

Tharoor spoke passionately about the mission of the delegation. “In these countries we are hoping to be able to explain to the world how important it is for all of us to stand together against the scourge of terrorism. Just as the US showed such resolution and determination in the wake of 9/11, so too our country has stood up against the forces of evil who attacked us on the April 22. We hope that a lesson has been learned by those who perpetrated this attack and by those who finance, train, equip, and direct them,” he said.

He warned that India would not remain passive if such attacks were repeated, stating, “But we want to communicate to the world that we will not be sitting quietly if this is repeated. We want the world to understand that this is not a time for indifference, but for mutual strength and mutual solidarity, so that we can all unitedly stand up for the values that the United States has always cherished—the values of democracy, of human freedom, of diversity, of coexistence of people of different communities, none of which sadly is on the agenda of those who conducted such attacks.”

Tharoor stressed the need to pursue justice for terrorism and called for international accountability. “Perpetrators of terror should indeed be brought to justice, and we are not going to stop our hunt for those who did this latest atrocity,” he said. He emphasized the importance of identifying and targeting those who support and protect terrorists: “We need to think about where these people are based, where they have safe havens, where they are trained, equipped, financed, guided, armed, and often directly directed… to perpetrate these horrors, and they too should be accountable for what they have been doing.”

Addressing the issue of UN sanctions, Tharoor, who previously served as the UN Under Secretary General, remarked, “I think there are something like 52 individuals and organizations based in Pakistan that at one time or the other have been listed by the UN Sanctions Committee… There is something much more direct that needs to be done, and we are not going to confine ourselves only to listings, to diplomacy, to the production of international dossiers. We are also going to exercise our right to self-defense, which every country recognizes.”

He also expressed strong confidence in the Indian diaspora’s ability to influence public discourse in the United States. “You are a very influential diaspora in this country. You are not just numerous. You are prosperous… You have an influential voice. You’re active in public life. You’re active in politics… We would like you to help sensitize public opinion and political opinion in this country about what is going on and how wrong it is, and certainly we would expect the diaspora to partake of the messaging that we are here to do… you are actually a force multiplier for us as well. We come and go, but you live here, and we want you certainly to please remind people around you of what the challenges are that India is facing.”

In a press release, the Indian Consulate confirmed the delegation’s engagement with think tanks, academic institutions, and the media in New York. The statement said the delegation highlighted the importance of strategic ties between India and the United States and emphasized collaborative global action against terrorism.

The delegation includes Shambhavi Chaudhary (Lok Janshakti Party), Sarfaraz Ahmed (Jharkhand Mukti Morcha), G M Harish Balayagi (Telugu Desam Party), Shashank Mani Tripathi, Tejaswi Surya, Bhubaneswar K Lata (all from BJP), Mallikarjun Devda (Shiv Sena), and former Indian Ambassador to the US Taranjit Singh Sandhu. Their unified message underscores India’s bipartisan consensus in the fight against terror.

Upon arriving in the U.S. on May 25, the delegation visited the 9/11 Memorial, accompanied by India’s Ambassador to the U.S., Vinay Mohan Kwatra. At the site, they paid tribute by offering white roses and folding their hands in a gesture of respect.

Reflecting on the visit, Tharoor said at the Indian Consulate, “It was obviously a very moving moment for us, but it was also meant to send a very strong message that we are here in a city which is bearing still the scars of that savage terrorist attack in the wake of yet another terrorist attack in our own country.” He continued, “We came both as a reminder that this is a shared problem, but also out of a spirit of solidarity with the victims… It’s a global problem, it’s a scourge and we must all fight it unitedly.”

The 9/11 Memorial honors the 2,977 victims of the September 11, 2001 attacks at the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, as well as the six individuals killed in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. Spanning eight acres within the 16-acre complex, the Memorial provides a space for reflection amid the hustle of lower Manhattan.

After their visit to the United States, the delegation will continue to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia to further amplify India’s position against terrorism. This diplomatic mission includes a total of seven groups, each comprising eight to nine members from across the Indian political spectrum. Their task is to present India’s unified stance and detail Operation Sindoor to international counterparts.

Operation Sindoor, initiated on May 7, was a military response to the April 22 terror attack in Pahalgam, which resulted in the deaths of 26 individuals. The Indian government has reported that the operation targeted terror infrastructure in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Jammu and Kashmir, killing over 100 terrorists affiliated with groups such as Jaish-e-Mohammed, Lashkar-e-Taiba, and Hizbul Mujahideen.

Following India’s strike, Pakistan launched retaliatory attacks including cross-border shelling and attempted drone incursions. In response, India undertook a coordinated counter-offensive that damaged radar systems, communication hubs, and airfields across 11 Pakistani airbases. A mutual agreement to cease hostilities was announced on May 10.

Through this high-level diplomatic outreach, India seeks to convey that it is unwavering in its fight against terrorism and that any threats to its sovereignty will be met with decisive action and international engagement.

UnitedHealth’s Fall From Grace Sparks Scrutiny of Medicare Advantage Model

In early April, UnitedHealth Group was being hailed by market analysts as a “tariff safe haven,” largely due to a favorable policy shift. The Trump administration had announced increased payments to Medicare Advantage plans starting in 2026. With UnitedHealth standing as both the country’s largest insurer and the top provider of Medicare Advantage plans, many anticipated that the firm would enjoy significant profits as a result.

However, less than two months later, the company is in a downward spiral. Its rapid decline not only underscores broader issues plaguing the health care sector but also highlights the deep-rooted problems within the Medicare Advantage system itself. Designed with the belief that private insurers could outperform traditional Medicare in both efficiency and cost, Medicare Advantage has instead become a tool for corporate profit. Critics argue that the system leads to higher charges and more frequent care denials than traditional Medicare.

What’s unfolding at UnitedHealth Group now suggests something more serious than just operational missteps. The company may have inflated its earnings through fraudulent billing and mistreatment of patients. Currently, it is facing three separate federal investigations for potential civil and criminal fraud as well as antitrust violations.

A February report in The Wall Street Journal revealed that the Department of Justice is probing whether UnitedHealth forced clinicians to input questionable diagnoses that made Medicare Advantage patients appear sicker than they actually were. This technique, known as “upcoding,” can trigger additional federal reimbursements. UnitedHealth, however, told the Journal that it stands “by the integrity of our Medicare Advantage program.”

Further allegations surfaced in The Guardian, which reported that UnitedHealth had covertly paid nursing homes to delay or prevent transfers of Medicare Advantage patients to hospitals. This tactic saved the insurer money, but in some cases, severely impacted patients. “At least one lived with permanent brain damage following his delayed transfer,” the outlet wrote, citing a confidential log, recordings, and photo documentation.

The Guardian also cited five current and former UnitedHealth employees who alleged that the company “pressed nurse practitioners to persuade Medicare Advantage members to change their ‘code status’ to DNR” — do not resuscitate — a move that made them ineligible for “certain life-saving treatments that might lead to costly hospital stays.” UnitedHealth has denied these allegations.

Adding to its woes, a group of investors filed a lawsuit accusing UnitedHealth of misleading them about its financial health following the death of Brian Thompson, CEO of UnitedHealthcare, the company’s insurance division. UnitedHealth also denied the claims in the lawsuit.

In May, CEO Andrew Witty abruptly resigned, citing “personal reasons,” and the company retracted its earnings forecast for 2025. It attributed this to unexpectedly high costs within its Medicare Advantage segment during the first quarter of the year.

UnitedHealth’s structure is vertically integrated. It not only pays for medical care through UnitedHealthcare but also provides that care via its health services arm, Optum, which owns both physician groups and pharmacies. This integration gives UnitedHealth vast control over which claims get approved, which doctors patients can see, and which medications are prescribed.

Additionally, UnitedHealth reportedly pays its own physician practices and pharmacies much higher rates than it pays independent competitors. A recent Federal Trade Commission (FTC) report highlighted that markups could reach over 7,700%. This leaves independent doctors and pharmacists at a significant disadvantage, forcing many to sell to Optum. This consolidation further cements UnitedHealth’s dominant position in the market and pushes patients into health care deserts as independent services shutter.

Despite ethical concerns, the Medicare Advantage approach has been enormously profitable. Since 2003, UnitedHealth’s annual revenue has grown nearly 15-fold, reaching $372 billion last year. The company also surged 59 places on the Fortune rankings, now sitting in fourth place. Seeing this success, competitors like CVS Health’s Aetna, Elevance Health’s Anthem, and Humana have mimicked its vertically integrated model and Medicare Advantage billing tactics.

Earlier this month, the Department of Justice sued these three rivals. The allegation: they paid brokers hundreds of millions of dollars to steer elderly Americans toward their Medicare Advantage plans while actively avoiding potential enrollees with disabilities. Each of the companies has said it plans to contest the charges.

Many seniors are initially drawn to Medicare Advantage because of its lower out-of-pocket costs and extra benefits like dental and vision coverage. Yet, it’s often only when they need intensive care that the program’s pitfalls — especially the frequency of denied treatments — come to light.

For over 20 years, patients and taxpayers have borne the financial and health-related burdens of the Medicare Advantage system. Only recently have shareholders begun to feel its impact, as UnitedHealth’s dramatic downturn reveals that its size and business model might now be liabilities instead of strengths.

Even though the Trump administration is pushing for higher payments to Medicare Advantage plans next year, the sector is still grappling with the effects of a Biden-era rule aimed at curbing upcoding. At UnitedHealth, things worsened when Medicare Advantage costs unexpectedly ballooned. One reason cited is that patients sought significantly more care in the first quarter of the year — potentially due to a backlog of health needs following the COVID-19 pandemic. Regardless of the cause, UnitedHealth had to shell out more for care both as an insurer covering claims and as a provider handling the delivery of services. As The Wall Street Journal put it, the company was “absorbing the higher cost of delivering that care.”

This brings to light the fundamental flaw of Medicare Advantage. The model prioritizes shareholder gains, often necessitating the denial of care to maintain profits. Moreover, these profits are then funneled into acquiring other entities within the health care system — including the very clinics and pharmacies patients rely on. Employees within these acquisitions may then find themselves compelled to act in ways that serve corporate rather than patient interests.

The situation has alarmed lawmakers across party lines. Democratic Representative Lloyd Doggett of Texas and Republican Representative Greg Murphy of North Carolina have both called for a formal investigation into private Medicare Advantage plans. Representative Pat Ryan of New York wrote to Attorney General Pam Bondi urging her to hold UnitedHealth accountable. In a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing, several senators echoed these concerns and advocated for breaking up large insurance conglomerates like UnitedHealth.

Senator Cory Booker, a Democrat from New Jersey, criticized what he called “a level of corporate violence that is costing American lives, a level of colossal greed at the expense of patient wellbeing.” Republican Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri also weighed in, stating, “Why shouldn’t we be breaking you guys up? This looks like classic monopolist behavior. The patients are getting screwed. … You’re getting rich.”

While all this unfolds, traditional Medicare continues to perform efficiently. It costs Americans about 20% less than private alternatives and outperforms them in most care-related metrics. Ironically, this government-run system, often portrayed as inefficient, has proven to be a more responsible steward of taxpayer dollars than profit-driven executives and shareholders. Yet, traditional Medicare now covers only a minority of Medicare beneficiaries.

It’s time to confront reality. Medicare Advantage, like much of the private insurance system in the U.S., is fundamentally broken. Nothing short of a complete overhaul can restore the health care system to one that prioritizes patients over profits.

AAPI Gains Membership to the International Association of Medical Regulatory Authorities

“We are thrilled to share with you all today as the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) has accomplished a major milestone in our mission to elevate the role and recognition of Indian medical professionals across the globe,” said, Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI.  “The International Association of Medical Regulatory Authorities (IAMRA) has formally accepted AAPI’s application for Partner membership.”

With this acceptance, AAPI joins an influential global network that includes regional, national, and international medical boards of leading medical regulatory bodies, including organizations such as the AAMC, ECFMG, FSMB, and numerous U.S. state medical boards, as well as the national medical boards from India such as Gujarat, Karnataka, Delhi, and the National Board of Examinations in Medical Sciences (NBEMS).

Currently IAMRA has 116 member organizations from 44 countries, united by a shared vision: “Everyone around the world is treated and cared for by safe and competent doctors.”

IAMRA’s mission is to promote effective medical regulation worldwide by fostering best practices, encouraging innovation, enabling collaboration, and supporting knowledge-sharing to ensure public safety and enhance global healthcare quality.

“We extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Lokesh Edara, past Chairman of the AAPI Board of Trustees, for his initiative and leadership in this endeavor.”

According to Dr. Lokesh Edara, who has been leading the efforts for AAPI’s Global Medical Education Initiatives, AAPI has been collaborating with the Government of India on efforts with “the objective of making every MBBS graduate from India to be the best in the world through programs and activities on AAPI platform. We now look forward to working closely with IAMRA and its members to strengthen our shared mission and ensure that the voices of Indian-origin physicians are heard and respected worldwide.”

“This achievement reaffirms AAPI’s commitment to collaborating with international medical regulatory authorities; Bridging professional gaps between Indian and global healthcare systems; Building stronger platforms for Indian-origin physicians; and advocating for policy harmonization and mutual recognition of qualifications. Thank you for your continued support as we take this proud step forward,” said Dr. Kathula.

The AAPI Ad Hoc Committee on Medical Regulation has been established to provide expert insight and guidance on matters related to medical licensing and regulatory standards across the United States. Chaired by Dr. Srini Gangasani, Chairman of the Georgia Medical Board, the committee will serve as a resource for evaluating current regulatory frameworks and proposing recommendations to ensure consistency, transparency, and efficiency in the medical licensing process. This initiative reflects AAPI’s continued commitment to supporting high standards in medical practice and ensuring a fair and effective regulatory environment for healthcare professionals.

Serving 1 in every 7 patients in the US, AAPI members care for millions of patients every day, while several of them have risen to hold high-flying jobs, shaping the policies and programs, and inventions that shape the landscape of healthcare in the US and around the world.

Since its inception in 1982, AAPI has been at the forefront, representing a conglomeration of more than 125,000 practicing physicians in the United States, seeking to be the united voice for the physicians of Indian origin. For more information on AAPI and its programs and initiatives, please visit:  www.aapiusa.org

ITServe Alliance Members Across the Nation Honor Fallen Heroes, Donate Funds to Veterans on Memorial Day

ITServe Alliance members representing several Chapters, led by the national and Chapter leadership, honored our Veterans and the fallen Heroes on the occasion of Memorial Day in various towns and cities across the nation on May 26, 2025.871cbea0 1351 4b47 8dd3 8605f5dbb803

Initiated and driven under the banner of ITServe Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) local CSR Teams of Austin, Dallas, Houston, New Jersey, and, Raleigh were some of the chapters that led the Memorial Day events in their respective states.

Thanks to the initiatives of Chapter Presidents, Vineeth Reddy Amaram, Austin; Abhishek Boyanapally, Dallas; Srinivas Mettu, Houston; Subramaniyam Osuru, New Jersy; and, Praveen Chakraraj, Raleigh, hundreds of ITServe members joined these events, honoring thise who have sacrificed their lives for Freedom.

ITServe Alliance Team Dallas had the distinguished honor of having Raghu Chittimalla, Governing Board Chair; Anju Vallbhaneni, National President; and Jagadeesh Mosali, Immediate past President of ITServe during the ceremony, where the Dallas Chapter members gathered at the DFW National Cemetery, placing National Flags for the Fallen Heroes on Memorial Day.

Raghu Chittimalla said, “Founded in 2010, ITServe’s vision has been to empower local communities by creating, retaining, and fostering employment opportunities within the United States. ITServe has an active membership of 2,400 + members, and 24 Chapters established across the United States, who are small & medium-sized companies that create local employment and fulfill the growing demand for highly skilled professionals in America.”

c695f444 0529 4534 8c55 d5b50d959265 “ITServe and its member community is committed to corporate social responsibility (CSR) and actively contributing to local communities nationwide,” said Anju Vallabhaneni. “We recognize the sacrifices of our veterans and first responders, who selflessly serve our nation. Supporting them and their families is of utmost importance to us, as we express our gratitude for their unwavering dedication and bravery.”

As part of their continued commitment to community service, ITServe Alliance Austin Chapter donated $1,000 to the Sons of the American Revolution during the Memorial Day Flags Ceremony. This gesture is a small token of our deep gratitude for those who served and sacrificed for our nation.

“Thank you all for joining today and representing ITServe Austin Team in honoring our Veterans on the occasion of Memorial Day. Proud to be part of ITServe always at forefront in serving the community,” said Vineeth Reddy Amaram.

“A heartfelt thank you to all our members and volunteers who joined us in this meaningful tribute. Let us all participate and encourage everyone to participate in similar event. These kind of events will be very helpful to ITServe and gives us tremendous satisfaction,” said Srinivas Mettu.

“It was a great event, and every Chapter needs to do this at their cities – nothing can explain or feel good unless you attend personally – everyone attended felt proud to be part of this event today – Thank you entire CSR team – and Dallas Chapter President and core team for arranging this event,” said Abhishek Boyanapally.85ed2544 e269 4535 9dc3 96056f6eab7e

“Great giving back to heroes efforts by #TeamRaleigh,” said Praveen Chakraraj. “A heartfelt thank you to all our members and volunteers who joined us in this meaningful tribute.”

ITServe Alliance – New Jersey Chapter President, Subramaniyam Osuru after the event honoring the Veterans with Memorial Day Donation on May 26, 2025 said, “We remember our veterans with deep gratitude and reflect on the freedoms we enjoy because of their services.”

“ITServe CSR team has embarked on a remarkable journey in the realm of CSR,” said Tanuj Gundlapalli, Managing Director for ITServe Alliance CSR. Gundlapalli expressed his “deep gratitude to all the members, volunteers, Chapter Presidents, the 10 Chairs, and our partners who are passionate and have contributed to the many CSR efforts over the past years. Your dedication and support are the driving forces behind our success. As we look to the future, I am optimistic about the positive impact we can achieve together.”

Dinesh Movva, CSR Secretary said, Come, Join us in our journey as we strive to make a meaningful difference. Together, we can transform lives, inspire change, and leave a lasting legacy of compassion and service. Let’s stand united and make our communities stronger, one step at a time.” For more details about the many noble initiatives of ITServe, please visit: www.itserve.org

 

 

 

 

Bond Market Signals Trouble Amid Rising Deficit Fears and Tax Bill Concerns

The U.S. bond market is once again showing signs of distress, raising alarms among investors and economists. Long-term Treasury yields rose sharply this week, driven by heightened investor concern over the expanding federal deficit and the fiscal direction tied to President Donald Trump’s recently proposed tax legislation.

Traditionally seen as a refuge during times of uncertainty, the bond market is behaving unusually. Investors are pulling away from U.S. Treasurys, signaling growing anxiety and triggering fears that a broader global trend to abandon U.S. assets—commonly referred to as the “sell America” trade—may be underway.

“Clearly, the market is very focused on two key things: the tariff news and this policy framework of debt and deficits with interest rates,” said Jeremy Schwartz, chief investment officer at WisdomTree Global, during an interview with Yahoo Finance on Thursday. “If interest rates blow out because there’s fear about the deficit [and] we don’t actually bring down spending … that’s one of the [key] downside risks.”

Concerns over growing deficits are nothing new, but the current unease is fueled by a combination of both longstanding and emerging threats. Investors are now juggling worries about government overspending, persistent inflation, and the unpredictable political landscape. At the heart of these concerns is Trump’s recently advanced tax bill, which successfully passed through the House this week and now awaits a Senate vote.

“We have an unsustainable fiscal situation that is leading to very challenging dynamics in the bond markets where we are having to pay higher interest rates to service our debts,” Shai Akabas, director of economic policy at the Bipartisan Policy Center, told Yahoo Finance on Friday.

Akabas added, “That ultimately is leading to higher interest rates across the economy and feeding the inflation that we’ve seen in past years, and that we might continue to see from the tariff dynamic that’s going on.”

The legislation in question introduces significant tax cuts, affecting both individual and corporate rates. Analysts estimate that the bill will increase the national debt by $4 trillion over the next ten years. What worries investors further is that, despite the massive tax breaks, the legislation does not propose immediate or meaningful spending cuts. This omission is intensifying fears regarding America’s already vulnerable fiscal health.

Brett Ryan, a senior U.S. economist at Deutsche Bank, commented, “The House bill is probably the floor for what deficits look like. The Senate is going to have its say, and that’s probably going to mean even less in terms of spending cuts.”

Ryan also expressed skepticism over the bill’s long-term fiscal promises, stating, “Will it ever happen?” in reference to the more than $1 trillion in projected savings, much of which would occur beyond the current presidential administration.

The bond market’s response to the proposed legislation was both immediate and severe. The 30-year Treasury yield spiked to 5.15% this week, marking the most substantial single-day rise since 2023. That level is approaching closing highs last seen before the 2008 financial crisis.

This spike wasn’t driven solely by domestic fiscal concerns. A poorly received Treasury auction and financial turbulence in Japan also played roles. Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba’s warning about his country’s deteriorating financial position caused a bond sell-off there, which, in turn, stoked fears globally about diminishing demand for U.S. debt.

Joe Hegener, chief investment officer at Asterozoa Capital, described the volatility in the long end of the bond market as significant. “The long end of the curve, there’s a tremendous amount of uncertainty,” Hegener said on Friday. He added, “We’re starting to see investors get a little spooked. What’s going on in Japan and abroad is only exacerbating that risk.”

While shorter-term bond yields have remained relatively stable due to expectations that the Federal Reserve will not raise interest rates in the near term, longer-term yields are rising faster. This divergence reflects growing investor demands for higher returns to compensate for long-term risks tied to fiscal instability and erratic policymaking.

Heather Boushey, who previously served on President Joe Biden’s Council of Economic Advisors, sees the bond market’s recent behavior as a warning sign. “There is not good news here,” Boushey said. “Let’s not go down this path,” she added, suggesting that the financial markets are reflecting a growing concern about the direction of the economy, including potential stagflation—a combination of high inflation and stagnant growth.

Altogether, the bond market appears to be reacting to a convergence of troubling factors: ballooning federal deficits, a controversial tax proposal with unclear long-term savings, and international fiscal unrest. The result is a wave of anxiety that is causing U.S. bond prices to fall and yields to climb, a shift that could ripple across all sectors of the economy.

Investors, economists, and policymakers are all watching closely, as the implications of these market shifts could prove far-reaching. Rising long-term yields increase borrowing costs for the government, businesses, and consumers alike. If these trends persist, they could undercut economic growth, push inflation higher, and make it more expensive for the U.S. to service its growing debt.

With Trump’s tax bill headed to the Senate, the next steps taken by lawmakers could either reinforce or alleviate market fears. However, the current mood in the bond market suggests that confidence is already fragile. Whether this represents a short-term reaction or the start of a deeper financial reckoning remains to be seen.

In the meantime, experts like Jeremy Schwartz, Shai Akabas, Brett Ryan, Joe Hegener, and Heather Boushey are united in their message: the combination of tax cuts, deficits, and political instability is presenting serious risks. And if these are not addressed, the markets may continue to react in ways that could affect everything from interest rates to equity prices to global investor sentiment.

The warning from the bond market is growing louder by the day. As Boushey put it succinctly, “There is not good news here.”

Billie Eilish Dominates 2025 American Music Awards as Beyoncé Makes History in Country Category

The 2025 American Music Awards, held on Memorial Day, proved to be a night of unforgettable wins, powerful performances, and historic firsts. Among the biggest stories of the evening was Billie Eilish’s sweeping victory, claiming all seven awards she was nominated for, including the top honors of Artist of the Year, Album of the Year, and Song of the Year. Although Eilish was not present to receive her awards in person due to her ongoing tour, her presence was deeply felt throughout the ceremony.

Beyoncé made her own mark on the night by securing her first ever wins in the country music category. She took home the awards for Favorite Female Country Artist and Favorite Country Album for “Cowboy Carter,” underscoring her successful crossover into the genre. Meanwhile, Kendrick Lamar won Favorite Hip-Hop Song for “Not Like Us,” and SZA took home two awards: Favorite R&B Song and Favorite Female R&B Artist.

The event was hosted by Jennifer Lopez, who opened the show with a dynamic dance number that blended tracks from various artists, including Beyoncé, Billie Eilish, Shaboozey, and Chappell Roan. The high-energy introduction set the tone for a vibrant evening of music celebration.

One of the most poignant moments of the night came when Janet Jackson was honored with the 2025 Icon Award. Jackson made her return to television with her first performance in seven years, delighting fans with renditions of classics such as “Someone to Call My Lover” and “All for You.” In an emotional acceptance speech, she reflected on her journey and legacy. “My family (and) myself, our dream wasn’t ever to be famous. We weren’t raised like that. We always had a special love for music, dancing and singing, and fame came with the result of hard work and dedication,” she said. “My story, my family’s story, it’s truly an American story. This would’ve only happened in America.”

Sir Rod Stewart received the Lifetime Achievement Award and concluded the evening with a heartfelt performance of “Forever Young,” reinforcing his enduring influence on the music world. Other artists who took the stage during the broadcast included Blake Shelton, Benson Boone, Gloria Estefan, Lainey Wilson, Gwen Stefani, and Reneé Rapp.

In keeping with the significance of Memorial Day, the AMAs partnered with the Easy Day Foundation, an organization that supports military veterans transitioning to civilian life. The ceremony paid tribute to veterans in the audience, with special mentions by Zac Brown and Ciara highlighting their contributions and presence during the event.

This year’s awards saw an expansive list of nominees and winners across a wide range of genres. Gracie Abrams was named New Artist of the Year, while “Hit Me Hard and Soft” by Billie Eilish won Album of the Year. Eilish’s hit “Birds of a Feather” secured Song of the Year and also took the award for Favorite Pop Song. Additionally, Eilish was recognized as Favorite Female Pop Artist, Favorite Pop Album winner, and Favorite Touring Artist.

Lady Gaga and Bruno Mars were also notable winners, clinching Collaboration of the Year and Favorite Music Video for “Die With A Smile.” Doechii’s track “Anxiety” won Social Song of the Year, and Eminem secured wins for both Favorite Male Hip-Hop Artist and Favorite Hip-Hop Album with “The Death Of Slim Shady (Coup De Grâce).”

The Weeknd won Favorite Male R&B Artist, and his album “Hurry Up Tomorrow” earned Favorite R&B Album. SZA’s “Saturn” was named Favorite R&B Song. Post Malone, recognized for his growing influence in country music, won Favorite Male Country Artist and also shared a win for Favorite Country Song alongside Morgan Wallen for “I Had Some Help.”

Among other notable victories, Dan + Shay won Favorite Country Duo or Group, while Twenty One Pilots were honored as Favorite Rock Artist and won Favorite Rock Album for “Clancy.” Linkin Park took the award for Favorite Rock Song with “The Emptiness Machine.”

In the Latin categories, Bad Bunny once again made a strong showing, winning Favorite Male Latin Artist and Favorite Latin Album for “DeBÍ TiRAR MáS FOToS.” Becky G won Favorite Female Latin Artist, while Shakira’s “Soltera” was named Favorite Latin Song. Julión Álvarez y su Norteño Banda received recognition as Favorite Latin Duo or Group.

Afrobeats and K-Pop categories also saw celebrated wins. Tyla won Favorite Afrobeats Artist, and RM of BTS fame secured the Favorite K-Pop Artist title, continuing the genre’s international prominence. Lady Gaga added another win to her list by being named Favorite Dance/Electronic Artist. In the soundtrack category, “Arcane League of Legends: Season 2” took the win for Favorite Soundtrack.

The evening’s blend of star-studded performances, moving tributes, and a broad showcase of music genres underscored the American Music Awards’ continued relevance and cultural impact. Billie Eilish’s dominant performance at the awards reinforced her status as one of the most influential artists of her generation. Beyoncé’s recognition in the country genre highlighted the genre’s growing inclusivity, while Janet Jackson’s return served as a powerful reminder of the lasting legacy of iconic performers.

“My story, my family’s story, it’s truly an American story,” Jackson said, summing up a night that celebrated music’s ability to cross boundaries, genres, and generations.

In all, the 2025 AMAs succeeded in honoring both emerging and legendary talents while using the platform to pay tribute to American heroes, making it one of the most memorable ceremonies in recent years.

King Charles III Begins Canadian Visit Amid Sovereignty Tensions with the U.S.

King Charles III and Queen Camilla have commenced a significant two-day visit to Canada, a trip widely interpreted as a demonstration of support for Canadian sovereignty during a time of mounting pressure from the United States. The visit comes in the wake of provocative remarks by  U.S. President Donald Trump, who has repeatedly threatened to absorb Canada as the 51st American state.

The royal couple arrived in Ottawa, Canada’s capital, where they were received with ceremonial honors by prominent Canadian leaders. Among those welcoming the monarch was the country’s recently elected prime minister, Mark Carney, and Governor General Mary Simon, the first indigenous person to hold that role and the official representative of the British monarch in Canada.

Carney, who assumed leadership in April after running on a platform that strongly opposed Trump’s foreign policy, extended the invitation to King Charles shortly after becoming head of the Liberal Party. At that time, Trump had heightened tensions by levying tariffs on Canadian goods and making inflammatory suggestions about annexing the country.

In a formal statement released ahead of the royal visit, Prime Minister Carney emphasized the symbolic importance of the king’s presence. “It speaks to our enduring tradition and friendship, to the vitality of our constitutional monarchy and our distinct identity, and to the historic ties that crises only fortify,” said Carney, reflecting on the significance of the moment.

During the royal stay, Carney and the king are scheduled to hold a private meeting. While the exact content of their discussions remains undisclosed, it is widely expected that matters concerning national unity, sovereignty, and diplomatic resilience in the face of U.S. pressure will be at the forefront.

One of the key highlights of the royal tour will take place on Tuesday, when King Charles delivers the speech from the throne to inaugurate a new session of the Canadian Parliament. This rare event will mark the first time a reigning monarch has performed this ceremonial duty in Canada since 1977, when Queen Elizabeth II addressed the Senate during her reign.

Though largely symbolic, the speech holds deep political resonance. Canada operates as a constitutional monarchy, with the king serving as its official head of state. This stands in marked contrast to the republican system of governance in the United States. The presence of the monarch in a legislative setting underscores the country’s unique political structure and reaffirms its ties to the British Crown at a time when questions of sovereignty have become especially sensitive.

The speech from the throne will outline the government’s future plans and policy priorities. While King Charles will read the address, the contents are being drafted by Prime Minister Carney’s office. The speech is expected to make a strong case for defending Canada’s autonomy and independence, echoing the sentiments Carney expressed during his recent election campaign.

This journey marks King Charles’ first official visit to Canada since he ascended to the throne in 2023. A previously planned trip was cancelled last year due to the king’s cancer diagnosis. Nevertheless, Charles has maintained a longstanding affection for Canada and its citizens. During a visit in May 2022, he praised the country warmly, describing Canadians as “outward-looking, big-hearted people.”

With the backdrop of ongoing tensions between Ottawa and Washington, the timing of the king’s visit could not be more relevant. Trump’s comments about annexing Canada have drawn international criticism and alarmed many Canadians, leading to a surge in public support for reaffirming the country’s distinct identity and democratic structure. In this context, the royal visit is not merely a ceremonial gesture but a potent symbol of the enduring relationship between Canada and the British monarchy.

Carney’s political rise has also coincided with a renewed national conversation about Canada’s place on the global stage and its relationship with larger powers like the United States. Since taking office, Carney has sought to define his leadership around principles of national integrity, self-determination, and a recommitment to Canada’s foundational institutions — values that many see as being reinforced by the presence of the monarch.

For his part, King Charles has shown an appreciation for the complexities of Canadian society, particularly its cultural diversity and evolving role in the international community. His prior remarks and current itinerary suggest that his engagement during this visit will be both ceremonial and deeply personal.

As part of the visit, additional events and public appearances are planned, although exact details have not been disclosed. Security is expected to be tight, and public interest high, as Canadians observe the rare occasion of a monarch addressing their Parliament.

Observers note that the speech from the throne will serve not just as a formal opening of Parliament but also as a reaffirmation of Canada’s political identity at a time of external threats. While Charles will deliver the speech, it is effectively a message from the Canadian government — and its newly elected leader — to both its own citizens and to the world.

For many Canadians, the visit is a reassurance of continuity in uncertain times. The symbolic presence of the monarch serves as a counterweight to the political turbulence generated by Trump’s remarks and policy decisions. It’s a reminder that Canada’s democratic institutions, traditions, and alliances remain strong.

In addition to political and ceremonial functions, the visit is likely to touch upon cultural themes that reflect King Charles’ known interests, such as environmental conservation, indigenous rights, and community engagement. While these themes are not the main focus of this short trip, they have been recurring elements in the king’s previous tours and public commentary.

The participation of Governor General Mary Simon is also being seen as a reflection of Canada’s ongoing efforts to recognize and include indigenous voices at the highest levels of government. Her role in receiving the monarch adds a further layer of historical significance to the visit, marking a convergence of tradition and progress in Canadian society.

As King Charles continues his Canadian tour, many are watching closely not just for the pomp and circumstance, but for the deeper messages conveyed through his presence and his words. With a speech from the throne soon to be delivered, and private talks scheduled with key Canadian leaders, this visit may prove to be a defining moment in the ongoing narrative of Canadian sovereignty and its relationship with both the Crown and its powerful neighbor to the south.

In a period marked by political tension and public uncertainty, the king’s visit is being received as both a diplomatic gesture and a unifying signal. As Prime Minister Carney put it, “It speaks to our enduring tradition and friendship, to the vitality of our constitutional monarchy and our distinct identity, and to the historic ties that crises only fortify.”

India Surpasses Japan to Become World’s Fourth-Largest Economy, Says NITI Aayog CEO

India has overtaken Japan to claim the position of the fourth-largest economy in the world, according to BVR Subrahmanyam, Chief Executive Officer of NITI Aayog. Speaking at a press conference during the 10th NITI Aayog Governing Council Meeting focused on the theme Viksit Rajya for Viksit Bharat 2047, Subrahmanyam cited the latest data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to support the announcement.

“We are the fourth largest economy as I speak. We are a USD 4 trillion economy as I speak, and this is not my data. This is IMF data. India today is larger than Japan,” said Subrahmanyam, stressing the significance of this achievement on the global economic stage.

Until recently, India was ranked as the fifth-largest economy, but the latest IMF figures indicate that the country has now edged past Japan. This development reflects India’s strong economic momentum, which experts say is likely to continue in the near future.

In addition to the announcement about India surpassing Japan, Subrahmanyam also expressed optimism about the country’s future economic trajectory. He stated that India may soon overtake Germany, which currently holds the position of the world’s third-largest economy.

“It’s only the United States, China, and Germany which are larger, and if we stick to, you know, what is being planned, what is being thought through, it’s a matter of another 2, 2.5 to 3 years; we would become the third largest economy,” he added. The CEO’s remarks suggest that the government is confident about its economic strategy and expects steady growth over the coming years.

Subrahmanyam’s projections are backed by the April edition of the IMF’s World Economic Outlook report, which presents strong numbers for India’s economic growth. The report estimates that India’s nominal GDP for the fiscal year 2026 will reach nearly $4,187.017 billion. In comparison, Japan’s GDP is projected to be slightly lower at $4,186.431 billion. This subtle difference has allowed India to inch ahead of Japan in global economic rankings.

The IMF report also reinforces the view that India will continue to be the fastest-growing major economy for at least the next two years. According to the projections, India’s economy is expected to grow by 6.2 percent in 2025 and 6.3 percent in 2026. These growth figures stand out sharply against global trends. The IMF estimates global economic growth will be just 2.8 percent in 2025 and 3.0 percent in 2026, significantly lower than India’s forecasted performance.

India’s consistently high growth rate has helped it rise rapidly in the global economic rankings over the past few years. In 2024, India was still in fifth place, but robust performance across sectors has propelled it to fourth place in a short span of time. With continued momentum and favorable policy frameworks, India appears well positioned to climb even higher.

Commenting further on India’s strong economic performance, Subrahmanyam highlighted the factors that are driving this growtfh. One key element, according to him, is the demographic advantage that India enjoys. With a large, young population entering the workforce, the country is well placed to experience sustained growth over the next few decades.

“India is at a takeoff stage where it can grow very rapidly, as has been done by many countries in the past… Given this, as well as the demographic dividend that India is actually blessed with for the next 20 to 25 years, that we can grow rapidly, the Prime Minister gave a call to all states to prepare vision documents at their level. This is already visible in the growth of India,” Subrahmanyam explained.

The demographic dividend refers to the economic benefit that arises when a country has a higher proportion of working-age individuals compared to dependents. In India’s case, this demographic phase is expected to last for the next two to two-and-a-half decades, giving it a unique opportunity to boost productivity and expand its economic base.

To make the most of this opportunity, the Indian government has been encouraging states to prepare long-term development plans. Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for each state to create its own vision document is intended to align regional strategies with national goals. This decentralized planning approach is already beginning to show positive results, according to the NITI Aayog CEO.

India’s rise to the fourth position also reflects its successful navigation through global economic challenges, including the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical uncertainties. While many economies around the world have been struggling with slow growth and high inflation, India has managed to maintain a relatively stable and positive economic outlook.

The IMF’s optimistic projections suggest that this trend is likely to continue, provided India sticks to its current policy direction and continues implementing reforms that enhance ease of doing business, increase investment in infrastructure, and promote innovation and digital inclusion.

India’s increasing economic clout is also likely to enhance its global influence. As it climbs the ranks among the world’s largest economies, India will have greater say in shaping international economic policies and trade agreements. Moreover, as the country becomes a more attractive destination for global investors, it may also see increased foreign direct investment, further bolstering its growth.

While challenges such as income inequality, rural development, and job creation remain, India’s overall economic trajectory appears to be on a strong and upward path. Subrahmanyam’s remarks at the Governing Council Meeting serve as both a milestone announcement and a call to action for policymakers to continue building on this momentum.

In summary, India’s leap into the fourth position among the world’s largest economies is a significant achievement backed by IMF data. With strong growth forecasts and a young, dynamic population, the country is well placed to continue its rise. “We are the fourth largest economy as I speak,” said Subrahmanyam, pointing to the data. With Germany now in sight and long-term planning underway, India’s economic ambitions are clearly set on becoming a global powerhouse in the near future.

United States Ramps Up Visa Efforts Ahead of Historic FIFA World Cup 2026

With the FIFA World Cup 2026 drawing near, the United States is making major preparations to welcome supporters from around the globe. As the host country, the U.S. is undertaking extensive efforts to ensure fans from every nation can gain entry in time for the massive sporting event. According to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, the government is implementing sweeping measures to streamline visa processing, including extended embassy operations and new technologies. These steps aim to prevent any fan from missing the event due to bureaucratic delays.

Rubio highlighted the significance of these actions during his testimony before the Homeland Security Subcommittee. “Double shifts and new technologies will be implemented in key embassies,” he said. The goal, he emphasized, is to “guarantee visas for everyone,” making sure that paperwork obstacles don’t keep fans away. The state’s priority is clear: no one should miss out on the global celebration of football because of procedural issues.

This moment in U.S. history as a sports host is unique. Following the successful hosting of the 2024 Copa América and with the 2025 FIFA Club World Cup also scheduled, the country is fast becoming a hub for major international tournaments. With the 2028 Olympic Games already confirmed, America faces logistical demands on a scale never seen before. Yet these challenges come amid a political climate shaped by stricter immigration controls under the Trump administration.

Despite this, the message from U.S. officials remains one of openness—provided all immigration paperwork is correctly handled. The Trump administration’s tightening of immigration rules has increased scrutiny around visa applications, but officials are attempting to balance national security with the international spirit of hospitality. “The message the U.S. wants to show the world is that it wants to open its doors to the world… as long as the paperwork is in order,” the article noted.

With World Cup excitement building across the country, the U.S. government is preparing for an unprecedented surge in visa applications from every continent. Recognizing the potential for overwhelming demand, they have chosen to act early, attempting to ward off administrative backlogs before they occur.

Rubio explained that a key part of the strategy includes deploying more personnel to high-demand embassies, particularly in countries where ticket sales are high. “Double shifts will be implemented in many embassies to reduce wait times,” he said. He cited Colombia as one of the countries that would struggle to meet demand without these changes, indicating the urgency of the initiative.

To further improve efficiency, the U.S. is introducing artificial intelligence into the visa renewal process. This marks a significant leap in how visa applications are handled. By automating repetitive tasks, AI will allow human staff to focus on reviewing new applications. This should help reduce wait times without compromising national security. “This tool will allow repetitive tasks to be automated and free up human resources for new applications,” Rubio explained.

This is not the first time the United States has hosted the FIFA World Cup. Back in 1994, the country staged the tournament and broke attendance records. That event left a lasting impact, sparking increased domestic interest in the sport. Many still remember Italy’s Roberto Baggio missing the decisive penalty that allowed Brazil to claim their fourth title.

Fast forward to 2026, and the nation now has the benefit of modernized infrastructure and decades of experience in organizing global sporting events. The upcoming World Cup is expected to be the largest in history, with more teams, more venues, and more matches than ever before. This also means millions of international visitors will be attempting to cross U.S. borders during the event.

The collaboration between U.S. President Donald Trump and FIFA President Gianni Infantino underscores the importance of delivering a successful tournament. Both leaders understand that the country’s international reputation is on the line. “The image of the country is at stake,” the article noted. A poorly managed World Cup marred by visa delays or disorganization could be disastrous. Legal and structured access to the U.S. has now become a national priority.

However, the situation is complex. Even as the government works to facilitate entry for sports tourists, it continues to enforce strict immigration rules, especially on irregular entries. This duality reflects the Trump administration’s broader stance: promote international events and tourism while maintaining firm control over immigration processes. “While channels are being opened to facilitate sports tourism, the same Trump government maintains its pressure on irregular immigration,” the article explained.

As a result, while fans may benefit from faster and more accessible visa options, they should also expect more detailed scrutiny during the process. The United States is making it clear: if you want to attend the World Cup, start preparing now. Delays or incomplete documentation could be costly. “Come to the World Cup, but prepare ahead of time,” is the message being sent globally.

With increased staff at embassies and AI helping to process renewals, visa procedures are expected to move faster. But they’ll also be more rigorous than ever before.

So for those dreaming of cheering on their team live in 2026, the journey doesn’t start in the stadium—it starts at the embassy. “If you want to be there, screaming your team’s goal live and in person and not from the couch, the first thing you need to do is move now,” the article concluded. “Because this time, the World Cup starts at the embassy.”

Trump’s Expansive Power Push Poses a Historic Stress Test for the Constitution

From the start of his second term, Donald Trump has pursued a presidency defined not only by sharp rhetoric and personal grievances but by an expansive attempt to consolidate power in the White House. What often appears to be a chaotic stream of attacks against universities, celebrities, corporations, and courts may in fact reflect a unified strategy: to weaken, if not fully dismantle, the system of checks and balances that has defined American governance since the Constitution’s founding.

In recent months, Trump has attacked a range of institutions and individuals—from attempting to block Harvard from enrolling international students to targeting Bruce Springsteen and Taylor Swift online, and pressuring companies like Walmart and Apple over their trade policy positions. On the surface, this might seem like political improvisation. But many legal scholars and political scientists argue that Trump’s actions aim to erode the very foundations of constitutional governance.

According to these experts, Trump’s second term differs from previous presidencies not just in degree but in kind. While past presidents have tested the boundaries of executive authority, Trump’s efforts appear to combine multiple unprecedented moves—sidelining Congress, challenging judicial rulings, asserting sweeping executive control, and using federal power to penalize perceived enemies in civil society.

Paul Pierson, a political scientist at the University of California at Berkeley, says the “sheer level of aggression and the speed at which [the administration has] moved” is without precedent. “They are engaging in a whole range of behaviors that I think are clearly breaking through conventional understandings of what the law says, and of what the Constitution says,” Pierson remarked.

Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute also acknowledges that Trump is advancing the most sweeping vision of presidential authority since Woodrow Wilson. However, Levin predicts that this effort could provoke a counter-reaction, particularly from the Supreme Court, which may seek to reassert limits on presidential power. “The reaction that Trump’s excessive assertiveness will draw from the Court will backfire against the executive branch in the long run,” Levin wrote.

Others aren’t so sure. With the Court’s conservative 6-3 majority, many analysts question whether it will truly rein in Trump’s efforts to expand his authority—raising concerns that America’s constitutional balance might be in serious jeopardy.

A Multi-Front Assault on Constitutional Boundaries

Unlike past presidents who typically challenged one branch of government at a time, Trump’s second term has been marked by a comprehensive campaign to sideline all constitutional constraints simultaneously.

He has marginalized Congress by undermining agencies established by statute, asserting the right to withhold funds Congress has authorized, and bypassing the legislative process to enact major policies—such as on tariffs and immigration—via emergency declarations. He’s refused to enforce laws he dislikes, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which bans American firms from bribing foreign officials.

Within the executive branch, Trump has centralized control through purges of civil servants, inspectors general, and independent regulators—blurring the boundaries between independent oversight and presidential authority. These actions have simultaneously weakened the authority Congress originally built into those agencies to shield them from political interference.

Trump has also challenged judicial authority. He’s resisted federal court orders, such as restoring federal funds and complying with rulings on immigration enforcement. One case involved Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a deported immigrant the administration admitted was wrongly removed, yet Trump’s government showed little effort to obey the court’s directive to facilitate his return.

Federalism, too, has been under pressure. Trump’s administration has sought to override blue states by enforcing conservative cultural policies nationwide. He’s pursued controversial arrests of local officials, including a judge in Wisconsin and a mayor in New Jersey. Though charges against the Newark mayor were dropped, a new case was filed against Democratic Representative LaMonica McIver—another sign of Trump’s willingness to use federal power against political opponents.

Even more extraordinary is Trump’s assault on civil society. His administration has targeted law firms with Democratic ties, withheld research funds from universities over ideological disagreements, and tried to revoke their tax-exempt status. Trump has even ordered the Department of Justice to investigate the Democratic fundraising platform ActBlue and critics from his first term. Courts have already rejected some of these actions as unconstitutional.

Eric Schickler, co-author of Partisan Nation, says Trump’s strategy to deter other actors from performing their core roles is unprecedented in its scope. “This ability to just deter other actors from exercising their core rights and responsibilities at this kind of scope is something we haven’t had before,” Schickler said.

Yet for many of Trump’s supporters, this aggressive centralization of authority is precisely the point. Russell Vought, director of the Office of Management and Budget and a key architect of Trump’s governance philosophy, argues that the expansion of presidential power is necessary to undo decades of liberal influence. He contends that bureaucrats and federal agencies have usurped too much authority from elected officials, and the presidency must be “unshackled” to correct that.

Trump put it more bluntly in his first term when he said, “I have an Article II, where I have the right to do whatever I want as president.”

Warnings Echo from the Founding Era

In a nod to American revolutionary tradition, Trump earlier this year signed a proclamation honoring Patrick Henry’s famed “Give me liberty or give me death” speech. However, he omitted a lesser-known but prescient warning from Henry, issued 13 years later when debating the Constitution’s ratification.

Henry feared that the presidency could become a tool for authoritarianism. “If your American chief, be a man of ambition, and abilities, how easy is it for him to render himself absolute!” Henry warned. His concerns about the potential for executive abuse were echoed by other Founders, even those who supported the Constitution.

James Madison, writing in the Federalist Papers, argued that the Constitution’s design would prevent tyranny by dividing power across institutions and levels of government. “Ambition must be made to counteract ambition,” he wrote. Madison believed this system, bolstered by federalism, would safeguard individual liberty through what he called a “double security.”

Despite the Constitution’s flaws—most egregiously its original accommodation of slavery—the separation of powers functioned relatively well for over two centuries, Pierson and Schickler argue. The diffusion of authority helped prevent any single individual or group from consolidating power.

But the system has weakened in recent decades, as growing polarization and nationalized political identities have eroded the commitment of officeholders to their institutional roles. Instead of defending the prerogatives of Congress, courts, or states, many officials now align themselves primarily with their political party. This shift has reduced the likelihood that members of a president’s party will challenge overreach, enabling figures like Trump to push boundaries further than ever before.

A Fragile System Faces an Uncertain Future

Will Trump’s second term mark a turning point in American constitutional history—one in which presidential power overwhelms the traditional system of checks and balances?

That question is no longer academic. Corey Brettschneider, author of The Presidents and the People, notes that past challenges to civil liberties—from John Adams to Richard Nixon—have often triggered successful public resistance. But even he expresses doubt that such outcomes are guaranteed in today’s polarized climate. “We have these past victories to draw on,” Brettschneider said. “But we shouldn’t be naïve: The system is fragile. We just don’t know if American democracy will survive.”

Yuval Levin remains somewhat more optimistic. He sees the Supreme Court as the last likely counterweight to Trump’s ambitions. While he acknowledges that Congress is unlikely to resist, he believes the Court will ultimately differentiate between a president’s authority over the executive branch and overreach into other branches and civil society.

“So this court will simultaneously strengthen the president’s command of the executive branch,” Levin predicts, “and restrain the president’s attempts to violate the separation of powers.”

Still, even that vision suggests a presidency transformed—and a constitutional system facing a stress test unlike any in modern times.

Trump Demands Disclosure on Harvard’s Foreign Students, Escalates Battle with Elite University

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of Harvard University on Sunday, questioning the presence of foreign students and demanding transparency about who they are and where they come from. His comments follow recent actions by the Department of Homeland Security, which attempted to restrict the university’s ability to enroll international students—a move that has stirred significant controversy.

“Why isn’t Harvard saying that almost 31% of their students are from FOREIGN LANDS, and yet those countries, some not at all friendly to the United States, pay NOTHING toward their student’s education, nor do they ever intend to,” Trump said in a post. He added, “Nobody told us that! We want to know who those foreign students are, a reasonable request since we give Harvard BILLIONS OF DOLLARS, but Harvard isn’t exactly forthcoming. We want those names and countries. Harvard has $52,000,000, use it, and stop asking for the Federal Government to continue GRANTING money to you!”

The university has stated that it enrolled around 6,800 international students in the 2024-2025 academic year, which amounts to approximately 27 percent of its total student body, slightly lower than the figure Trump cited. These students come from a variety of countries and, according to Harvard’s publicly available data, pay full tuition for their education. International students are typically not eligible for U.S. federal financial aid, which means that their tuition payments may, in fact, contribute to supporting institutional costs for domestic students.

Despite the financial contribution international students make to Harvard, Trump’s statements reflect growing political tension over elite academic institutions and their perceived alignment with liberal values, diversity efforts, and global engagement. Some observers believe that limiting the number of foreign students at Harvard could create more openings for American applicants. While this idea may resonate with certain groups, it also raises concerns about the long-term implications for higher education and the global academic reputation of U.S. universities.

Trump has been locked in an extended battle with Harvard, the nation’s oldest and most financially robust university. His grievances range from accusations of antisemitism on campus to allegations of racial and ideological bias embedded within the school’s policies and curriculum. This latest attack zeroes in on the university’s global makeup and its relationship with the federal government.

The president’s repeated targeting of Harvard has coincided with his broader efforts to reshape the direction of American education and reduce what he sees as liberal dominance in the nation’s academic institutions. He has accused the school of failing to uphold American values and has specifically condemned its diversity initiatives. His actions have not only affected Harvard but also sent ripples through the broader higher education landscape, with other institutions watching closely.

Trump’s demands come on the heels of a legal victory for Harvard, which recently challenged the Department of Homeland Security’s attempt to block the enrollment of foreign students. A federal judge intervened on Friday, issuing a temporary halt to the policy. This ruling gives Harvard a brief reprieve as it continues to litigate the matter. The university has also filed a separate lawsuit against the Trump administration over billions of dollars in federal research funding that the administration froze in retaliation for Harvard’s refusal to dismantle its diversity programs.

The financial stakes in this clash are substantial. Harvard’s endowment exceeds $52 billion, making it the wealthiest university in the country. Despite this vast financial reserve, the school still receives significant federal research grants, which Trump now threatens to cut off permanently. In his remarks, Trump insisted Harvard should use its own funds instead of relying on taxpayer money, arguing that “Harvard has $52,000,000, use it, and stop asking for the Federal Government to continue GRANTING money to you!”

The battle over foreign student enrollment has sparked broader concerns within the academic community about the future of U.S. higher education under increasing political scrutiny. Universities across the country are grappling with how to respond to shifting federal policies, particularly those targeting diversity, free speech, and foreign influence. Many fear that aggressive moves against institutions like Harvard could set a precedent that undermines the academic freedom and international prestige that American universities have long enjoyed.

Moreover, Trump’s rhetoric seems tailored to resonate with a portion of the electorate that views elite institutions as out of touch and unaccountable. His emphasis on Harvard receiving “BILLIONS OF DOLLARS” in federal funds plays into a narrative that taxpayer money is being funneled to liberal strongholds that do not reflect mainstream American values. By questioning the loyalty and financial accountability of international students, Trump appears to be doubling down on his America First platform, extending its reach to education policy.

At the same time, Trump’s critics argue that these attacks risk doing real damage to U.S. interests. International students not only bring in substantial revenue to American universities but also contribute to the nation’s economy and innovation ecosystem. Many go on to become researchers, entrepreneurs, and community leaders. Policies that discourage their enrollment could have long-term repercussions, both academically and economically.

The president’s call for disclosure of international students’ names and countries of origin also raises privacy concerns. While universities typically collect this information, releasing it could pose legal and ethical challenges. Critics warn that such demands might violate student privacy rights and increase the vulnerability of certain students, especially those from politically sensitive or conflict-affected regions.

Harvard, for its part, has remained largely restrained in its public responses, relying instead on legal avenues to contest the administration’s directives. By pursuing litigation, the university aims to protect not only its own interests but also those of other academic institutions that could be similarly targeted in the future.

The ongoing legal battle over foreign students and diversity funding is emblematic of the deeper ideological clash between Trump’s vision of a nationalist, merit-based educational system and the more global, inclusive approach favored by institutions like Harvard. As the 2024 presidential election cycle heats up, it’s likely that these cultural flashpoints will continue to be politicized, with elite universities caught in the crossfire.

While Trump’s latest salvo may energize his base, it also underscores the growing divide over the role of education in shaping America’s future. For universities, the challenge will be navigating this contentious landscape while upholding their commitments to academic excellence, inclusivity, and global engagement.

In the meantime, Harvard’s legal and public relations teams are preparing for what could be a prolonged battle over the school’s autonomy and access to federal support. Whether the university’s endowment will be enough to shield it from the political fallout remains to be seen. But what is certain is that the fight over foreign students is only the latest front in a much larger war over the soul of American higher education.

Dr. Hetal Gor Recognized by the US Congress for Her Unwavering Commitment to Community and Culture

Dr. Hetal Gor, a board-certified obstetrician-gynecologist and the Chair-Elect, Board of Trustees of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) has been recognized by the US Congress for her unwavering commitment to community and culture.

The Honorable Congressman Jonathan L. Jackson of Illinois in the House of Representatives on May 19, 2025 recognized Dr. Hetal Gor as an extraordinary individual, whose unwavering commitment to community and culture has left an indelible mark on countless lives.

During the Congressional Record Proceedings and Debates of the 119th Congress, the House of Representatives honored Dr. Hetal Gor during the Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month.

In his address, Rep. Jackson  said, Dr. Hetal Gor’s “distinguished career reflects a lifelong commitment to advancing women’s health, promoting medical equity, and empowering underserved communities. Dr Gor’s  committed to global health and wellness.”

Rep. Jackson went on to add that “As the Medical Director and Owner of Women’s Own OB/GYN and BetterU Medical Spa, as well as the CEO of Healthmedia LLC, Dr. Gor exemplifies how innovation, compassion, and clinical expertise can intersect to elevate healthcare delivery. Her practice not only provides top-tier medical care but also fosters an environment of dignity and respect for every patient.”

Dr. Gor holds multiple advanced degrees, including dual MDs, and is a proud Fellow of the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Dr. Hetal Gor  is a board certified Obgyn, practicing in Englewood, NJ. Dr Gor was born and raised in Bombay, India. Dr Gor completed her medical training in India and her OBGYN training from India, UK and USA. Dr Gor has multiple degrees like MD OBGYN from India, MD OBGYN & FACOG from USA , FCPS,DGO,DNB from India.

Dr Gor is the Chair-Elect, Board of Trustees of National AAPI. Her many accolades— including the Dr Gor  has won multiple awards as a Top Doctor , Top10 Gyn Surgeon Award, Compassionate Doctor Award, Patients Choice Awards, International Women Award for Balancing Career and Family, International Academy Award 2017, Rising  star award 2016, Nari Udyami Award 2018, Top five Hundred Gujarati world wide, CAIT Award for Women Entrepreneurship 2021, are a testament to both her professional excellence and personal integrity.

Dr. Gor has authored multiple articles on webMD and peer journals . Dr Gor was instrumental in starting free health fairs in Bergen county and sits on Multiple Non Profit and  Charitable Organizations. Dr Gor sits on New Jersey’s State wide Advisory Commission on Minority and Multicultural Health .

Dr. Gor had her own medical talk show on Indian cable channels since 2010. Dr. Gor also  had a Political Radio Show and now has her own Podcast and a YouTube Channel.

Dr Gor is the president/Founder of Bergen Indian Medical Association , President /Founder of US chapter of FOGSI (Federation of OBGYN Society of India, and had served as the past President of the American Association of OBGYN of Indian Origin. Dr Gor is the Chair of North NJ chapter of Indian American Women Entrepreneurs Association. Dr Gor is a Board of Trustees of Bergen Performing Arts Center in Englewood, NJ, where she brings Indian art and artists to showcase Indian Heritage.

Dr Gor is a political activist and Women’s Rights Advocate. Dr Gor has worked on issues affecting minority women, small businesses owners, physician & healthcare related, patient advocacy, immigrants’ rights, domestic violence and women empowerment .

In spite of being a very respected and talented surgeon, OBGYN, successful entrepreneur, women’s rights champion, political activists, and avid art lover, her pride and joy are her 3 children who are champions in their own way.

In his address, Rep. Jackson stated, “Dr. Gor is also a committed civic leader. She has been instrumental in launching free health fairs in Bergen County, expanding access to preventive care and health education. Her deep commitment to public service extends to numerous nonprofit and charitable organizations. Equally inspiring is her voice as a political activist and women’s rights advocate, tirelessly addressing the unique challenges faced by minority women, immigrants, and small business owners.

“Her leadership is rooted in justice, inclusion, and the unwavering belief that every individual deserves a seat at the table. Dr. Hetal Gor’s legacy is one of healing, empowerment, and transformative service a beacon for all who seek to make a difference,” Rep. Jackson added.

These remarks have been entered into the Congressional Record, where they will be permanently placed in the Library of Congress.

Women Take the Lead in Philanthropy as Billionaire Boomers Fade Out

The era dominated by billionaire baby boomer men steering global philanthropy is drawing to a close. As icons like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett wind down their historic contributions, a new wave is rising—wealthy women, led by the likes of MacKenzie Scott, are now taking charge of charitable giving. With proposed tax reforms threatening the traditional foundation model, the future of philanthropy is being reshaped by trust-based giving and innovative donation strategies pioneered by these women.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett once stood as titans of philanthropic giving, often compared to the Rockefellers and Carnegies for their transformational impact. They brought about a new Gilded Age of charity, establishing a model for billionaire benevolence. However, this landscape is undergoing dramatic changes. As liberal institutions face mounting tax pressures and unconventional giving strategies gain ground, a broader and more diverse group of philanthropists is poised to redefine the field.

Earlier in May, Gates revealed his plan to close the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, committing to distribute $200 billion by 2045 and to give away his personal $100 billion fortune in the process. Amir Pasic, dean of the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy at Indiana University, reflected on the ripple effects of Gates’ decision, saying, “There’s an air of anticipation in terms of if and how people are going to follow in his footsteps.”

Simultaneously, Warren Buffett, now 94, is preparing to step away from the helm of Berkshire Hathaway. His Giving Pledge, which inspired 240 billionaires to commit around $600 billion to philanthropic causes, dramatically expanded the culture of elite giving. But with Buffett stepping back, questions arise about the continuity of these commitments and whether future billionaires will uphold the pledge’s intentions in his absence.

Despite these transitions, experts say the philanthropic momentum won’t stop—instead, it may accelerate and become more inclusive. “We’re likely to see more women come out of the shadows,” Pasic predicted, signaling a shift in who holds influence in the charitable sector.

One major force reshaping philanthropy is a proposed change in U.S. tax policy. A recently approved budget reconciliation package includes a 10% tax on foundations with assets exceeding $5 billion. This move could significantly impact large liberal institutions such as those founded by Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg.

Kathleen McCarthy, director of the Center on Philanthropy at CUNY, warned that the impact would be uneven. “The reason this is insidious is that it’s going to really hit the big liberal foundations like Gates, Ford, and Soros,” she said. “Whereas the conservative foundations are much smaller and they will pay a much lower rate.”

This shift in taxation is prompting billionaires to reevaluate their giving strategies. “They will start looking at alternative mechanisms once they realize that they’re going to be forced to sunset foundations,” McCarthy explained. “That’s what’s being jeopardized right now.”

One of the most significant alternatives gaining attention is the method used by MacKenzie Scott. Her model of “stealth giving” involves donating large sums directly to nonprofits without imposing restrictions or demanding detailed reports. She simply trusts recipients to make good use of the money.

As traditional foundation-based models come under strain, Scott’s direct and discreet approach is gaining traction. “I think she’s a trendsetter and sort of moral ballast to the way that Gates has been,” noted Bella DeVaan, associate director of the charity reform initiative at the Institute for Policy Studies. “I do see that being not just a trend, but shifting common sense towards trust-based philanthropy.”

Scott’s donations come through her Yield Giving foundation, which has disbursed more than $19.25 billion to 2,450 nonprofits. Her impact has proven that significant giving can be accomplished without elaborate bureaucracies. Experts believe her style will inspire other billionaires to adopt a more streamlined and anonymous model of charity to avoid taxation and bureaucratic hurdles.

DeVaan also anticipates that Melinda French Gates, another philanthropic heavyweight, could lead the way in adopting the philanthropic limited liability company (LLC) model—an alternative to traditional foundations that offers more flexibility and privacy.

A deeper pattern is emerging across the philanthropic landscape: women are no longer just supporting roles in charitable work—they’re becoming the primary drivers. In 2024 alone, more than 200 new billionaires have been minted—an average of four every week—and many of them are women. As more women accumulate wealth and power, their presence in philanthropy is becoming increasingly prominent and may soon define the sector.

When experts are asked who might fill the void left by Gates and Buffett, one name consistently surfaces: MacKenzie Scott. Her unique approach to giving—bypassing traditional vetting and bureaucracy—sets her apart. “This is a woman making a pretty bold statement about how she’s going to give her money away: by trusting the recipients, and not asking for any reporting back,” Pasic observed. “She’s in contrast to the very technocratic way that Bill Gates has approached matters.”

Melinda French Gates also remains a key player. Having played a vital role in the Gates Foundation, she continues to lead independent efforts in global health, gender equality, and family planning. Meanwhile, other philanthropic couples like Mark Zuckerberg and Priscilla Chan are investing heavily in human health innovations.

Though these women may appear to be breaking new ground, their involvement in philanthropy is not without precedent. Historical figures like Madam C.J. Walker—a pioneering African American businesswoman and the first self-made female millionaire—were notable benefactors in their time, even if they received less public recognition.

Now, in 2025, women in the U.S. have greater access to wealth, education, and leadership than ever before. As they rise into top executive positions and assert control over their finances, their influence in philanthropy continues to grow.

“You’ll see women becoming much more prominent mega donors,” McCarthy concluded. “They’re very comfortable handling money. They’re very comfortable doing research, and they’re looking for ways to change the system.”

The torch of philanthropy is being passed to a new generation—one shaped not just by shifting tax codes and policy reforms, but by the quiet revolution of women donors who are reshaping giving on their own terms. The era of Gates and Buffett may be ending, but a new, more inclusive chapter is already being written.

Indian Americans Among Washington’s Most Influential Voices in Policy and Advocacy

Several Indian Americans have earned a spot on Washingtonian magazine’s prestigious list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington for this year. The list highlights influential experts and advocates operating outside of government who are actively shaping vital policy discussions in sectors like healthcare, national security, climate change, and global commerce.

These Indian Americans, all with significant roles in various organizations and sectors, have been recognized for their unique contributions to shaping American policy. Their work spans areas such as healthcare advocacy, economic reforms, tech policy, trade, environmental law, and strategic security.

Among those featured is Neera Tanden, who currently serves as the president and CEO of the Center for American Progress (CAP). After a period in the Biden administration, she has returned to the progressive think tank, reestablishing her presence as a prominent liberal figure. Tanden has focused on countering conservative Republican plans concerning Medicaid, while also championing economic strategies that support the middle class, such as raising the minimum wage. She believes that progressives must “offer real alternatives to the status quo and articulate the real harms of policies like proposed Medicaid cuts to voters.”

In healthcare policy, Dr. Kavita Patel, a physician affiliated with Mary’s Center and a former health official under President Obama, continues to be a leading voice in defending and strengthening the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Patel argues that the ACA remains a durable piece of legislation, despite political challenges, and asserts that it “cannot be undone by a White House pen,” underscoring its lasting role in expanding healthcare access in the United States.

Also advocating for healthcare reform is Dr. Anand Parekh, who serves as the chief medical adviser at the Bipartisan Policy Center. He has been instrumental in reinvigorating the House Congressional Primary Care Caucus. In doing so, he seeks to educate lawmakers about the importance of revitalizing primary care to improve health outcomes on a national scale. Parekh, who once served as a deputy assistant secretary of health, insists that real progress in public health can only be achieved if the government reinvests in primary care, prevention, and public health infrastructure.

Jay Khosla, now the chief government affairs officer for Humana, brings years of experience from his time in Senate Republican leadership. He uses this background to influence federal policy from within the private sector, especially at the critical juncture of healthcare and economic development. Khosla’s work underscores the influence of private firms in shaping the future of health policy in Washington.

In the tech policy arena, Ruchi Bhowmik serves as the vice president of public policy at Netflix. A former official in the Obama administration, Bhowmik now works on issues like net neutrality, copyright enforcement, data privacy, and content regulation. She plays a vital role in ensuring that Netflix’s policy interests are in line with evolving domestic and international regulations. Her leadership has been crucial as streaming platforms like Netflix continue to navigate growing regulatory scrutiny.

Atul Keshap, who heads the U.S.–India Business Council (USIBC) under the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, has focused his attention on India’s economic future. Following India’s 2024 general elections, Keshap has emphasized the importance of continued economic reform. He has urged Indian policymakers to embrace further changes in taxation, regulatory systems, and business processes, arguing that these steps are essential to improving the country’s global standing and increasing foreign investment.

Samir Kapadia, managing principal at the Vogel Group, is known for his work on complex trade compliance matters. He has carved out a reputation for advising multinational companies, particularly those dealing with U.S. steel tariffs and trade law. Kapadia’s insights are highly sought after by firms aiming to navigate the challenging terrain of international commerce and federal trade policy.

In national security and technology strategy, Nitin Chadda plays a critical role. He is the co-founder of WestExec Advisors and also serves as Vice Chairman at Teneo, a major global consultancy. Chadda advises defense and technology firms on how to effectively engage with federal agencies in an increasingly volatile international environment. Before founding WestExec, he worked closely with Secretary of Defense Ash Carter as a senior advisor and also held strategic positions at the White House and the State Department.

Tech policy continues to be a major area of influence for Indian Americans, as seen in the work of Karan Bhatia. Serving as the vice president of Government Affairs and Public Policy at Google, Bhatia leads a global policy team that spans more than 50 countries. He advises Google’s CEO on international regulatory matters and issues surrounding artificial intelligence, digital freedoms, and global tech governance. Bhatia previously served as the Deputy U.S. Trade Representative and held key roles in the Bush administration, giving him deep insight into both trade and policy.

Environmental policy also features prominently in this year’s list, with Radhika Fox recognized for her extensive work in water regulation. Formerly the head of the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) water program, Fox now works as a principal at North Star Strategy. Her expertise lies in drinking-water regulation and the replacement of lead pipes, areas that have taken center stage in federal infrastructure efforts. During her time at the EPA, she played a key role in crafting the water pillar of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. As a result of her leadership, a staggering $50 billion was allocated—the single largest federal investment in water-related infrastructure to date.

These Indian American professionals, though working outside formal government roles, have become essential players in the policy arena of the U.S. capital. Their backgrounds span public service, private industry, and non-profit sectors, yet they share a common influence on shaping the policies that define modern American governance. Each has demonstrated a commitment to driving innovation, ensuring accountability, and advocating for reforms that align with a more inclusive and forward-looking vision of national and global leadership.

From championing affordable healthcare and economic reform to shaping international business policy and advocating for technology regulation, these individuals represent the growing influence of the Indian American community in Washington’s corridors of power. Their recognition in Washingtonian magazine’s list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington marks not only personal achievements but also the broader evolution of diversity in American policymaking circles.

India Maintains Economic Stability Amid Global Uncertainties, Says RBI

India’s economy continues to show resilience in the face of global uncertainties, with the nation’s central bank projecting a future marked by “cautious optimism.” This assessment was shared in the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) latest monthly bulletin, released late on Wednesday, underscoring the country’s economic steadiness and potential for sustained growth despite turbulent international conditions.

The RBI noted that although the global economic environment remains volatile and uncertain, India is strategically positioned to endure and benefit from the changing dynamics. “The global economic outlook remains clouded amidst shifting policy landscapes and lingering vulnerabilities,” the RBI bulletin stated, highlighting the persistent global challenges that economies are currently facing. Despite this, the RBI expressed confidence in India’s trajectory, stating, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence, ready to harness emerging opportunities and consolidate its role as a key driver of global growth.”

As global trade dynamics continue to evolve, India is actively pursuing a trade agreement with the United States. The initiative follows President Donald Trump’s decision on April 9 to announce a 90-day moratorium on planned tariff hikes for major U.S. trading partners, including a proposed 26% tariff targeting India. New Delhi is utilizing this temporary pause to negotiate a mutually beneficial trade pact aimed at avoiding the steep tariff. Indian officials are moving swiftly to reach an agreement within this brief window to safeguard bilateral trade interests.

Amid these international trade talks, domestic economic policy in India has seen notable adjustments. In April, the RBI decided to lower its key policy interest rate for the second time in a row. Additionally, it signaled the possibility of further rate reductions in the future by shifting its monetary policy stance from ‘neutral’ to ‘accommodative.’ This change indicates the central bank’s willingness to support economic growth by maintaining lower borrowing costs, particularly in light of declining inflationary pressures.

Inflation, once a key concern, appears to be stabilizing. The bulletin emphasized that inflationary pressures have substantially eased, with the consumer price index (CPI) showing signs of aligning with the central bank’s long-term targets. “Inflation pressures have eased significantly and the consumer price index is poised for a durable alignment with the target in 2025-26,” the RBI explained. In a reassuring development, India’s retail inflation in April dropped to 3.16%, marking the third consecutive month it stayed below the RBI’s 4% target. This is also the lowest inflation rate recorded since July 2019, offering policymakers greater flexibility to stimulate the economy without the fear of overheating.

The RBI also touched on global supply-side trends, noting some improvement. “While policy uncertainty has intensified, supply side pressures on the global economy are showing signs of relenting,” the bulletin noted. This suggests that bottlenecks and constraints that had plagued supply chains during and after the pandemic may be gradually easing, potentially leading to smoother trade and production flows.

Beyond macroeconomic indicators and international policy, the bulletin took a closer look at a specific domestic issue—food inflation driven by climate change and unusual weather patterns. In an article focused on how weather anomalies are affecting vegetable prices, the RBI highlighted a concerning trend. It observed that temperature anomalies, such as extreme heat or unseasonal cold, have become more frequent and intense in recent times. These weather disruptions have a direct impact on agricultural yields, particularly vegetables, which are sensitive to temperature fluctuations.

To counter these challenges, the RBI advocated for swift adoption of crop varieties that can withstand rising temperatures. The bulletin noted, “Temperature anomalies have increased in recent periods, raising the need for faster adoption of temperature-resistant crop varieties to support the objective of price stability.” This recommendation aligns with broader efforts to enhance agricultural resilience amid the growing impact of climate change, thereby ensuring food security and stable prices for essential commodities.

Overall, the RBI’s assessment combines a realistic acknowledgment of global economic instability with a confident outlook for India’s ability to stay the course. It reflects the central bank’s strategic balancing act—acknowledging international headwinds while promoting domestic policy tools to support growth, maintain inflation targets, and adapt to climate-induced supply risks.

The central bank’s approach remains data-driven and focused on long-term stability. Its accommodative stance suggests continued support for sectors that may require stimulus, particularly if external conditions remain fragile. The bulletin serves not only as a snapshot of the current economic situation but also as a roadmap for policymakers aiming to steer the Indian economy through global disruptions while capitalizing on emerging opportunities.

India’s economic policy, as outlined by the RBI, seems grounded in pragmatism with a vision for inclusive and sustained growth. The combination of easing inflation, potential trade agreements, and monetary support reflects a multifaceted approach to strengthening economic foundations.

Despite the complex international environment, India appears to be making deliberate and strategic moves to fortify its economy. With the central bank keeping a close watch on inflation, global trade relations, and the impact of climate change on agriculture, the country’s leadership is laying the groundwork for continued stability and long-term prosperity.

India’s ability to manage these dynamics could help it maintain a central role in global economic growth. As the RBI put it, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence.” This blend of cautious optimism and strategic policymaking might well define India’s economic narrative in the years ahead.

Social Security Retirement Age Shift: Millions May Miss Out on Full Benefits Without This Key Detail

In the United States, many workers nearing retirement continue to believe a long-standing assumption: once they turn 65, they automatically qualify for their full Social Security benefits. While this was once widely true, the current rules no longer support this belief.

The determining factor is no longer simply reaching the age of 65. Instead, eligibility for full Social Security benefits is now also tied to a worker’s year of birth. This shift in policy has created confusion, with many unaware that their benefits could be permanently reduced if they don’t carefully time their retirement.

The federal government has recently confirmed that by July 2025, all impacted workers will receive a higher minimum wage. This development reflects broader efforts to align compensation with the needs of today’s workforce. However, when it comes to retirement planning, it’s the evolving Social Security framework that deserves close attention.

In the past, defining “retirement age” was straightforward. A person retired at 65 and started receiving their full Social Security benefits. But rising life expectancies and demographic shifts have prompted adjustments. Today, the age for claiming full Social Security benefits varies based on birth year, making retirement planning more complex.

These changes underscore the need for individuals approaching retirement to have a solid understanding of current Social Security regulations. Without this knowledge, they may inadvertently make decisions that reduce the benefits they are entitled to.

The Social Security Administration (SSA) has made it clear that full retirement age is no longer the same for everyone. Opting to claim benefits before reaching this age can result in a lifelong reduction in monthly payments. This reality highlights the importance of timing when it comes to retirement.

The SSA has identified specific ages at which individuals can collect the full amount of their Social Security benefits. Reaching this age is essential to qualify for the complete 100% monthly payment, but the exact age depends on the year a person was born.

For those born between 1943 and 1954, full retirement age is 66. For individuals born from 1955 through 1959, the full retirement age gradually increases with each birth year, eventually reaching 66 years and 10 months.

These adjustments might seem minor, but they can significantly affect long-term financial outcomes. Workers who are unaware of their specific full retirement age might retire too early, unintentionally lowering their monthly benefits for the rest of their lives.

For people born in 1960 or later, the age at which they can claim full Social Security benefits is now 67. That’s two years beyond the old age-65 standard that many still mistakenly believe applies today.

The rules do allow for early retirement at age 62, but there’s a major caveat. Choosing to take Social Security at this minimum age results in a permanent reduction in monthly checks—by as much as 25% to 30%. “This decrease remains in effect for the remainder of your life,” the article warns. For someone expecting a certain monthly income, this cut can have significant consequences, especially over decades of retirement.

On the other hand, delaying retirement beyond your full retirement age can offer major financial advantages. Surprisingly, many workers don’t know that for each year they wait to claim Social Security benefits beyond full retirement age, they receive a sizable bonus. The increase is about 8% for every year delayed, up to age 70.

This means someone who chooses to wait until they are 70 years old to retire could receive much higher monthly payments than if they had claimed benefits earlier. The benefit of waiting can add up to thousands of dollars annually. According to current data, “in 2024, the maximum benefit available can exceed $4,800 per month.”

This enhanced benefit could make a substantial difference in someone’s retirement lifestyle, offering more financial flexibility and stability. However, not everyone has the luxury of delaying retirement, especially if their health or employment situation doesn’t allow for continued work.

Still, for those who can afford to wait, the payoff can be considerable. Postponing retirement could mean not only higher monthly payments but also improved long-term financial health.

The broader message for today’s aging workforce is simple: understand the Social Security system’s current structure before making retirement decisions. Misunderstanding your full retirement age or the consequences of early retirement could lead to reduced benefits and a lower standard of living.

The government’s decision to implement a higher minimum wage for affected workers by July 2025 is one piece of a broader puzzle. But when it comes to long-term financial planning, especially for retirement, understanding when and how to claim Social Security is arguably even more critical.

For decades, people operated under the assumption that retirement benefits began at 65. But that rule no longer applies to the majority of today’s workforce. “The age at which workers can claim full Social Security benefits has shifted, reflecting the evolving nature of life expectancy and financial planning,” the article notes. This shift is now central to retirement strategy.

Unfortunately, many workers still overlook the changes or rely on outdated assumptions. That’s why educating oneself about the full retirement age and how it varies by birth year is more important than ever.

Failing to grasp these updated regulations could cost retirees tens of thousands of dollars over the course of their lives. With inflation and living expenses on the rise, every dollar counts in retirement. Accurate planning today can prevent financial regret in the future.

Understanding the Social Security changes and applying that knowledge wisely offers workers the best chance of maximizing their benefits. “Choosing to retire earlier than the designated age can be costly, leading to a permanent reduction in your monthly benefit,” the article cautions. That warning should prompt individuals to reassess their assumptions and explore all options.

Ultimately, the key takeaway is that Social Security retirement planning is no longer one-size-fits-all. Every worker must understand the rules that apply specifically to them. This means knowing your full retirement age, understanding the consequences of early retirement, and considering the benefits of waiting until age 70, if possible.

By making informed choices, workers nearing retirement can ensure they receive the full benefits they’ve earned—and avoid the lasting impact of a decision made in haste or based on outdated information.

Bhuvan Lall’s “Namaste Cannes” Book Launch Highlights India’s Cultural Rise at Cannes 2025

The 2025 Cannes Film Festival proved to be a pivotal moment for Indian author and filmmaker Bhuvan Lall as he unveiled his newest book, Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power, at a prominent launch event held at the historic Carlton Hotel on May 17. The occasion served as a powerful symbol of India’s rising stature on the global cultural and cinematic stage.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (3)The book launch garnered widespread attention and praise, underscoring the impact of India’s cultural footprint at one of the world’s most prestigious film festivals. Among the many distinguished guests attending the event were acclaimed figures from across the globe, including legendary Hollywood producer Ashok Amritraj, billionaire industrialist Prakash Hinduja, William Pfeiffer, Chairman of Global Gate, celebrated art historian Sundaram Tagore, and a range of internationally renowned filmmakers such as Gurinder Chaddha, Rima Das, Sudhir Misra, Pan Nalin, Deepak Tijori, and Vijay Singh. Together with leading personalities from both Indian and global cinema, they came together in a show of solidarity and celebration of India’s cultural ascent.

Christian Jeune, Deputy Director of the Festival de Cannes, offered high praise for the event and the book, stating, “Namaste Cannes is the highlight of the festival for me this year!” His remarks emphasized the growing recognition of India’s artistic contributions in international circles and pointed to the symbolic importance of the launch at a time when India’s presence is becoming increasingly visible in global media.

The event exuded a strong sense of pride and accomplishment, showcasing India’s evolving role as a major culturalWhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (1) influencer. Bhuvan Lall, clearly moved by the moment, shared his personal reflections on the launch and his decades-long association with Cannes. “Cannes 2025 has been a dream come true, both for my journey of 3 decades at the festival and the launch of Namaste Cannes. I’m honored to share this story of India’s soft power with the world,” he said.

A key element of the celebration was the focus on India’s expanding influence in the realm of soft power, particularly through cinema, storytelling, and cultural diplomacy. Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power delves into this theme, tracing how India has steadily built a meaningful presence at Cannes and beyond. The book captures India’s unique role in shaping global conversations through its films and artistic expressions, providing readers with a comprehensive look at how the nation’s soft power has grown and evolved over the years.

Now available for purchase globally on Amazon, the book is expected to attract readers interested in the intersections of culture, cinema, diplomacy, and India’s international rise. Through detailed narratives and thoughtful analysis, Bhuvan Lall paints a vivid portrait of a country that is not only the world’s largest democracy and a booming economy, but also a formidable force in the global cultural landscape.

Amit Khanna, Former Chairman of Reliance Entertainment, reinforced this viewpoint with a strong endorsement of the author’s work and insight. “No one is better than Bhuvan Lall to document India’s journey as an important global power in the world of media and entertainment,” he said. This recognition from an industry veteran adds further credibility to Lall’s ongoing efforts to spotlight India’s cultural achievements.

For those unable to attend the book launch in person, a video of the event held at the Carlton Hotel offers a glimpse into the atmosphere, the energy of the attendees, and the proud reception the book received. The footage encapsulates the vibrant blend of tradition and modernity that characterizes India’s contemporary global image.

The guest list itself was a testament to India’s strengthening ties with global cinema. From the seasoned experience of veteran directors to the emerging voices of new-age filmmakers, the launch brought together a cross-section of Indian creativity and international admiration. Their presence reinforced the book’s central message: that India’s cultural power is not just growing but thriving, drawing attention, respect, and admiration from all corners of the globe.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37The selection of Cannes as the venue for this launch was deeply symbolic. As one of the most celebrated film festivals in the world, Cannes has long been a benchmark for cinematic excellence. Holding the book launch here sent a powerful message about how far India has come in terms of artistic recognition and global outreach. For Bhuvan Lall, whose own relationship with the festival spans over thirty years, it was a moment of deep personal and professional fulfillment.

In Namaste Cannes, Lall documents this long journey with depth and nuance. The book not only traces India’s visible participation in the festival but also examines how the country’s storytelling traditions, cinematic innovations, and cultural richness have earned it a unique place on the global stage. By chronicling these developments, Lall continues his role as a chronicler of India’s historical, spiritual, and artistic legacy.

His earlier works have already established his credentials as a storyteller who brings a thoughtful, historically rooted approach to contemporary subjects. With this latest publication, he adds yet another dimension to his body of work, focusing on India’s cultural diplomacy and its strategic use of soft power in the global arena.

As Lall stated during the event, the inspiration behind the book stems not just from his personal journey but from the larger transformation of India’s global identity. This transformation, he believes, is being led not only by economic growth and political shifts but also by India’s ability to tell stories that resonate across cultures.

The reaction to the launch at Cannes underscores a broader shift in perception. What was once considered a peripheral presence is now viewed as central to the international dialogue on cinema and culture. With the release of Namaste Cannes, Bhuvan Lall has provided a timely and insightful contribution to this narrative.

India’s growing engagement with the world through art and media is not just about representation; it’s about influence. It’s about how ideas, values, and perspectives from one part of the world can inspire and inform others. And at Cannes 2025, this message came through loud and clear.

As readers around the world begin to explore the pages of Namaste Cannes, they will encounter more than a festival memoir or a celebration of Indian cinema. They will find a story about identity, transformation, and the subtle yet powerful forces that shape our understanding of nations and cultures.

Through his work, Bhuvan Lall continues to amplify the voice of a country that is not only telling its own stories but also shaping the stories the world tells about itself.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula Honored By The US Congress During Asian American And Pacific Islander Heritage Month

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) was honored by the US Congress during Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month as a truly exceptional individual whose unwavering dedication to community, culture and healing has left an indelible mark on countries and countless lives across this nation.

In an address in the US Congress on May 19, 2025 Congressman Jonathan Jackson of Illinois, stated in address to the House of Representatives, “As we proudly celebrate Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month, a time when we honor the rich histories, cultures and invaluable contributions of the AAPI community, I rise with immense pride and heartfelt admiration to recognize a highly regarded physician, academic and leader in oncology and hematology.”

Rep. Jackson said, “Dr. Kathula is known for his exceptional intellect, compassion and integrity.” Dr. Kathula serves as a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University. “In these capacities, he is dedicated not only to enhancing medical knowledge and patient care, but also to fostering a future where equity representation and cultural competence are integral to healthcare systems,” Rep. Jackson said.

Since becoming board certified in both Hematology and Oncology in 2002 Dr. Kathula has treated 1000s of patients, providing care that is not only scientifically rigorous, but also deeply human. “He listens with empathy, leads with conviction, and heals with heart. His expertise is complemented by his commitment to preventive and lifestyle medicine,” Rep. Jackson said.

Dr. Satish Kathula Honored By The US Congress During Asian American And Pacific Islander Heritage MonthAs a Diplomat of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine, championing holistic approaches to managing and reducing Chronic Disease, especially in underserved communities, “Dr Kathula’s contributions extend far beyond the walls of his clinic. As a visionary leader in AAPI, he has amplified the voices of Physicians of Indian religion, advocated for meaningful healthcare reforms, and promoted international collaboration in medicine and research under his leadership,” Rep. Jackson added.

Under his leadership, AAPI has tackled disparities in access to care, empowered the next generation of healthcare professionals and highlighted vital issues such as mental health, preventive care, and physician well-being, Rep. Jackson stated. “What marks Dr Kathula’s story especially inspiring is his unwavering commitment to service, whether advocating for improved healthcare delivery in rural areas, mentoring medical students, are coordinating medical relief efforts.”

According to Rep. Jackson, “Dr. Kathula brings a profound sense of purpose to everything he undertakes. He is not only a healer of individuals, but also a builder of healthier communities. Dr. Kathula’s work is a shining example of what is possible when excellence in medicine combines with compassion and a strong sense of cultural identity. His legacy is measured not only by the patients he has cared for and the policies he has helped shape, but also by the countless lives he has inspired, reminding us all that leadership grounded in empathy can transform systems and service driven by heart can change the world.”

In conclusion, Rep. Jackson  said, “Mr. Speaker, in honoring Dr Kathula during Asian American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month, we recognize a man who embodies the highest ideals of the medical profession, the spirit of public service, and the power of cultural heritage. His journey serves as a beacon of hope, reminding us that with dedication and humility and compassion, one individual can truly make a global impact.”

In his response, Dr. Kathula said, “It is indeed a great honor to receive a Congressional Proclamation on Congressional record, as one of the outstanding Asian Americans, on the occasion of the American and Pacific Islander Heritage Month in Washington, DC, the name of the honorees will be archived in the Congressional Records permanently at the Library of Congress.”

Judge Blocks Trump Administration from Ending Legal Status of Foreign Students

A federal judge has issued a nationwide injunction stopping the Trump administration from revoking the legal status of foreign students studying in the United States. The ruling, delivered on Thursday by US District Judge Jeffrey White of the federal court in San Francisco, marks a significant setback for the administration’s efforts to clamp down on international students as part of President Donald Trump’s broader immigration enforcement agenda.

The legal dispute centers around the administration’s sweeping attempt to interfere with the SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System) records of non-citizens present in the U.S. on education visas. These modifications to the SEVIS database threatened the students’ ability to remain in the country legally, thereby putting them at risk of deportation.

The SEVIS system, managed by the Department of Homeland Security, serves as a database that tracks the immigration status of international students and is essential for universities to monitor their enrollment and legal standing. In a controversial move that began in April, the Trump administration initiated the cancellation of SEVIS records for thousands of these students, potentially rendering them undocumented.

Although the administration retreated from this effort last month in response to mounting legal opposition, Judge White determined in his decision that the threat of future arbitrary cancellations remains. In his ruling, he stated, “He does not find it speculative to conclude that, in the absence of an injunction, the administration would abruptly re-terminate SEVIS records without notice.”

White, who was appointed by President George W. Bush, emphasized that the actions undertaken by the administration had far-reaching and disruptive consequences. “The administration’s actions,” he wrote, “uniformly wreaked havoc not only on the lives of Plaintiffs here but on similarly situated F-1 nonimmigrants across the United States and continues to do so.”

The lawsuit was initiated by a group of international students who had experienced sudden and unexplained changes to their SEVIS records. These changes led to their legal status being jeopardized, with the students asserting that the administration had acted without following proper legal procedures.

Judge White agreed with their claims, indicating that the students were likely to succeed in their argument that the administration’s actions breached federal rule-making protocols. He characterized the actions as “arbitrary and capricious,” terms that carry significant legal weight in administrative law.

He also dismissed any suggestion by the government that these students posed a danger to the public or to national security. “Defendants do not suggest that these individuals pose an immediate safety threat or that they pose a threat to national security,” he wrote. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously in those enforcement efforts, and the ‘public interest is served by compliance with the Administrative Procedure Act.’”

The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) is a foundational statute in U.S. administrative law that governs how federal agencies develop and enforce regulations. The judge’s reference to the APA underscores the administration’s failure to follow due process when attempting to alter or terminate the SEVIS records of foreign students.

The preliminary injunction issued by Judge White means that the federal government must cease any further attempts to change or cancel international students’ legal status via the SEVIS system without first following the appropriate procedural steps. His decision provides temporary relief to international students across the country who faced the risk of deportation due to abrupt and unexplained changes to their legal status.

This development is just the latest in a series of legal battles over the Trump administration’s handling of immigration matters, particularly as they pertain to education and student visas. During his time in office, Trump frequently advocated for stricter immigration policies, often targeting international students as part of a broader narrative emphasizing national security and economic protectionism.

The injunction also brings attention to the significant role that international students play within the U.S. higher education system. Universities rely heavily on SEVIS to manage the legal and academic status of their foreign enrollees, and any abrupt change to the system can create significant confusion and fear.

In this instance, many universities were left scrambling to understand and respond to the cancellations, which were often issued without explanation. The affected students found themselves in precarious situations, sometimes with little warning or opportunity to appeal the decision.

According to White, the government’s failure to justify these cancellations or to provide a meaningful process for students to respond only compounded the harm. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously,” he wrote, reinforcing the argument that the administration sidestepped established legal norms.

While the decision is currently limited to a preliminary injunction—meaning the final outcome of the case remains to be decided—it sets an important legal precedent for how student visa records should be handled. The ruling sends a strong signal that executive agencies must operate within the confines of the law, especially when taking actions that could severely disrupt the lives of thousands of people.

Legal experts suggest the ruling could have lasting implications for how future administrations approach visa enforcement, particularly when dealing with non-citizens enrolled in academic institutions. The judge’s insistence on following rule-making protocols under the APA highlights the judiciary’s role in checking executive power and ensuring that government agencies cannot act with unchecked discretion.

The ruling also highlights how legal action can serve as an effective countermeasure against sudden and potentially unlawful government policies. For the international students who brought the case forward, the decision offers not only temporary relief but also a measure of validation for their claim that they were treated unfairly by the system.

In conclusion, Judge Jeffrey White’s ruling represents a meaningful check on the Trump administration’s immigration policy by affirming that federal procedures and the rights of individuals cannot be cast aside arbitrarily. His order to block the cancellation of SEVIS records serves to protect international students who came to the U.S. to study and underscores the importance of legal consistency and due process in administrative actions.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

Trump Administration Revokes Harvard’s Certification to Enroll International Students Amid Compliance Dispute

Harvard University has been stripped of its Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) certification, a decision that now prevents the institution from enrolling new international students and forces current international students to transfer or risk losing their legal immigration status in the United States. This immediate action by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) was confirmed in a letter from Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem to Harvard, as first reported by The New York Times.

The DHS announcement marks a significant escalation in tensions between Harvard and the federal government, particularly under the Trump administration. According to the press release from the department, Harvard’s certification has been revoked “effective immediately,” which means the prestigious university no longer has the legal authority to host international students.

This punitive measure stems from Harvard’s refusal to comply with a recent government request for detailed information about its international student body. Specifically, the Trump administration sought records tied to “criminality and misconduct of foreign students on its campus.” Harvard declined to provide the requested data, leading to the current crackdown.

Jason Newton, Harvard’s director of media relations and communications, responded strongly to the move in a statement to Forbes. “The government’s action was unlawful,” he asserted. Newton emphasized that the university is “fully committed to maintaining Harvard’s ability to host our international students and scholars,” and warned that the “retaliatory action threatens serious harm to the Harvard community and our country, and undermines Harvard’s academic and research mission.”

The Trump administration, however, has signaled that it may reconsider the revocation if Harvard complies with its conditions within 72 hours. According to the letter from Noem, the university must provide extensive documentation including audio and video recordings of “any illegal, dangerous or violent activity,” along with evidence of “threats to other students or university personnel” committed by international students over the past five years. The DHS has also demanded access to disciplinary records and video footage of any protest activity involving international students on Harvard’s campus within the same timeframe.

The backdrop to this conflict involves a broader federal investigation. Harvard is among roughly 60 universities under scrutiny for alleged antisemitism. On April 11, the administration accused the school of failing to meet both “intellectual and civil rights conditions that justify federal investment.” In response to earlier demands, the Trump administration called for “meaningful governance” reforms at Harvard and requested ongoing federal oversight of the institution. Harvard pushed back, stating through its legal counsel that it could not “allow itself to be taken over by the federal government” and refused to “accept the government’s terms as an agreement in principle.”

Following this refusal, the administration froze an estimated $2.2 billion in federal grants to Harvard. The university responded by suing the federal government, arguing that the freeze was “unlawful and beyond the government’s authority.”

Harvard’s international student population is substantial and diverse. According to official university figures, 6,793 international students are enrolled at Harvard during the 2024-25 academic year. This accounts for nearly 27% of the student body. The revocation decision, therefore, has far-reaching implications not just for the university but for thousands of students from around the globe.

Abdullah Shahid Sial, an international student from Pakistan and co-president of Harvard’s undergraduate student body, described the atmosphere on campus to the Boston Globe. “People are more scared than ever…This is a story which is way bigger than an individual. It’s not just about internationals at Harvard,it’s about internationals everywhere…we want to make sure that people put up an opposition.”

In defending the federal government’s action, Noem stated in the DHS release, “Harvard had plenty of opportunity to do the right thing. It refused. Let this serve as a warning to all universities and academic institutions across the country.”

The backlash has been swift and vocal. Lawrence Summers, a former U.S. Treasury Secretary who served as Harvard’s president from 2001 to 2006, criticized the administration’s decision in an interview with Bloomberg. “This is vicious, it is illegal, it is unwise, and it is very damaging,” he said. Summers added, “Why does it make any sense at all to stop 6000 enormously talented young people who want to come to the United States to study from having that opportunity? Why is punishing them the right thing to do?”

The revocation of Harvard’s SEVP certification, if not reversed, could also trigger broader academic and diplomatic consequences. The university’s international students, many of whom contribute to research, innovation, and the global reputation of American higher education, now face uncertainty about their futures. For Harvard, the move is not just a legal or financial issue, but a fundamental challenge to its identity as a global educational institution.

The administration’s action also sends a chilling message to other academic institutions that might find themselves at odds with federal policies or demands. With the warning issued by Noem, it is clear that the Trump administration is willing to use immigration and funding mechanisms as leverage in disputes with universities.

Harvard now faces a complex and urgent dilemma: whether to comply with the federal demands and potentially compromise its principles of academic independence and student privacy, or to continue its legal battle with the risk of permanent damage to its international programs and funding.

The next 72 hours will be crucial. If the university fails to meet the DHS requirements within that period, the fate of thousands of international students will remain in jeopardy. Meanwhile, Harvard’s lawsuit over the $2.2 billion in frozen grants continues to unfold, adding legal complexity to an already explosive political and academic confrontation.

This conflict between Harvard and the Trump administration underscores a larger national debate over academic freedom, government oversight, and the rights of international students. As this story develops, the outcome may well set a precedent for how the U.S. government interacts with institutions of higher education and how those institutions defend their autonomy in a politically charged environment.

Coca-Cola Faces Global Boycott Over Plastic Pollution Concerns

One of the world’s leading beverage giants, Coca-Cola, is facing a wave of consumer backlash due to its environmental practices, particularly its role in plastic pollution, according to a recent report by Screenshot Media.

Coca-Cola has earned the notorious distinction of being the worst plastic polluter on the planet for six years in a row. The company reportedly distributes over 100 billion single-use plastic bottles every year, many of which are discarded in landfills or end up polluting the world’s oceans.

In a stark projection, the conservation group Oceana warned that by the year 2030, Coca-Cola products alone could be responsible for introducing around 602 million kilograms—or roughly 1.32 billion pounds—of plastic waste annually into the world’s oceans and waterways.

Environmental organizations, including Greenpeace, have been vocal critics of Coca-Cola’s ongoing dependence on single-use plastics and its entanglement with fossil fuel-based materials. Activists have turned to social media to spotlight the company’s environmental footprint and are encouraging people to participate in boycotts.

The broader concern of plastic pollution is pressing due to its significant impact on human health and the natural world. When single-use plastic bottles degrade, they break down into microplastics. These tiny plastic fragments eventually infiltrate ecosystems and enter the human food chain. Alarming studies have discovered microplastics in human lungs, bloodstream, and even in placental tissue.

Plastic pollution is equally devastating for wildlife. Marine creatures often mistake plastic waste for food, leading to fatal consequences such as starvation or internal injuries. Additionally, some bird species have been observed incorporating plastic debris into their nests, inadvertently exposing their chicks to toxic substances.

Beyond its physical dangers, plastic production contributes massively to climate change. The process of manufacturing and distributing plastic bottles releases vast amounts of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Every phase—from production to transportation—adds to the environmental cost of each beverage bought in a plastic bottle.

To its credit, Coca-Cola has acknowledged the issue and pledged to take action. The company has initiated several programs aimed at curbing its plastic footprint. These include investments in recycling infrastructure and a public commitment to collect and recycle the equivalent of every plastic bottle it sells by the year 2030. In an attempt to curb cap litter, Coca-Cola has also started using attached bottle caps in certain markets. Despite these efforts, critics argue that the pace of change remains insufficient.

Meanwhile, environmental advocacy groups continue to ramp up pressure on major corporations to take full responsibility for the pollution caused by their products. Consumer-led boycotts have emerged as an effective way to push companies toward adopting more sustainable alternatives and packaging options.

Consumers are being encouraged to make conscious choices when it comes to beverage purchases. Opting for drinks in aluminum cans or glass bottles is recommended, as these materials are more likely to be recycled effectively. Individuals can also reduce their environmental impact by using refillable water bottles rather than purchasing single-use beverages.

Legislative change plays an essential role in addressing plastic waste on a larger scale. Supporting local, state, and national policies that restrict the use of single-use plastics can lead to meaningful improvements. Across the United States, many communities have enacted bans on plastic bags and plastic straws, demonstrating how even modest regulatory shifts can result in significant environmental benefits.

Recycling remains one of the most accessible actions consumers can take. Ensuring that plastic bottles and other containers are properly sorted and recycled helps prevent them from ending up in natural habitats and waterways, where they pose the greatest risk.

The question of whether the U.S. has a plastic waste problem is increasingly on people’s minds. Public sentiment varies, with some believing the problem is widespread, others seeing it as localized, and a few uncertain about the extent of the issue. Nonetheless, environmental groups stress that every action, from conscious purchasing to proper disposal, contributes to a larger solution.

Plastic pollution is not only a pressing ecological concern but also a public health issue. The long-term consequences of microplastics in the body are still being researched, but the presence of these particles in vital organs is an alarming sign. In the words of Greenpeace and other activists, the continued use of single-use plastics by corporations like Coca-Cola shows a disregard for the long-term wellbeing of both people and the planet.

The conversation surrounding plastic pollution has evolved from an environmental issue to one of social responsibility and corporate ethics. With growing awareness, consumers are using their voices—and their purchasing power—to demand real change. Social media has played a pivotal role in spreading information and organizing collective action, amplifying calls for sustainability and accountability.

As the Oceana report starkly illustrates, Coca-Cola’s environmental impact is not merely a hypothetical concern for future generations but a current and ongoing contributor to oceanic and global plastic waste. “By 2030, Coca-Cola products will contribute approximately 602 million kilograms of plastic waste to the world’s oceans and waterways yearly,” the report warned, emphasizing the urgency of the situation.

Although Coca-Cola has introduced measures to combat the crisis, such as collecting and recycling the equivalent of every bottle it sells by 2030 and attaching bottle caps to reduce litter, many environmentalists feel these actions fall short of what is necessary. “Greenpeace has criticized the corporation’s continued reliance on single-use plastics and its connections to fossil fuels,” underscoring persistent doubts about the company’s commitment to genuine environmental reform.

While Coca-Cola remains one of the most recognizable brands globally, this recognition now comes with increasing scrutiny. Environmental organizations and everyday consumers alike are questioning whether the convenience of a plastic bottle is worth the long-term damage it causes.

By making thoughtful choices—choosing glass or aluminum containers, reusing water bottles, backing local legislation, and recycling properly—consumers can be part of the solution. These small changes, multiplied across millions of people, have the potential to push even the largest corporations to reconsider their role in plastic pollution.

Ultimately, the responsibility does not lie with consumers alone. True progress requires companies like Coca-Cola to not only pledge change but to demonstrate measurable, transparent efforts toward sustainable packaging and reduced environmental harm.

As the global call for environmental responsibility grows louder, Coca-Cola now faces a defining challenge: will it rise to meet the moment, or continue to be seen as a symbol of the plastic pollution crisis?

India Launches New User-Friendly Portal to Simplify OCI Card Application Process

On May 19, 2025, the Indian government introduced a redesigned online portal aimed at simplifying the process for applying for Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cards. The new system features an upgraded user interface that promises to make the registration procedure easier and more efficient for applicants worldwide. With over 5 million current OCI cardholders, the revamped portal now supports more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions abroad and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs), making it a significant step toward streamlining global access to OCI services.

Understanding the OCI Designation

The OCI designation is meant for individuals with Indian ancestry or heritage who previously held Indian citizenship but have since acquired citizenship in another country. These individuals are registered under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. OCI status provides a lifelong visa to India and other benefits, although it does not equate to full citizenship.

Distinction Between OCI and NRI

There is often confusion between Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs). An NRI is someone who is still an Indian citizen holding an Indian passport but resides abroad for reasons such as work, education, or business. Unlike OCIs, NRIs retain full political rights in India, including the right to vote. OCI cardholders, by contrast, are foreign nationals who once held Indian citizenship or have Indian roots. They do not hold Indian passports but are permitted to live in India indefinitely without requiring a visa.

Key Features of the New OCI Portal

According to a press release by the Press Information Bureau (PIB), the newly launched portal incorporates several modern features designed to enhance user experience. These include a more intuitive user sign-up process and a segmented registration menu to help applicants navigate more easily. One notable improvement is the automatic filling of user profile information in the registration forms, reducing manual data entry.

Applicants will now be able to view both completed and in-progress applications through a personalized dashboard. For those filing their applications through FRROs, an integrated online payment gateway is now available. Additional enhancements include detailed Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and smoother navigation across different stages of the application.

Another improvement is the classification of required documents based on the application type, making it easier for users to upload the correct documents. Applicants will also be able to make edits to their forms at any point prior to final submission. The portal sends reminders to verify the provided information before submitting the application, thereby reducing errors.

To assist applicants in meeting format requirements, the portal features a built-in tool to crop images of their photographs and signatures. This addition is especially helpful for those who previously faced issues with image specifications.

Additionally, the portal will clearly display eligibility criteria and required documentation based on the type of application selected, thereby improving transparency and reducing confusion.

Who Is Eligible to Apply for an OCI Card?

As outlined on the official OCI portal, any individual of full legal age and capacity who meets one of the following criteria can apply for an OCI card:

(i) A person who currently holds citizenship of another country but was an Indian citizen at the time of or at any point after the Constitution of India came into effect on January 26, 1950.

(ii) A foreign national who was eligible to become an Indian citizen when the Constitution commenced on January 26, 1950.

(iii) Someone who is a citizen of another country but whose place of origin became part of India after August 15, 1947.

(iv) A child, grandchild, or great-grandchild of any such individual.

In all these cases, the applicant must provide documentary evidence proving their lineage or earlier Indian citizenship.

Required Documents for OCI Card Application

To apply for an OCI card, applicants must submit a variety of documents. Although the list is not exhaustive, the essential items include:

  1. Proof of Present Citizenship: This can be a copy of the applicant’s current valid foreign passport or a certificate of registration or naturalisation in the new country of citizenship. If the applicant once held an Indian passport, they must also submit a copy of the cancelled or surrendered Indian passport along with the official Surrender Certificate.
  2. Proof of Address at the Place of Application: Acceptable documents include a utility bill, such as an electricity or telephone bill. These can be in the name of the applicant or their parent, grandparent, or spouse.
  3. Proof of Indian Ancestry: This includes documentation that demonstrates the applicant, or their parents, grandparents, or great-grandparents were Indian citizens at any time after the Constitution came into effect on January 26, 1950. Alternatively, they can provide evidence showing eligibility for Indian citizenship at that time.
  4. Proof of Relationship: If the applicant is claiming Indian origin through a parent, grandparent, or great-grandparent, they must also provide documents that establish that familial connection.
  5. Proof of Spousal Relationship: In cases where the applicant is married to a citizen of India or to an OCI cardholder, documents confirming the spousal relationship must be provided. These may include marriage certificates and the spouse’s OCI or Indian citizenship documents.

These requirements help ensure that only eligible individuals can obtain OCI cards while preserving the integrity of the application process.

Conclusion

The overhaul of the OCI portal marks a crucial step in enhancing digital accessibility for millions of individuals with Indian heritage across the globe. The government’s initiative simplifies the registration process by introducing user-centric features and robust tools to guide applicants. As more than five million OCI cardholders benefit from the updated system, the portal’s integration with over 180 Indian missions and 12 FRROs ensures broad and efficient access to vital consular services.

With the introduction of features such as automatic data population, built-in image cropping, categorized document uploads, and an application tracking dashboard, the revamped portal is poised to reduce errors, streamline approvals, and deliver a smoother experience for overseas Indians seeking to maintain a connection with their ancestral homeland.

As the PIB release states, “The new portal offers new features like user sign-up and segregation of the registration menu, along with auto-fill of user profile details in registration forms.” This underscores the government’s commitment to leveraging technology for more transparent and citizen-friendly governance.

BBC’s Bold Digital Leap Marks the End of Traditional TV Era

There was a time when the television set was the focal point of every household, a glowing screen around which families would gather to connect, be entertained, and stay informed. Whether it was soap operas or urgent news reports, television played a central role in shaping how generations engaged with content. However, that golden period now seems like a distant memory in a world dominated by rapid digital progress. The dominance of traditional TV is waning, giving way to streaming and digital platforms that better align with today’s fast-paced, on-demand lifestyle.

In a major announcement that reverberated through media industries around the globe, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long viewed as a paragon of trustworthy journalism and historic broadcasting, has unveiled a radical new strategy. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, has announced that the broadcaster plans to discontinue all of its conventional television channels by the 2030s, transitioning completely to digital and online platforms.

“It’s a seismic shift,” said media analysts, highlighting the historic nature of this development. The BBC itself sees this as an unavoidable transformation. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four viewers from its previous audience base now rely on traditional television broadcasting. Even for a media giant like the BBC, which has stood for integrity and masterful storytelling since the early 1900s, the linear TV model has become increasingly unsustainable.

This shift isn’t happening in isolation. It is emblematic of a broader worldwide trend, and its effects are being felt keenly in countries like India. Television was once a cultural glue in India, with millions tuning in simultaneously to watch iconic serials or nightly news broadcasts. Today, while television sets still occupy physical space in many Indian homes, they are often left untouched. The proliferation of smartphones has drastically changed how people consume media. Now, news updates, entertainment programs, and even live sports events are being watched on mobile devices.

The familiar tradition of families sitting down together in the evening to watch the news has largely disappeared, replaced by instant news alerts, social media feeds, and video clips shared online. With younger viewers abandoning conventional TV, Indian broadcasters are facing growing financial strain. Advertising revenues are plummeting, and maintaining traditional channels has become increasingly difficult. To stay afloat and relevant, many local and regional TV networks are now making substantial investments in digital-first strategies.

The shift currently underway recalls past transitions in the media landscape — like the shift from radio to television. Older generations still recall the wonder of early radio broadcasts, often heard during the early morning hours, or the painstaking process of adjusting rooftop antennas to get a clear television picture. But today’s younger viewers, raised on mobile phones and Wi-Fi, are unlikely to even recognize an antenna, let alone experience the anticipation of waiting for a weekly episode to air at a specific time.

Now, over-the-top (OTT) platforms, YouTube channels, podcasts, and short-form videos dominate the media environment. Today’s audiences crave immediate access to content that is interactive, tailored, and available on demand. In contrast, traditional television, with its fixed schedules and passive viewing model, has become increasingly obsolete in the eyes of digital-native consumers.

Still, this does not mark the end of storytelling or content creation. Rather, it signals a profound evolution in how stories are told and shared. While the television set may no longer be the centerpiece of the household, storytelling remains as powerful as ever — just adapted to newer, smaller, and more portable screens. As the medium evolves, the essence of narrative continues to thrive, offering fresh ways to inform, inspire, and bring people together.

The BBC’s move toward a fully digital future can be seen as both a warning and a tribute. On the one hand, it underscores the rapid and inevitable decline of traditional television; on the other, it honors the legacy of TV’s transformative impact over the decades. By recognizing this shift and adapting accordingly, the BBC is not abandoning its mission but reshaping it for the realities of a connected, mobile-first generation.

“The platform may change, but the message endures: storytelling, in any form, still has the power to shape the world,” a poignant reminder that while technology may shift, the core human desire for narrative remains undiminished.

In the years ahead, as other global broadcasters observe and perhaps follow suit, this shift may redefine how entire populations engage with news and entertainment. But one thing is clear: television, once a powerful unifier of societies, is moving into its next chapter — not vanishing, but transforming. The audience is still there; it’s just watching from a different screen.

Memorial Day Gas Prices Hit 20-Year Low, Encouraging More Road Trips

If you’re gearing up for a Memorial Day road trip, there’s good news on the horizon: when adjusted for inflation, gas prices this year could be the lowest for the holiday weekend since 2003. According to the gas price tracking service GasBuddy, the national average price of gasoline is expected to hover around $3.08 per gallon, a notable drop from last year’s $3.58 per gallon during the same period.

“This year’s relatively lower prices are influenced by lower crude oil costs amid an increase in oil production from OPEC+, the potential for a nuclear deal with Iran, and some economic uncertainty,” GasBuddy stated in a press release. The company also noted that as summer advances and seasonal refinery maintenance comes to a close, the average national gas price might dip below $3 per gallon at certain points.

While the national average stands at $3.08, some locations are seeing even more favorable prices. Quartz identified rates as low as $2.33 per gallon in Horn Lake, Mississippi, and $2.41 in Spartanburg, South Carolina. On the other end of the spectrum, gas prices reached $3.73 per gallon at a Sam’s Club in Pearl City, Hawaii.

AAA’s current fuel price index shows a slightly higher national average of $3.17 per gallon. The highest statewide average belongs to California at $4.89 per gallon, followed closely by Hawaii at $4.48. The most affordable prices are predominantly in the southern states, with Mississippi leading the pack at an average of $2.66 per gallon.

Travelers across the U.S. are taking notice of these lower fuel costs. According to data from GasBuddy.com, 69% of Americans are planning road trips over the coming months. The company’s survey also revealed that most people aren’t limiting themselves to just one excursion—32% plan to take at least two trips this season. Additionally, many of these travelers are going the distance, with 40% anticipating drives of more than five hours to reach their destinations.

Memorial Day stands out as the most preferred summer holiday for road trips, followed by the Fourth of July and Labor Day weekend, according to GasBuddy’s findings.

Mercedes Zach, a travel expert affiliated with ASAP Tickets, believes that the decline in fuel costs is giving road travel a significant advantage over air travel this summer. “As fuel prices remain quite favorable, many see this as an additional motivation to travel by car; that’s especially valid for larger traveler groups, such as larger families, where flying gets expensive fast,” Zach said.

Zach further explained that trip durations may vary based on regional fuel prices. “While on the East Coast, where the fuel is cheaper, people are probably more likely to plan longer road trips and vacations as they can afford more,” she said. Conversely, she expects that West Coast residents may opt for shorter excursions, given the comparatively high gasoline prices in that region.

The combination of lower gas prices and the desire to travel is expected to create busy highways this summer, especially during major holiday weekends. While airfare costs remain elevated for many destinations, the affordability of driving is encouraging more Americans to hit the open road.

In summary, the combination of global oil market factors, seasonal trends, and economic variables is resulting in a rare break for consumers at the pump. Memorial Day travelers in particular will be the first to benefit from what could be one of the most cost-effective driving seasons in years.

With travel habits shifting in response to these economic factors, it’sevident that Americans are eager to take advantage of every opportunity to travel more for less. And this Memorial Day, the road is calling louder than it has in decades.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

H-1B Visa Program Criticized by Expert as Lacking Merit and Enabling Worker Exploitation

Howard University professor Ron Hira, a long-standing critic of the H-1B visa program, has once again raised concerns about how the system functions, arguing that it lacks any real basis in merit and does not reflect a genuine shortage of American workers for high-skilled jobs. According to Hira, U.S. companies are increasingly misusing the H-1B visa to hire cheaper foreign labor rather than offering those positions to qualified American graduates.

Hira, whose parents immigrated to the United States from India using similar work visas, has consistently advocated for reforms in the visa program. His criticism is deeply personal. In 2016, during a Senate testimony on immigration, Hira disclosed his familial ties to the visa system, stating that both his parents came from India and that his wife was also born in India. And hence to testify against this visa program was very meaningful to him personally.

The H-1B visa program, designed to allow U.S. companies to hire skilled foreign workers in specialized fields such as IT and engineering, has recently come under renewed scrutiny following the release of new data from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). The agency reported that 120,141 H-1B visa applications had been selected for the fiscal year 2026. Although this number is the lowest since 2021, it has still sparked controversy, especially among American tech workers who argue that it is excessive given the widespread layoffs occurring across the industry.

Hira pointed out that the selection of H-1B applicants is done through a random lottery system, not based on qualifications or skills. “H-1B workers get selected by a random lottery and not the best and brightest,” he said. This method of selection, he argues, undermines the original intent of the program, which was to attract top global talent to fill labor shortages in America.

Every year, the USCIS uses a lottery to choose visa recipients whenever the number of applications surpasses the annual cap. The H-1B visa cap is currently set at 65,000 per year, with an additional 20,000 visas available for applicants who have earned advanced degrees from U.S. universities.

The relatively high number of visas selected for 2026 has also confused many observers aligned with the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement, who had anticipated stricter controls on the program under President Donald Trump’s administration. This reaction comes in the wake of a wider public debate surrounding the H-1B visa program, a debate that has included high-profile figures such as Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, who have expressed support for the program despite Trump’s tough stance on illegal immigration.

Even Trump himself has commented on the matter. While known for his hardline approach to immigration, he has at times expressed support for legal immigration and the H-1B program specifically. During a past controversy over the visa system, Trump remarked that he was “in favor of H-1B,” signaling a more nuanced position than some of his critics and supporters expected.

Republican leader Virgil Bierschwale has also voiced concerns over the 2026 visa approvals. He questioned whether these visa numbers reflect a premeditated plan by employers to replace existing U.S. workers with foreign hires, despite there being no evidence of new job creation. Bierschwale wrote, “This 2026 visa approval gets me. Over a year ahead of the current date, they already have approved visas. And they must have a job to have a visa. Which means the employer has already picked out the employee they plan on firing since they are not creating new jobs. How is this not fraud at every level?”

Critics like Bierschwale are alarmed by what they perceive as corporate abuse of the visa process, suggesting that it allows employers to sidestep American labor in favor of foreign hires who may accept lower wages and less favorable conditions. This critique is echoed by other organizations, including US Tech Workers, which focuses on defending the interests of American technology professionals.

In a strongly worded post on X (formerly Twitter), US Tech Workers stated, “A huge chunk of H-1B petitions are for jobs that don’t even exist. Indian IT body shops are notorious for hoarding H-1B workers, hoping to lease them out later. If there’s no client, they get ‘benched’—which is illegal. But exploiting desperate migrants is a business model too profitable to quit.”

This comment refers to a practice in which visa holders are recruited by consulting firms and then kept on standby—or “benched”—until a client project is found. This is not only illegal under U.S. labor law but also raises serious ethical concerns about how foreign workers are treated and how companies manipulate the system to their advantage.

The ongoing debate around the H-1B program has highlighted a deeper rift in how Americans view immigration and employment. On one side, business leaders and tech entrepreneurs argue that H-1B visas are essential for maintaining global competitiveness and accessing specialized talent. On the other, critics say the program has deviated far from its original purpose and is now being used to undercut American workers.

What is clear from the recent developments is that the H-1B program continues to be a contentious issue, with no easy consensus on how to balance the needs of American businesses, the rights of American workers, and the aspirations of foreign professionals seeking opportunities in the United States.

Ron Hira remains a central voice in this debate. With his deep personal connection to the immigration system and his academic expertise, he brings a unique perspective to the issue. His continued advocacy for reform reflects a broader concern that the visa system, if left unchecked, could erode the integrity of the U.S. labor market and damage the career prospects of homegrown talent.

As the 2026 visa selections move forward, scrutiny is likely to intensify, especially given the broader political climate and the growing unease about job security in the tech sector. Whether or not reforms are introduced in response to these concerns remains to be seen, but the pressure on lawmakers and federal agencies to reevaluate the H-1B program is only increasing.

Heart Lamp by Banu Mushtaq Becomes First Short Story Collection to Win International Booker Prize

At a prestigious live ceremony held at the Tate Modern in London on May 20, 2025, the International Booker Prize was awarded to Heart Lamp, a collection of short stories by Indian author Banu Mushtaq. This win marked a historic moment as Heart Lamp became the first short story collection ever to receive the renowned literary award, which honors works of fiction translated into English. The £50,000 prize will be equally split between Mushtaq and her translator Deepa Bhasthi, ensuring both receive equal acclaim for their contribution.

This momentous win also places Mushtaq in an exclusive category of Indian writers who have achieved the International Booker Prize. She follows Gitanjali Shree, who won the award in 2022 for her Hindi novel Ret Samadhi, translated into English as Tomb of Sand. However, Mushtaq has set a new benchmark by becoming the first Indian author to win the award with a work originally written in Kannada, a language spoken by approximately 65 million people. The Booker Prize Foundation noted the significance of this milestone. Moreover, Deepa Bhasthi has made her own history by becoming the first Indian translator to win the International Booker Prize.

Chair of the 2025 judging panel, Max Porter, announced the award and praised the book and its translation, saying, “Heart Lamp is something genuinely new for English readers. A radical translation which ruffles language, to create new textures in a plurality of Englishes. It challenges and expands our understanding of translation.”

Porter elaborated on what makes Heart Lamp stand out, noting, “These beautiful, busy, life-affirming stories rise from Kannada, interspersed with the extraordinary socio-political richness of other languages and dialects. It speaks of women’s lives, reproductive rights, faith, caste, power and oppression.”

Describing the judging process, Porter added that the collection quickly became a favorite. “This was the book the judges really loved, right from our first reading. It’s been a joy to listen to the evolving appreciation of these stories from the different perspectives of the jury. We are thrilled to share this timely and exciting winner of the International Booker Prize 2025 with readers around the world.”

Banu Mushtaq, a passionate advocate for women’s rights, explained the inspiration behind her stories. “My stories are about women – how religion, society, and politics demand unquestioning obedience from them, and in doing so, inflict inhumane cruelty upon them, turning them into mere subordinates. The daily incidents reported in the media and the personal experiences I have endured have been my inspiration. The pain, suffering, and helpless lives of these women create a deep emotional response within me. I do not engage in extensive research; my heart itself is my field of study,” she said.

Heart Lamp comprises 12 short stories that delve into the everyday struggles and experiences of women and girls living in patriarchal communities in southern India. The Booker Prize Foundation described Mushtaq not only as a writer but also as a lawyer and activist who has fought against caste and religious discrimination. Her stories, which span over three decades, were written in Kannada and published between 1990 and 2023. Despite having begun her literary journey in the 1970s, Heart Lamp is the first full-length English translation of her work.

The foundation praised her writing style, saying, “Mushtaq’s writing is at once witty, vivid, moving and excoriating, building disconcerting emotional heights out of a rich spoken style.” It further highlighted her remarkable character development, stating, “It’s in her characters – the sparky children, the audacious grandmothers, the buffoonish maulvis and thug brothers, the oft-hapless husbands, and the mothers above all, surviving their feelings at great cost – that she emerges as an astonishing writer and observer of human nature.”

Mushtaq was actively involved in the Bandaya Sahitya movement, a literary initiative that gave voice to marginalized Dalit and Muslim writers. Over the years, she has authored six collections of short stories, a novel, a poetry collection, and a volume of essays. Still, Heart Lamp remains the first full-length work of hers to be translated into English.

The translator of Heart Lamp, Deepa Bhasthi, is a prominent literary translator and writer based in Kodagu, located in southern India. Her work has been featured both in India and internationally through essays, columns, and cultural critiques. She previously translated a novel by Kota Shivarama Karanth and a collection of short stories by Kodagina Gouramma, both originally written in Kannada.

Bhasthi’s work on Heart Lamp received the English PEN’s ‘PEN Translates’ award, a recognition of excellence in literary translation. She described her method of working on Mushtaq’s stories as “translating with an accent.” Speaking about her unique process, Bhasthi said, “For me, translation is an instinctive practice, and each book demands a completely different process. With Banu’s stories, I first read all the fiction she had published before I narrowed it down to the ones that are in Heart Lamp. I was lucky to have a free hand in choosing what stories I wanted to work with, and Banu did not interfere with the organised chaotic way I went about it.”

Her intimate engagement with the author’s broader body of work allowed her to handpick stories that would resonate both culturally and emotionally with a global audience. Bhasthi’s collaborative yet autonomous process highlights the artistic freedom that contributed to the collection’s impact.

Indian authors have a proud history of recognition in Booker awards over the decades. Previous recipients include literary giants such as V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Arundhati Roy, Aravind Adiga, and Kiran Desai. Banu Mushtaq and Deepa Bhasthi now join this illustrious lineage, with their victory signaling not just a personal triumph but a broader celebration of linguistic diversity, cultural representation, and the power of translation in bringing local stories to the world stage.

In celebrating the first short story collection to win the International Booker Prize and the first from the Kannada language, Heart Lamp is not just a milestone for Indian literature, but a turning point for global storytelling. It underscores the value of narratives rooted in regional realities and told in native tongues, made universally accessible through the skillful art of translation.

India Launches Revamped OCI Services Portal to Simplify Access for Overseas Citizens

Indian Home Minister and Minister of Cooperation Amit Shah officially unveiled a redesigned version of the Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) services portal on May 19 in New Delhi. Shah emphasized that the enhanced platform is expected to significantly improve the experience for over five million OCI cardholders across the globe and will help make the registration process for overseas citizens more seamless.

The inauguration event took place in the National Capital and was attended by senior officials, including the Union Home Secretary and the Director of the Intelligence Bureau. The updated portal, which maintains the existing URL at https://ociservices.gov.in, introduces a modernized interface and added features that are aimed at simplifying the registration and application procedures for OCI cardholders.

Speaking at the launch, Shah stated, “Under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, India is continuously striving to provide world-class immigration facilities to its OCI cardholder citizens.” He further noted, “A revamped OCI portal with an updated user interface has been launched to simplify the registration process for Overseas Citizens.”

Reiterating the government’s dedication to supporting the Indian diaspora, Shah highlighted that people of Indian origin living abroad should not encounter any difficulty when they travel to or stay in India. “Many Indian-origin citizens reside in various countries worldwide, and we must ensure they face no inconvenience when visiting or staying in India,” he said.

The OCI scheme, which was introduced via a 2005 amendment to the Citizenship Act of 1955, provides an opportunity for individuals of Indian origin to register as Overseas Citizens of India. This eligibility extends to those who were citizens of India on or after January 26, 1950, or were eligible to become citizens on that date. However, those with ancestry linked to Pakistan or Bangladesh are excluded from the program.

The original OCI services portal, which was launched in 2013, currently handles around 2,000 applications per day. It is active in more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions worldwide and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs) within India. According to officials, the need for the updated portal stemmed from both advancements in digital technology over the last ten years and the feedback collected from users seeking improvements.

The redesigned platform brings a host of new features that are intended to enhance usability and overall efficiency. These improvements include a more streamlined sign-up and registration process, automatic population of user details in forms, a personalized dashboard for tracking application progress, and an integrated online payment option for those submitting through FRROs.

Additionally, the portal allows users to edit their application forms anytime before the final submission. Applicants also benefit from automatic reminders prompting them to verify their information. Furthermore, the portal features in-built frequently asked questions (FAQs) and document submission guidelines specific to each application category. To assist with document submissions, there’s a built-in tool that enables users to crop and upload photographs and signatures directly on the platform.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the development as a substantial improvement in India’s digital public service delivery. Sharing his views on social media platform X (formerly Twitter), he said the overhaul of the portal represents meaningful progress in enhancing digital governance for citizens. “With enhanced features and improved functionality, the new OCI Portal marks a major step forward in boosting citizen friendly digital governance,” Modi posted.

The government’s initiative to revamp the portal is in line with its broader push for digital transformation in public services, especially those serving the global Indian community. By addressing long-standing user concerns and streamlining the end-to-end experience, the new system reflects India’s commitment to remain connected with its diaspora and offer them world-class digital infrastructure.

Officials stressed that the changes are not merely cosmetic but reflect substantive improvements in service delivery. The portal has been redesigned with a focus on convenience, speed, and transparency, all while maintaining high standards of security and data integrity.

With these updates now in place, both new applicants and existing OCI cardholders can look forward to an easier, more accessible, and user-friendly digital platform. It is expected that these upgrades will result in faster application turnaround times, better communication with users, and increased satisfaction across the board.

Overall, the revamped OCI services portal stands as a testament to India’s ongoing efforts to simplify and modernize government processes for its global citizens. The launch marks a significant milestone in India’s digital public service journey, especially for those of Indian origin seeking to maintain strong ties with their heritage and homeland.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

Patients Raise Alarms Over Ozempic’s Potential Link to Irreversible Vision Loss

Weight loss medications like Ozempic have surged in popularity in recent years, prescribed for managing both diabetes and weight loss. However, a rising number of patients now claim the drug may come with an alarming and potentially permanent side effect—vision loss that cannot be reversed.

One such patient is Edward Fanelli, a former contractor from Freehold, New Jersey. Fanelli was prescribed Ozempic to help manage his diabetes. But within months of starting the medication, he says his vision began to deteriorate rapidly, ultimately ending his ability to work in his chosen field. “Not even six to eight months later, I, out of nowhere, I could not see out of my right eye,” Fanelli recalls. “I couldn’t take a chance do the contracting work, worried about cutting my fingers off.”

Fanelli was later diagnosed with a condition called non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy (NAION), which strikes suddenly and has no available cure. He is now the first patient in New Jersey to initiate legal proceedings in state court against the makers of Ozempic, alleging that he was never informed of the potential risk of permanent vision loss associated with the drug. “If they would have told me a chance I could lose my vision, I would not have taken it. Don’t care – weight loss would have done on my own,” he states.

Fanelli is far from alone in raising these concerns. Attorney Jason Goldstein, based in Long Island and affiliated with the firm Parker Waichman LLP, represents more than a dozen clients, including Fanelli, who are filing lawsuits related to semaglutide. Semaglutide is the primary active compound found in Ozempic and other similar medications, and recent medical literature has drawn connections between this compound and the onset of NAION.

Goldstein contends that drug manufacturers failed in their responsibility to adequately warn consumers about the risks. “That’s the crux of this case, people are not warned about this. What did the doctor know? What did the patient know? No one knew,” he explains.

He intends to push not only for financial compensation for the affected patients but also for updated warning labels on drugs that contain semaglutide. Goldstein emphasizes that his aim is to ensure future patients do not unknowingly suffer consequences from drugs that were meant to improve their health.

In response to the growing concerns and lawsuits, Novo Nordisk, the pharmaceutical company behind Ozempic, issued a formal statement addressing the allegations and defending the safety profile of their product. “NAION is a very rare eye disease, and it is not an adverse drug reaction for the marketed formulations of semaglutide (Ozempic®, Rybelsus® and Wegovy®) as per the approved labels,” a spokesperson from Novo Nordisk said.

The company insists that after thoroughly examining both external studies, such as those from the University of Southern Denmark, and its own internal safety reviews, there remains no indication that semaglutide is responsible for causing NAION. “Novo Nordisk is of the opinion that the benefit-risk profile of semaglutide remains unchanged,” the spokesperson said.

Furthermore, Novo Nordisk reported that it has conducted its own analysis across several randomized controlled clinical trials involving GLP-1 receptor agonists—a class of drugs that includes semaglutide. These analyses incorporated evaluations by independent, blinded ophthalmologists who confirmed NAION diagnoses. The company asserts that the findings did not suggest a causal link between the use of GLP-1 receptor agonists and the development of NAION.

Despite the growing number of legal claims, Novo Nordisk has reiterated its commitment to patient safety. “Patient safety is a top priority for Novo Nordisk, and we take all reports about adverse events from use of our medicines very seriously. This also relates to eye conditions, which are well-known comorbidities for people living with diabetes,” the spokesperson said.

The company also emphasized that treatment decisions involving prescription-only drugs should always be made in partnership with a medical professional. “Any decision to start treatment with prescription-only medicines should be made in consultation with a healthcare professional who should do a benefit-risk evaluation for the patient in question, weighing up the benefits of treatment with the potential risks,” the company stated.

The legal complaints surrounding Ozempic and its active ingredient are surfacing at a time when the drug is being prescribed more widely than ever. Initially developed and approved to help manage blood sugar levels in people with type 2 diabetes, semaglutide’s effectiveness in promoting weight loss has made it one of the most sought-after medications on the market. Ozempic, along with other semaglutide-based medications like Wegovy and Rybelsus, has been credited with helping many patients achieve significant weight loss and better overall health.

However, the emerging concerns around irreversible vision damage threaten to cast a shadow over the drug’s widespread success. Attorneys like Goldstein argue that transparency and proper warnings are critical, especially when the potential consequences are as severe as losing one’s sight.

As the legal process unfolds, cases like Fanelli’s are likely to receive increased attention from both the medical and legal communities. His experience underscores the need for rigorous safety communication between pharmaceutical companies, healthcare providers, and patients. Whether or not the courts determine that the drug is directly responsible for NAION, the growing scrutiny may eventually lead to revised labeling and greater awareness of rare but serious risks.

While Novo Nordisk maintains that no definitive causal relationship has been found between semaglutide and NAION, the issue highlights the complex balance of risk and benefit in modern medicine. For patients like Fanelli, the potential benefits were outweighed by a life-altering outcome they say they never saw coming.

Pope Leo XIV Begins Papacy with Call for Unity, Humility, and Missionary Spirit

Pope Leo XIV delivered his first homily as pontiff on Sunday, marking the start of a new era in the Catholic Church. In his address, he acknowledged the gravity of the moment, expressing humility as he assumed his new role. “With fear and trembling,” he said, he would take on the immense responsibility before him, striving to serve with “faith and joy.”

The homily came during the Holy Mass for the Beginning of the Pontificate, held in St. Peter’s Basilica at the Vatican. Earlier that morning, Pope Leo was driven in an open-top popemobile through St. Peter’s Square, where approximately 100,000 people had gathered to see him, according to the Vatican’s press office.

In his homily, Pope Leo spoke candidly about the pressing challenges facing the world. He highlighted the divisions and suffering seen globally, stating, “Too much discord, too many wounds caused by hatred, violence, prejudice, the fear of difference, and the economic paradigm that exploits the Earth’s resources and marginalizes the poorest.”

Addressing the Catholic faithful worldwide, now numbering around 1.4 billion, the pope called on them to embrace a broader vision. He urged believers not to isolate themselves in exclusive circles but to instead foster outreach and compassion. “We are called to offer God’s love to everyone, in order to achieve that unity which does not cancel out differences but values the personal history of each person and the social and religious culture of every people,” he declared.

He also warned against attitudes of superiority, encouraging a humble and inclusive missionary spirit. “Let us not shut ourselves in our small groups,” he said. Instead, the Church should aim to connect with all humanity, leaving behind any sense of being “superior to the world.”

The inaugural mass brought together not only high-ranking Church officials but also a notable array of international dignitaries and political leaders. Among those in attendance were U.S. Vice President JD Vance and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney and Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese also participated in the historic ceremony.

In a show of global religious unity, representatives from various faiths attended the event. The Vatican’s Holy See press office reported the presence of delegates from the Ecumenical, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh, Zoroastrian, and Jain communities.

Before the mass began, Vance and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy exchanged greetings and shook hands. Later in the day, Pope Leo held a private audience with Zelenskyy and his wife, according to the Vatican. Additionally, the pope met with Peruvian President Dina Boluarte prior to the mass.

Pope Leo, previously known as Cardinal Robert Prevost, is 69 years old and hails from Chicago, Illinois. His election on May 8 marked a historic moment, as he became the first American ever chosen to lead the Catholic Church.

During the ceremony, Filipino Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle presented Leo with the Ring of the Fisherman. This symbolic ring commemorates Saint Peter, the Church’s first pope, and will be worn by Pope Leo throughout his time in office.

The newly installed pope also paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis, who died on April 21 following a prolonged hospital stay. Reflecting on his passing, Leo stated, “His death filled our hearts with sadness.”

Pope Leo also offered a glimpse into the papal conclave that culminated in his selection earlier this month. As he described the momentous gathering in the Sistine Chapel, he remarked, “We could feel the working of the Holy Spirit.” He likened the spiritual harmony among the 133 cardinals to a musical composition, saying the Holy Spirit “was able to bring us into harmony, like musical instruments, so that our heartstrings could vibrate in a single melody.”

Expressing a deep sense of humility, Leo said, “I was chosen, without any merit of my own, and now, with fear and trembling, I come to you as a brother, who desires to be the servant of your faith and your joy, walking with you on the path of God’s love, for he wants us all to be united in one family.”

As the mass neared its end and the Regina Caeli Prayer was about to be read, the Vatican reported that the crowd had grown significantly, with an estimated 200,000 people filling the square and surrounding streets.

In his final remarks before the prayer, Pope Leo warmly greeted the multitude, thanking those who had journeyed from distant places to witness the occasion. He acknowledged the emotional weight of the moment, stating that he had “strongly felt the spiritual presence of Pope Francis accompanying us from heaven.”

Turning attention to global suffering, Leo reminded the faithful of their duty to care for those in pain and crisis. “In the joy of faith and communion, we cannot forget our brothers and sisters who are suffering because of war,” he said.

He spoke of several ongoing global conflicts, highlighting the devastation in Gaza. “In Gaza, the surviving children, families and elderly are reduced to starvation,” he said. He also drew attention to the renewed violence in Myanmar, lamenting that “new hostilities have cut short innocent young lives.”

On the situation in Ukraine, Pope Leo expressed a longing for peace, noting, “Finally, war-torn Ukraine awaits negotiations for a just and lasting peace.”

As his first day as pope came to a close, Leo XIV had already begun to establish a clear tone for his papacy—one of humility, inclusiveness, and concern for the marginalized and suffering. His message was both a personal pledge and a call to action for the global Church: to walk together in faith, never forgetting those in need, and to offer love that transcends divisions.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

Sundar Pichai Acknowledges AI Rivals, Jokes About Nadella’s Challenge on All-In Podcast

On May 16, Google CEO Sundar Pichai appeared on the All-In Podcast, where he addressed the growing competition in the field of artificial intelligence. During the conversation, he acknowledged several high-profile figures leading AI innovation and seemed to reference a past remark by Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella that had positioned Google in a competitive spotlight.

When asked to comment on the current dynamics within the AI sector, Pichai named several leading personalities who have been driving advancements in the field. Among those he mentioned were OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, xAI founder Elon Musk, and Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella. Pichai offered commendations for each of them and recognized the impact they have had on the AI landscape.

“They are some of the best entrepreneurs,” Pichai remarked, expressing respect for their achievements and leadership in the rapidly evolving field of artificial intelligence.

However, he followed his words of praise with a light-hearted jab, making a playful reference that seemed to allude to an earlier challenge posed by Nadella. “I think maybe only one of them has invited me to a dance, not the others,” Pichai added with a smile, prompting a moment of confusion from podcast host David Friedberg, who appeared puzzled by the metaphor.

Pichai’s comment was interpreted as a reference to Satya Nadella’s well-known remark from 2023, made during the launch event for Microsoft’s AI-enhanced Bing search engine. At that time, Nadella had boldly declared Microsoft’s ambition to disrupt Google’s long-held dominance in the search engine market, positioning Bing’s AI integration as a major competitive move.

Speaking to The Verge in 2023, Nadella described Microsoft’s foray into AI-powered search as a direct attempt to challenge Google’s supremacy in one of the most crucial areas of software. He had said, “Today’s announcement is all about rethinking the largest software category there is: search.” In that same interview, he went on to say, “At the end of the day, [Google is] the 800-pound gorilla in this. I hope that, with our innovation, they will definitely want to come out and show that they can dance. And I want people to know that we made them dance.”

The phrase quickly became a symbolic line in the ongoing competition between the two tech giants, reflecting Microsoft’s desire to unsettle Google’s hold on the search market and force a visible response through innovation.

Pichai’s recent appearance on the podcast, with his “dance” comment, seemed to indicate that he not only remembered Nadella’s words but also recognized the significance of the challenge. By referring to being invited to a dance by “only one” of his competitors, Pichai subtly pointed toward Nadella and the direct provocation that Microsoft had issued in the public domain last year.

The interaction highlights how competition in the AI field has become a matter not only of technical development but also of public narratives, strategic positioning, and CEO rivalries. Microsoft’s partnership with OpenAI and the incorporation of its GPT technology into Bing has been a central aspect of its strategy to gain ground on Google. Meanwhile, Google has been steadily rolling out its own AI features, including its Gemini model and AI-driven tools integrated into Google Search and Workspace.

Though Pichai did not directly name Nadella in his “dance” comment, the context made it clear who he was referring to. The moment added a touch of levity to what is otherwise a high-stakes technological competition between two of the world’s most powerful companies.

By bringing up the metaphor in a humorous tone, Pichai appeared to downplay any sense of hostility, instead framing the rivalry as part of the spirited and dynamic environment that characterizes Silicon Valley’s innovation ecosystem. His smile suggested that he viewed the comment more as a playful acknowledgment of the competition than as a serious rebuke.

Still, the underlying competition is very real. Microsoft’s investments in AI, including its close collaboration with OpenAI, have been widely seen as a strategic attempt to capture market share in areas historically dominated by Google. This includes not just search, but also cloud computing, office productivity, and AI infrastructure.

Google, for its part, has emphasized its long-term commitment to AI development, citing years of foundational research and technological advancements. The company has stressed that its approach is rooted in careful testing, scalability, and a focus on safety. Nevertheless, the launch of AI-powered Bing last year forced Google to accelerate its own public-facing AI initiatives, leading to the rapid development and release of tools such as Bard (now Gemini), as well as integrations into core products like Gmail and Google Docs.

The reference to Nadella’s “dance” quote also served to highlight just how memorable and symbolic that statement has become in the broader tech industry. It was not just a challenge to Google, but a declaration of Microsoft’s renewed ambition in AI, and it clearly left an impression on Pichai, who chose to reference it more than a year later during a major public appearance.

By choosing to make the comment on the All-In Podcast, a show popular among tech insiders, investors, and entrepreneurs, Pichai was likely speaking to an audience that immediately recognized the context and implications. It was a subtle nod to the ongoing back-and-forth between leading figures in the AI space and a reminder that innovation in this field is often driven not just by engineering teams, but also by the bold visions and statements of CEOs.

As the race to lead in AI continues, moments like these show how the public dialogue around technology is shaped not only by product announcements and code releases but also by the personalities who drive the industry forward. Whether through praise, rivalry, or humor, tech leaders like Pichai and Nadella play a key role in shaping how their companies—and their technologies—are perceived on the global stage.

In the end, while Pichai was gracious in acknowledging the contributions of his peers in AI, his playful “dance” remark reminded listeners that competition remains fierce—and that even lighthearted comments can carry the weight of serious strategic implications.

House Budget Committee Advances Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” Despite Conservative Dissent

Late Sunday night, the House Budget Committee approved President Donald Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” following a temporary delay caused by resistance from Republican hard-liners on Friday. The bill passed with a narrow margin of 17-16, strictly along party lines. Notably, four conservative Republican members — Reps. Chip Roy, Andrew Clyde, Josh Brecheen, and Ralph Norman — who had previously opposed the bill, shifted their stance and voted “present” instead of against it.

The legislative process will now move to the Rules Committee, which is expected to meet in the middle of the week. This will set the stage for a full House vote by the end of the week.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt spoke on Monday, emphasizing the necessity for unity within the Republican Party. She urged GOP lawmakers to support the measure, saying, “It’s absolutely essential that Republicans unite behind the ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ and deliver on Trump’s agenda.” Her statement reflects the administration’s growing effort to rally the party around the bill.

Addressing concerns that some Republicans have raised regarding the federal deficit, Leavitt was direct in her rebuttal. “This bill will not add to the deficit,” she said. Leavitt also noted that President Trump had been in “constant communication” with Speaker of the House Mike Johnson over the weekend. She added that Trump was prepared to take further action if needed: “The president is willing to pick up the phone to encourage Republicans to fall in line on the bill.”

Despite the push from the White House, the bill initially faced a hurdle on Friday when several Budget Committee conservatives blocked its progression. Their concerns centered primarily on the timeline for implementing Medicaid work requirements. According to the current version of the bill, these requirements would not take effect until 2029. However, conservative members have been advocating for an earlier start date, ideally in 2027. This issue has remained one of the key sticking points in ongoing negotiations.

Ahead of Sunday’s vote, Speaker Johnson expressed optimism about the talks, stating that discussions had “gone great.” However, sources from Capitol Hill informed ABC News that disagreements persisted, especially around controversial topics like the State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction cap and Medicaid reform. These points of contention had not yet been resolved as lawmakers prepared to move forward.

The core aim of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” is to implement sweeping tax cuts, offset by spending reductions in other areas of the budget. One of the most significant proposed cuts involves slashing hundreds of billions of dollars from Medicaid. This approach has drawn criticism from some factions within the Republican Party, particularly from the House Freedom Caucus.

In a statement released after Sunday’s committee vote, the House Freedom Caucus made it clear that they are not yet on board with the current form of the legislation. “As written, the bill continues increased deficits in the near term with possible savings years down the road that may never materialize,” the group posted on X. Their message highlighted ongoing skepticism that the proposed savings would ultimately be realized, expressing concern that short-term fiscal consequences could outweigh long-term promises.

Meanwhile, attention is also turning to how the bill will fare in the Senate. Speaker Johnson said there has been close collaboration between the House and Senate, though he hopes the upper chamber will refrain from making changes that could threaten the bill’s passage. “The package that we send over there will be one that was very carefully negotiated and delicately balanced, and we hope that they [Senate] don’t make many modifications to it, because that will ensure its passage quickly,” Johnson stated.

He underscored the urgency of passing the bill by Independence Day, warning that further delays could complicate matters related to the national debt limit. “We’ve got to get this done and get it to the president’s desk by that big celebration on Independence Day. And I’m convinced that we can,” he said.

The looming mid-July deadline to address the debt ceiling is another major factor pressuring lawmakers to act swiftly. The bill’s advancement is seen not only as a pivotal moment for Trump’s policy agenda but also as a potential turning point in the broader fiscal debate within Congress. As the process moves forward, internal GOP divisions, especially among fiscal conservatives and hardliners, continue to pose a challenge to leadership.

Trump, who had already used social media to encourage support for the bill, appears determined to see it passed. His communication strategy includes direct outreach to lawmakers and strategic public messaging through his administration. Despite the initial roadblocks and ongoing negotiations, the legislation has cleared a significant hurdle in the House Budget Committee.

The upcoming vote in the Rules Committee and the eventual floor vote in the House will determine whether the measure continues to gain momentum. Supporters hope that the changes made over the weekend, including the shift in stance by four key conservative members, will help the bill garner enough support for final approval.

In the days ahead, further discussions over key policy points such as the timeline for Medicaid work requirements and the details of SALT deductions are likely to intensify. The GOP leadership is walking a fine line between maintaining fiscal responsibility and fulfilling the promises of the Trump administration. The outcome will not only impact immediate budgetary priorities but could also influence the political landscape leading into future election cycles.

As both chambers of Congress prepare for what could be a pivotal week in legislative action, all eyes remain on the outcome of the GOP’s internal negotiations and the final shape of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act.”

Trump Says India Offers to Drop Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Talks

President Donald Trump has revealed that India has proposed eliminating tariffs on American goods as part of ongoing trade discussions aimed at preventing increased import taxes. This announcement came during an event with business leaders in Qatar, where Trump shared insights into the latest developments in U.S.-India trade relations.

Speaking at the event on Thursday, Trump stated, “They have offered us a deal where basically they are willing to literally charge us no tariff.” While he did not provide any additional details about India’s proposal, the Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry has yet to respond to requests for clarification.

India’s External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar later commented on the matter, emphasizing that the talks are still underway. He advised against drawing conclusions until an equitable agreement is reached, saying that “any judgment on it would be premature” until a “mutually beneficial” deal is finalized, according to local reports.

The backdrop to these developments includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the White House in February, which laid the groundwork for a series of trade negotiations between the two nations. India was among the earliest countries to engage in trade talks with the Trump administration following that visit. Both sides had agreed to complete the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement by the fall. To further advance these discussions, India’s trade minister is scheduled to meet with U.S. officials between May 17 and 20.

Trump’s recent comments follow escalating tensions after India threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs in response to the United States increasing duties on steel and aluminum. This suggested a firmer stance by India as it continues negotiations with Washington. Despite the friction, sources familiar with the discussions have confirmed that the trade talks are progressing on schedule.

In New Delhi, analysts interpreted Trump’s remarks in two different ways. Some saw them as a signal that a deal is nearing completion, while others considered it a negotiation tactic aimed at exerting pressure on Indian officials.

Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Institute in New Delhi, commented, “An India–US trade deal may be on the cards.” He also stressed the importance of fairness in the agreement, stating, “But the deal must ensure strict reciprocity, with both sides eliminating tariffs equally.”

Following Trump’s remarks, the market response in India was relatively calm. The Indian rupee regained some of its losses, and the benchmark NSE Nifty 50 index rose by 1.7% by 2 p.m. local time.

Trump has been vocal about the trade imbalance between India and the U.S. since returning to the White House, describing it as heavily tilted in India’s favor. Last year, the trade gap stood at approximately $47 billion. Trump has repeatedly criticized India for its high tariffs, arguing that they harm American businesses. He has threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs of 26% on Indian goods, although those proposed tariffs have been temporarily postponed until early July.

India, in an effort to address Trump’s concerns, has implemented a series of policy changes. These include revising its tariff structure to lower import duties on key American products such as bourbon whiskey and Harley-Davidson motorcycles. These measures aim to demonstrate India’s willingness to reach a compromise.

Furthermore, Bloomberg News recently reported that New Delhi has suggested applying zero tariffs on selected goods, including auto components and pharmaceuticals. This would apply to a limited volume of imports and would be reciprocated by the United States.

Despite the cordial relationship between Trump and Modi, which has often been highlighted in public appearances and diplomatic meetings, some tensions have emerged. Indian officials have expressed irritation at Trump’s claim that he used trade as leverage to facilitate a ceasefire between India and Pakistan following a four-day military confrontation. Indian authorities have disputed that assertion, indicating that trade and diplomacy should be treated separately.

In another development that could add complexity to the ongoing trade talks, Trump disclosed that he had spoken with Apple Inc. CEO Tim Cook. During their conversation, Trump said he urged Cook not to expand Apple’s manufacturing operations in India.

“I said I don’t want you building in India,” Trump recounted about his conversation with the Apple chief. He further added, “India can take care of themselves, they are doing very well.”

According to Trump, the outcome of this exchange was Apple’s decision to increase its production capacity within the United States. “Apple will be upping their production in the United States,” he said.

These remarks suggest that Trump remains committed to reshoring manufacturing to the U.S., even as he attempts to smooth trade relations with India. The administration appears focused on both correcting the trade deficit and strengthening domestic industry, even if it means discouraging American companies from investing abroad.

India, on the other hand, has been navigating a delicate balance. It is attempting to satisfy American demands without appearing to capitulate too easily, especially as it seeks to maintain economic independence and strategic autonomy. The negotiations now hinge on whether the two sides can reach a consensus that benefits both economies without provoking further political or economic strain.

While no formal deal has been announced yet, signs of potential compromise are emerging. India’s willingness to adjust its tariff policies and the United States’ decision to delay retaliatory measures hint that both nations are interested in resolving the trade impasse amicably. However, analysts caution that much depends on the specifics of any final agreement.

Srivastava’s call for strict reciprocity underscores a key concern for Indian negotiators: ensuring that the United States does not gain disproportionately from the deal. Equal concessions on both sides will be necessary to ensure domestic support and long-term viability of any trade pact.

With the Indian trade minister set to visit the U.S. soon, the next few weeks could prove decisive in determining whether the two countries can move beyond threats and tariff hikes to forge a stable economic partnership. Until then, both sides are expected to continue their careful maneuvering, mindful of both political optics and economic realities.

The outcome of these talks will not only affect bilateral trade but could also shape broader geopolitical alignments, especially as the U.S. and India look to counterbalance other major global players. A successful trade deal would mark a significant milestone in the evolving relationship between the world’s largest and oldest democracies.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), was honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership by the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation at the 2025 Gala on May 14, 2025 held at the prestigious Harvard Club of Boston.

The Gala 2025, while celebrating the top healthcare leaders worldwide at the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation, was an exclusive gathering of influential healthcare executives, AI Innovators, and Global Health Policymakers.

Dr. Kathula was chosen for the award along with several healthcare leaders for his contributions to the country, particularly in the healthcare field, and his dedication to his patients and the broader community.

The Award was presented to Dr. Kathula by Anya Ohavi Neizler, Co-Founder, Co-Executive Director, and Richie Hosein, Co-Founder, President of the Board, the Global Healthcare Leaders Foundation (GHLF), a mission-driven nonprofit founded by Harvard University alumni, dedicated to addressing healthcare’s most pressing challenges through innovation and collaboration.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipDr. Satheesh Kathula is a renowned hematologist and oncologist based in Dayton, Ohio, currently serving as the President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). Dr. Kathula, in his response after receiving the award, said, “I am truly humbled to receive this Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare Leadership alongside several other remarkable individuals. This inspires not only me, but the people who are serving the community and society at large.”

Dr. Kathula strongly believes that acquiring new knowledge is crucial for professionals, especially physicians, with a changing healthcare environment. Recently, Dr. Kathula acquired a certificate from Stanford University in Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. An alumnus of the Global Healthcare Leaders Program at Harvard University, Dr. Kathula has been instrumental in promoting global health initiatives.

Dr. Kathula recently launched a transformative campaign titled “Stop 3 and Start 3,” focused on cancer prevention through lifestyle changes and vaccination. Under his leadership, AAPI has also partnered with the Global Association of Indian Medical Students (GAIMS) to combat cervical cancer through comprehensive efforts in education, screening, and immunization.

Dr. Kathula dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations and those advocating for healthcare policies that are equitable and help us provide the best care to the patients. Dr. Kathula has served AAPI in various capacities. He was the Regional Director, a member of the Board of Trustees. He was elected overwhelmingly by AAPI members as the national Treasurer, Secretary, and Vice President of AAPI, and has served as the President-Elect of AAPI during the year 2023-34, before assuming charge as the President of AAPI in July 2024.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipUnder his leadership, AAPI has launched a program called “Million Miles of Gratitude” to honor veterans by promoting physical activity. Participants can log their walking or running miles, with each mile serving as a tribute to the veterans. The goal is to collectively reach a million miles in the coming year. In May this year, he led a highly successful AAPI Legislative Day on Capitol Hill, where AAPI sought to collectively shape the best health care for the people of US, with the physician at the helm, caring for the medically underserved.

Dr. Kathula, who graduated from Siddhartha Medical College, Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh, India, in 1992, is a clinical professor of medicine at Wright State University-Boonshoft School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio. Dr. Kathula is a Diplomate of the American Board of Lifestyle Medicine. He has authored several papers and articles in medical journals and is in the process of writing a book, describing his journey as an immigrant physician. “For the past 22 years, I’ve been proudly serving as a Hematologist and Oncologist in the Dayton community, considering it my home.”

Dr. Kathula was the President and founding member of the Association of Indian Physicians from Ohio, President of the Miami Valley Association of Physicians of Indian Origin, as well as the President of the ATMGUSA (Association of Telugu Medical Graduates in USA). In addition, he has worked with the Ohio State Medical Association on various issues. He has been actively involved in community service locally, nationally, and internationally for the last two decades. He was awarded ‘Man of the Year – 2018’ by the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society.

Among many others, Dr. Kathula has initiated a bone marrow drive, as the donor pool among South Asians is very limited, Dr. Kathula said. “So, we are trying to recruit potential donors for the stem cell or bone marrow transplant donations. Because people are getting affected by lymphomas and leukemias, and they need transplants. Since they do not get the matched donors in this country, we are trying to increase that pool.”

Not satisfied with his personal and professional achievements, Dr. Kathula has been active in the Indian community. Since taking office as AAPI President in July 2024, he has led three major global healthcare conferences in India and has chaired the Oncology Tracks at several international health summits organized by AAPI.

Dr Satheesh Kathula Honored with Lifetime Achievement in Global Healthcare LeadershipDr Kathula’s love for his motherland has manifested in him setting up humanitarian and medical projects in India. The most important of them is establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana, where he grew up. Named the Pathfinder Institute of Pharmacy and Educational Research (PIPER), the non-profit with Dr Kathula as the Chairman provides quality education and has already graduated over 1,000 students who are now working in different parts of India and abroad. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.

GHLF is committed to advancing value-based healthcare globally. Founded by alumni of Harvard Medical School’s Global Health Care Leaders Program, GHLF excels in transforming patient outcomes, healthcare innovation, and empathy. GHLF acts as a catalyst for change, uniting leading healthcare professionals to drive compassion and excellence. Through collaboration, we pioneer transformative solutions that elevate standards and revolutionize patient care.

Among the many awards, Dr. Kathua was most recently, on May 3rd, 2025, honored with the Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club in the Poconos in PA. In 2024, he was bestowed with the Inspiration Award by the Raising Awareness of Youth with Autism Foundation. In October, 2024, Dr. Katrhula received the Daniel Blumenthal Award on behalf of AAPI from the American College of Preventive Medicine (ACPM) in recognition of the efforts to promote health equity.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

Zelensky Awaits Putin in Turkey Amid Trump’s Push for Peace Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky announced that he will be waiting for Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday, responding to recent remarks by U.S. President Donald Trump urging Ukraine to engage in negotiations with Russia. Trump had emphasized the importance of talks to potentially end the conflict that has ravaged Ukraine under Putin’s command.

In a strong message delivered on Truth Social, Trump expressed his frustration over the ongoing war and stressed the urgency for peace negotiations. “President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH,” Trump wrote. He followed this with a demand directed at Ukraine: “Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY. At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Trump further commented on the possibility of Ukraine rejecting a deal with Russia. “I’m starting to doubt that Ukraine will make a deal with Putin, who’s too busy celebrating the Victory of World War ll, which could not have been won (not even close!) without the United States of America. HAVE THE MEETING, NOW!!!”

Although it remains uncertain whether Putin himself will attend any talks in Turkey, Zelensky swiftly responded after Trump’s social media post. Taking to X (formerly Twitter), the Ukrainian leader confirmed his intention to be in Turkey for possible peace discussions. He wrote, “We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy. There is no point in prolonging the killings. And I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally. I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

The international community has not been informed whether representatives from the United States or the European nations commonly referred to as the “coalition of the willing” will attend the proposed talks in Istanbul. Nevertheless, the idea of direct talks between Russia and Ukraine has gained renewed attention following remarks from Putin earlier in the week.

In the early hours of Sunday, the Russian president offered a proposal for direct negotiations with Ukraine, aiming for what he called a lasting and comprehensive peace. Putin stated that the talks, planned for May 15 in Istanbul, would focus on addressing the root causes of the war, not merely establishing a temporary pause that would allow for future conflict.

“We are proposing that Kyiv resume direct negotiations without any preconditions,” Putin said. “We offer the Kyiv authorities to resume negotiations already on Thursday, in Istanbul.” He went on to emphasize that the initiative was already presented to Ukraine, placing the onus on its leadership. “Our proposal, as they say, is on the table. The decision is now up to the Ukrainian authorities and their curators, who are guided, it seems, by their personal political ambitions, and not by the interests of their peoples.”

Putin’s comments came in the aftermath of a stern demand made by European powers during a meeting in Kyiv on Saturday. Leaders from France, Germany, Poland, and the United Kingdom urged Putin to accept an unconditional ceasefire for 30 days. Failure to comply, they warned, would trigger “massive” new sanctions against Russia. However, Putin rejected what he described as “ultimatums” from Europe.

British Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer, who was among the European leaders in Kyiv, joined French President Emmanuel Macron, German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, and Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk for discussions with Zelensky. The group also held a phone conversation with Trump, who, like them, had previously called for a short-term truce.

During his visit to Kyiv, Starmer reinforced the unity of the Western allies and their shared commitment to peace. “Together with the US,” he said, “we are calling Putin out” and pledged that if the Russian leader “turns his back on peace,” sanctions would be increased. Starmer added that the European coalition was determined to uphold the principles that were defended during World War II. “It was important to demonstrate that the values that underpin what was being fought for 80 years ago were the same values now, that we will step up and play our part to preserve the peace and bring about that ceasefire.”

In response to Putin’s Sunday announcement regarding the proposed direct talks, Macron welcomed the gesture but maintained skepticism. He labeled the Russian president’s offer as “a first step, but not enough.” Speaking to France 24 during his return journey from Kyiv, Macron explained that while Putin might be searching for an exit strategy, he was likely also trying to buy time. “An unconditional ceasefire is not preceded by negotiations,” Macron said, dismissing Putin’s plan as insufficient for a real breakthrough.

As both leaders prepare for what could be a significant diplomatic moment, questions remain about the sincerity of Putin’s offer and the likelihood of reaching any meaningful resolution. For now, Zelensky has made clear his willingness to attend and participate in the talks, awaiting his Russian counterpart’s arrival in Turkey on Thursday. The global community watches closely, hoping that diplomacy might finally offer a path toward peace after months of devastation and loss.

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

Mohanlal’s Reign Continues: A Four-Decade Superstar Still Shattering Box Office Records in 2025

In a film industry where fame often fades as quickly as social media trends rise, one actor continues to rise above generational shifts and transient popularity—Mohanlal. Affectionately referred to as Lalettan by his fans, Mohanlal isn’t just a popular actor; he is an enduring symbol of Malayalam cinema itself. Over the past four decades, his name has become inseparable from the industry’s growth and transformation. And if anyone still doubts his box office might, a look at Malayalam cinema’s top-grossing films will quickly erase that skepticism.

Among the ten highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, Mohanlal headlines four—a distinction no other contemporary actor can match. Even more impressive is that two of these four blockbusters were released in 2025 alone. With an already illustrious career full of milestones, this new chapter confirms that Mohanlal is not merely preserving his legacy; he is boldly redefining it.

Here’s how Mohanlal ranks in the history of Malayalam cinema’s box office success in India:

  1. L2: Empuraan – Rs 105.25 crore (2025)
  2. Thudarum – Rs 101.65 crore (2025)
  3. Pulimurugan – Rs 76.67 crore (2016)
  4. Lucifer – Rs 65.21 crore (2019)

The two latest additions—L2: Empuraan and Thudarum—haven’t just entered the elite Rs 100 crore club; they’ve soared well past it. Empuraan, the much-anticipated sequel to the 2019 political thriller Lucifer, is now the highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time, collecting an enormous Rs 268.05 crore worldwide. Hot on its heels is Thudarum, a compelling social drama that has crossed the Rs 200 crore mark—a number once thought impossible for Malayalam films.

Add to this list Pulimurugan, the first Malayalam movie to surpass Rs 100 crore globally, and Lucifer, which redefined the political thriller genre in Kerala, and a clear narrative emerges: Mohanlal is the unrivaled king of the Malayalam box office.

What makes this accomplishment all the more remarkable isn’t just the revenue these films have generated but the broad variety they represent. Pulimurugan thrilled audiences with adrenaline-filled action sequences and became a festive favorite. Lucifer delved into political intrigue and treachery, carried by Mohanlal’s restrained yet magnetic performance. Empuraan expanded that world with higher stakes and darker themes. Meanwhile, Thudarum offered a modern social thriller that allowed Mohanlal to embody a deeply emotional and layered character, proving once again that he can blend substance with star power effortlessly.

While most actors rely on one genre for their commercial success, Mohanlal’s true strength lies in his versatility. He effortlessly transitions between intense thrillers, emotional dramas, and grand-scale action films. This ability to adapt while staying true to his artistic roots is part of what sustains his enduring appeal.

A particularly noteworthy aspect of Mohanlal’s recent success is his role in creating Malayalam cinema’s first full-fledged franchise. With Lucifer and Empuraan, he has ignited a level of fan excitement usually reserved for big-budget franchises like Baahubali or KGF. These aren’t just films; they have become cultural spectacles. The anticipation is already high for the third installment, L3: The Beginning, which will also feature his son, Pranav Mohanlal. In many ways, the Lucifer universe is Kerala’s homegrown reply to the epic cinematic universes crafted in other Indian film industries.

Beyond his superstar image, Mohanlal holds a special place in the hearts of Keralites. He’s more than a celebrated actor; he’s like family. His roles resonate with people from all walks of life—from college youth to elderly viewers. Whether he’s playing a rebellious youngster, a tormented father, a humble village savior, or a strategic political player, his performances always strike a chord with the Malayali audience.

Even now, young audiences are discovering his classic films like Kireedam, Bharatham, Chithram, and Vanaprastham, and finding the same depth and magic that captivated their parents’ generation. This generational bridge is what keeps his fandom both loyal and ever-expanding.

Mohanlal’s lasting relevance doesn’t come from blindly chasing modern trends. While Malayalam cinema evolves with new-wave, content-rich films like 2018, Manjummel Boys, and Premalu, Mohanlal continues to deliver massive hits that cater to both mass and niche audiences. His 2025 filmography is testament to this balance. Alongside massive commercial hits like Empuraan and Thudarum, he’s also set to appear in a wide range of upcoming projects that span different genres and character arcs.

His journey is nothing short of a textbook example in how to stay relevant in an ever-changing industry. Mohanlal collaborates with new-age directors, explores fresh storytelling methods, and yet never lets go of the core essence that made him a beloved figure in the first place.

Even with the rise of OTT platforms and younger stars making their presence felt, Mohanlal’s films still manage to attract packed theatres, pre-release fan celebrations, and phenomenal ticket sales on a global scale. His screen presence and popularity remain untouched by age or changing audience dynamics.

As 2025 unfolds, Mohanlal has not only secured four positions in the list of the highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, but also delivered two of the biggest hits in the same year. That achievement alone cements his status not just as a superstar but as a symbol of Malayalam cinema’s legacy, evolution, and promise for the future.

Mohanlal’s continued success is more than just a nostalgic celebration of a beloved actor; it’s a reaffirmation that genuine talent, adaptability, and emotional connection with the audience can withstand the test of time. As Malayalam cinema continues to grow and diversify, Mohanlal remains its most towering, enduring figure—someone who doesn’t merely represent its history but actively shapes its future.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

Virat Kohli Announces Shock Retirement from Test Cricket After 14-Year Career

Veteran Indian cricketer Virat Kohli has announced his immediate retirement from Test cricket, just ahead of India’s scheduled five-match tour of England in June. The unexpected decision marks the end of a remarkable red-ball career that lasted 14 years and featured numerous milestones and accolades.

Kohli made the announcement on Monday through his Instagram handle, sharing an emotional message that reflected on his journey in the longest format of the game. “It’s been 14 years since I first wore the baggy blue in Test cricket. Honestly, I never imagined the journey this format would take me on. It’s tested me, shaped me, and taught me lessons I’ll carry for life,” he wrote. He concluded the post with a simple but poignant sign-off: “#269, signing off.”

The 36-year-old cricketer from Delhi debuted in Test cricket on June 20, 2011, against the West Indies in Kingston. Since then, he has gone on to become one of the most celebrated Indian batters in the modern era, widely regarded for his consistency and intensity in the game. Over the course of 123 Test matches, Kohli accumulated 9,230 runs at an average of 46.85, placing him fourth on the list of highest Test run-scorers for India. He trails only behind cricketing legends Sachin Tendulkar (15,921 runs), Rahul Dravid (13,265), and Sunil Gavaskar (10,122).

During the decade from 2010 to 2019, Kohli stood out as India’s most prolific Test batter. His record during that period was exceptional—he scored 7,202 runs at an impressive average of 54.97, including 27 centuries, the most by any batter during that time frame. This era also marked Kohli’s rise to global prominence as a dominant force in world cricket.

However, Kohli’s performance dipped significantly following the COVID-19 pandemic. From 2020 onwards, he struggled to maintain his usual form, scoring only 2,028 runs across 68 innings. He managed just three centuries and nine fifties during this time, and his average plummeted to 30.72. Among the 24 Test batters who have scored at least 2,000 runs since 2020, Kohli holds the lowest average, a stark contrast to his earlier dominance.

Despite this late-career slump, Kohli’s overall contributions to Indian Test cricket remain substantial. In addition to his achievements as a batter, Kohli was also an extremely successful Test captain. After taking over the role from MS Dhoni in 2014, he led India for eight years and achieved a record 40 wins in 68 Test matches. This record makes him the most successful captain in India’s Test history. On the global stage, only Graeme Smith of South Africa (53 wins), Australia’s Ricky Ponting (48), and Steve Waugh (41) have led their sides to more Test victories.

As a captain, Kohli continued to shine with the bat. He scored 5,864 runs in 113 innings while leading the team—an achievement that places him fourth on the all-time list of most runs scored by a Test captain. His 20 centuries as a captain are second only to Graeme Smith’s 25, reinforcing Kohli’s reputation as a player who thrived under responsibility.

In 2024, Kohli began the Border-Gavaskar Trophy with promise, scoring a century against Australia in the opening Test in Perth. However, the series quickly turned difficult for him. He finished the tour with just 193 runs, as his vulnerability to deliveries outside the off stump became increasingly evident. In eight innings, Kohli was dismissed seven times to balls pitched in that channel, leading to repeated caught-behind dismissals.

Reflecting on the mental pressures he faced during the Australian tour, Kohli had spoken candidly at a recent event. “Once you start taking on the energy and the disappointment from the outside, then you start burdening yourself way more… And then you start thinking about things, like ‘I’ve got two or three days left on this tour, I need to make an impact now’. And you start getting more desperate. That’s something I’ve surely experienced in Australia as well,” he said.

He further elaborated on the emotional toll of the series and how it impacted his mindset. “Because I got a good score in the first Test. I thought, ‘right, let’s go’.There’s going to be another big series for me. It doesn’t turn out that way. For me, it’sjust about the acceptance of ‘okay fine, this is what happened. I’m going to be honest with myself. Where do I want to go? What are my energy levels like’,” he had remarked.

Kohli’s decision to retire from Test cricket at this point in time appears to be influenced by a combination of form, fatigue, and self-reflection. The psychological burden of not meeting his own high standards, particularly in a format that demands sustained mental resilience, may have played a key role in his choice to step away.

While the timing of his announcement—just weeks before India’s next Test assignment in England—might seem abrupt, Kohli’s legacy in red-ball cricket is firmly intact. From his aggressive batting style and impeccable cover drives to his passionate leadership on the field, Kohli has left a lasting impression on Indian cricket.

As India prepares for the future without one of its most iconic Test players, fans and fellow cricketers alike are expected to pay tribute to a career that combined talent, determination, and an unwavering commitment to excellence. Kohli’s influence on the current generation of Indian players, many of whom flourished under his leadership, is likely to remain for years to come.

With the curtains drawn on his Test career, Kohli now shifts his focus to the shorter formats of the game, where he continues to be a vital figure. The cricketing world will watch closely to see what the next chapter holds for one of the modern greats of the sport. But in the realm of Test cricket, Virat Kohli has well and truly signed off—leaving behind a record that will be remembered with admiration and respect.

India’s Total Fertility Rate Holds Steady at 2.0, Reports Show Demographic Shifts

India’s Total Fertility Rate (TFR), which represents the average number of children a woman is expected to have during her lifetime, remained unchanged at 2.0 in 2021, mirroring the figure from the previous year, according to the latest Sample Registration System (SRS) report released by the Registrar General of India (RGI) on May 7.

The findings of the report show significant demographic patterns across Indian states and reveal trends such as the aging of the population and delays in the average age of marriage. Notably, Bihar stood out for having the highest fertility rate in the country at 3.0, while the national capital Delhi and the state of West Bengal reported the lowest fertility rates, both standing at 1.4.

The SRS report also noted a significant demographic shift over the past five decades. The share of India’s population within the 0-14 age bracket has steadily declined from 41.2% in 1971 to 24.8% in 2021. Conversely, the proportion of the working-age population, defined as those between 15 to 59 years, has grown markedly during the same period. “Proportion of the economically active population between 15-59 years has increased from 53.4% to 66.2% during the same period,” the report stated.

India’s elderly population has also seen a notable increase. The share of the population aged 65 and above rose from 5.3% to 5.9%, and those aged 60 and above grew from 6% to 9% over the same time frame. These changes suggest the country is undergoing a demographic transition marked by an aging population and a shrinking youth cohort.

In this context, Kerala emerged as the state with the highest proportion of elderly people. According to the report, 14.4% of Kerala’s population is aged 60 and above. Tamil Nadu followed with 12.9%, and Himachal Pradesh with 12.3%. On the opposite end of the spectrum, Bihar had the smallest proportion of elderly citizens, with only 6.9% of its population being aged 60 or more. Assam and Delhi were also at the lower end, with 7% and 7.1% respectively in this age group.

In terms of social changes, the report documented a considerable increase in the average age at which women are getting married. It found that the mean age at effective marriage for females has gone up from 19.3 years in 1990 to 22.5 years in 2021. This shift suggests improvements in women’s education, employment opportunities, and growing awareness about reproductive health and family planning.

With the national census typically conducted every ten years, the SRS plays a vital role in filling the information gap in the interim. It stands as the largest demographic survey in India and is tasked with providing annual estimates of fertility and mortality statistics at both state and national levels. For this particular edition of the survey, data was collected from 8,842 sample units spread across all Indian states, encompassing approximately 84 lakh people.

While presenting the interim budget for 2024, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced the establishment of a high-level committee to explore the challenges associated with “fast population growth and demographic changes.” This statement seemed to imply that the country was still experiencing a rapid rise in population. However, the data from the SRS paints a more nuanced picture, indicating that the population growth may not be as steep as previously assumed. As the Census—delayed since 2021—has not yet been conducted (the last one being in 2011), a fuller understanding of these trends is still awaited.

The report also highlights that India has achieved replacement-level fertility, a crucial demographic milestone where a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next. Replacement-level TFR is usually pegged at 2.1. This rate has now been reached or even fallen below in numerous states.

“It is noteworthy that the replacement level TFR, viz. 2.1, has been attained at the national level, along with Delhi 1.4, West Bengal 1.4, Tamil Nadu 1.5, Andhra Pradesh 1.5, Jammu and Kashmir 1.5, Kerala 1.5, Maharashtra 1.5, Punjab 1.5, Himachal Pradesh 1.6, Telangana 1.6, Karnataka 1.6, Odisha 1.8, Uttarakhand 1.8, Gujarat 2.0, Haryana 2.0 and Assam 2.1,” the report stated.

The implications of these findings are multifold. On the one hand, a lower TFR aligns with aspirations for a smaller and more manageable population, which can reduce stress on resources and infrastructure. On the other hand, continued declines in fertility—especially below the replacement level—can pose long-term challenges, such as labor shortages and increasing dependency ratios due to a growing elderly population.

States like Bihar, with a TFR still significantly above replacement level, may need to focus on educational and reproductive health initiatives, while others with below-replacement rates may eventually confront issues tied to workforce shrinkage and elderly care.

Furthermore, the variations in elderly population proportions across states point to uneven aging processes in the country. States like Kerala and Tamil Nadu, with larger elderly populations, may face increased demand for healthcare services, age-friendly infrastructure, and social security programs. In contrast, states like Bihar and Assam, which still have a relatively young demographic, might focus more on education, job creation, and economic development.

Meanwhile, the rising mean age at marriage for females highlights evolving social norms and potentially positive trends in gender equality. Delaying marriage often correlates with better health outcomes for both mothers and children, as well as greater female participation in higher education and the labor market.

In conclusion, the latest SRS data underscores that India’s population dynamics are undergoing a significant transformation. While the overall fertility rate remains stable, the country is seeing a demographic shift characterized by declining youth populations, growing working-age groups, and an expanding elderly segment. These findings suggest that population-related policy planning will need to be tailored to the unique challenges and opportunities facing each state. The upcoming national census, whenever it occurs, will be critical in providing a complete and updated picture of these ongoing changes.

Gulf Powers Race to Leverage Trump Visit for Strategic Gains

Three energy-rich Gulf nations—Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates—are moving swiftly to transform their influence over U.S. President Donald Trump into tangible advantages as he prepares to visit the region this week. The leaders of these nations have fostered personal relationships with Trump, collectively committed trillions of dollars to American investments, and positioned themselves as indispensable players in conflicts that Trump aims to address, including those in Gaza, Ukraine, and Iran.

In return, they’re being rewarded with the prestige of hosting Trump’s first official state visits since beginning his second term. The trip kicks off in Saudi Arabia on Tuesday, with scheduled stops in Qatar and the UAE, extending through May 16.

Given Trump’s transactional approach to diplomacy, the Gulf nations hold considerable appeal.

“In Trump’s book, the Gulf states tick all the right boxes,” said Hasan Alhasan, senior fellow for Middle East policy at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in Bahrain. “They pledge to invest trillions in the US economy and spend colossal amounts on US weapons systems.”

This well-orchestrated strategy to win Trump’s favor stems from a desire among Gulf leaders to entrench their status as crucial security and economic partners to the United States, while also maximizing their own gains.

Relations between the US and Gulf nations have markedly improved since Trump’s return to the White House. Under President Biden, Gulf leaders had grown disillusioned with what they perceived as waning U.S. interest in their concerns. During that period, Saudi Arabia and the UAE actively diversified their military, technological, and economic alliances. Now, Trump’s leadership presents what a Gulf official described as a “once-in-a-lifetime opportunity” to realize long-standing goals.

“This is the time to consolidate ties with Washington,” said EbtesamAlKetbi, founder and president of the Emirates Policy Center in Abu Dhabi, “and even secure greater privileges in their relationship with the world’s most powerful nation.”

Each of the three countries on Trump’s itinerary has distinct objectives for his visit, and each is employing a tailored strategy to achieve its goals.

Saudi Arabia Seeks a Security Agreement

Saudi Arabia’s top priority is clear: bolstering its security partnership with the United States.

“Security, security and security,” said Ali Shihabi, a commentator and author on Saudi politics and economics, when asked about what Riyadh expects from Trump’s trip. “Gulf States are looking for reassurance of the US security commitment to the Gulf’s stability. Trump has many priorities and has been known to lose interest quickly … and they want to keep him engaged.”

Last year, Washington and Riyadh nearly completed a major defense and trade agreement. However, negotiations stalled due to Saudi Arabia’s demand that Israel make a formal commitment toward establishing a Palestinian state.

Firas Maksad, managing director for the Middle East and North Africa at Eurasia Group, suggested that Trump may push ahead with significant deals regardless of progress on Israeli-Palestinian normalization, which he declared “dead.”

Saudi Arabia is also pursuing U.S. support for its civil nuclear ambitions. Yet its insistence on enriching uranium within its borders has caused concern in both Washington and Tel Aviv due to the potential for nuclear weapons development. High-grade uranium can be weaponized, making this a contentious point.

Despite these hurdles, a U.S.-endorsed Saudi nuclear initiative could be a windfall for American companies in terms of lucrative contracts.

Riyadh appears eager to frame its dealings with the United States as mutually beneficial. In March, Trump said, “They’ve agreed to do that, so I’m going to be going there,” referencing a proposed $1 trillion Saudi investment in the U.S.

Though Saudi Arabia did not confirm that specific amount, in January it did announce plans to boost trade and investment with the United States by $600 billion over four years, with potential for further increases.

At the same time, Saudi Arabia’s efforts to diversify its economy away from oil still depend heavily on oil revenues. Recent price drops, partly driven by Trump’s trade tariffs, have undercut Saudi efforts. Trump has made his preference for lower oil prices clear, a stance that conflicts with Riyadh’s need for high oil revenues to bankroll its economic transformation.

UAE Aims for Technological Leadership

Of the Gulf states, the United Arab Emirates is perhaps the most focused on leveraging investment to cement its relationship with the U.S. and generate substantial returns. Backed by vast financial resources and holding one of the highest per capita incomes in the world, the UAE has pledged trillions in American investments. Its capital, Abu Dhabi, even brands itself as “the capital of capital.”

“Expanding trade and investment is a way to reinforce this strategic partnership,” said AlKetbi. “The US remains a critical security guarantor for the Gulf region, while also offering a dynamic economy full of opportunities and capabilities that align with the long-term Gulf development plans.”

In March, the UAE revealed a $1.4 trillion investment plan over the next decade focused on artificial intelligence, semiconductors, manufacturing, and energy. Its existing American investments already amount to $1 trillion, according to its embassy in Washington.

“The UAE sees a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to become a significant contributor in AI and advanced technology,” said Anwar Gargash, diplomatic adviser to the UAE president. “The commitment to invest $1.4 trillion… aligns with the UAE’s goal to diversify its economy away from its over reliance on hydrocarbons to ensure prosperity for the country in the future.”

However, realizing its ambition to lead globally in AI by 2031 will be difficult without access to advanced U.S. microchips. Toward the end of President Biden’s term, the U.S. enacted tighter restrictions on AI exports to prevent sensitive technologies from reaching adversaries such as China. These restrictions, set to take effect on May 15, include limits that also affect the UAE.

On Thursday, the U.S. announced that Trump will rescind some of those Biden-era restrictions, potentially removing a significant obstacle for the UAE.

Qatar Focuses on Strategic Diplomacy

Qatar stands out for having the most formalized security arrangement with the United States among the Gulf states. It hosts the largest U.S. military base in the Middle East, which the State Department has labeled “indispensable” for regional operations.

Last year, the U.S. discreetly extended its military presence at the base for another decade. Washington also updated its 1992 defense cooperation agreement with Qatar to further strengthen bilateral security ties.

In 2022, the Biden administration granted Qatar the status of Major Non-NATO Ally, a title reserved for nations with close military cooperation with the U.S.

Qatar has also played mediator in several global conflicts—from Gaza to Afghanistan—partly as a means of maintaining its relevance in Washington’s eyes.

“The Gulf states view conflict mediation as a source of influence and prestige,” said Alhasan. “They have managed to use their role as mediators to position themselves as indispensable partners for Trump’s political agenda.”

Doha also maintains ties with Syria’s new president, Ahmed al-Sharaa, and is pushing for a U.S. review of sanctions imposed under the Caesar Act. An official familiar with the matter told CNN that Qatar will raise this issue with Trump during his visit, though Doha is reluctant to offer financial support to Syria without U.S. approval.

Ultimately, Trump’s trip is seen by experts as an opportunity for all sides to finalize substantial agreements.

“He’s coming here because he believes it is in the interest of the US economy, perhaps his interest and those around him, to have those deals here with Saudi Arabia, the UAE and Qatar,” said Maksad. “So expect big announcements.”

Pope Leo XIV Urges Peace in Ukraine and Gaza in First Sunday Blessing as Pontiff

In his first Sunday noon blessing as the newly elected pope, Leo XIV called for a sincere and equitable resolution to the war in Ukraine and demanded an immediate ceasefire in Gaza. His address also included symbolic acts pointing to a message of unity in a deeply divided Catholic Church.

“I, too, address the world’s great powers by repeating the ever-present call ‘never again war,’” Leo declared to an estimated 100,000 people gathered in St. Peter’s Square. The appearance marked his return to the central loggia of St. Peter’s Basilica, where he had first introduced himself to the world on Thursday evening following his historic election as the first pope from the United States. Like then, his focus remained centered on peace.

Continuing a long-standing papal tradition, Leo delivered the Sunday blessing at noon. However, he introduced a notable change. Rather than speaking from the window of the Apostolic Palace, which faces one side of the piazza, he stood at the heart of the basilica, symbolically placing himself at the center of both the Church and the faithful.

Part of this was due to necessity, as Leo did not gain access to the papal apartments until later that day. The apartments had been sealed since the death of Pope Francis and were only reopened on Sunday.

Another unique touch came when Leo chose to sing the Regina Caeli prayer, a Latin hymn traditionally said during the Easter season. Previous popes had typically recited it, but Leo’s decision to sing it evoked memories of the traditional Latin Mass, a liturgical style often appreciated by conservative Catholics.

Those who felt alienated by Pope Francis’ modern reforms and relaxed approach to liturgy have been watching Leo for signs of a return to tradition. Some were encouraged on Thursday evening when he wore the formal red papal cape that Francis had declined during his papacy. Leo furthered that impression during a Saturday visit to a Marian shrine south of Rome, where he donned a richly embroidered papal stole, knelt at the altar in reverence, and appeared with priests wearing long cassocks typically favored by traditionalists.

Aldo Maria Valli, a conservative Italian journalist and blogger, expressed appreciation for these gestures. Urging fellow traditionalists to remain hopeful, he wrote, “Don’t shoot Leo,” emphasizing that he liked much of what he had observed so far.

On Sunday, however, Leo appeared in the simple white cassock of the papacy and switched back to a modest silver pectoral cross. On Thursday, he had worn a more elaborate cross that contained relics of St. Augustine and St. Monica, gifted to him by his Augustinian religious order.

In addressing global crises, Leo quoted his predecessor Pope Francis, who once described the current state of the world as a “third world war in pieces.” Referring to the ongoing war in Ukraine, Leo stated, “I carry in my heart the sufferings of the beloved Ukrainian people. Let everything possible be done to achieve genuine, just and lasting peace as soon as possible.”

Before becoming pope, Leo—then Bishop Robert Prevost in Chiclayo, Peru—had criticized Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine in strong terms. In a clip from a Peruvian television interview recently recirculating in Italian media, Prevost referred to the war as “an imperialist invasion in which Russia wants to conquer territory for reasons of power given Ukraine’s strategic location.”

On Sunday, Leo also addressed the violence in Gaza, urging a ceasefire and calling for urgent aid to civilians. “Humanitarian relief must be provided to the exhausted civilian population and all hostages be freed,” he said.

In a lighter moment, Leo acknowledged that Sunday marked Mother’s Day in many countries, extending heartfelt wishes to all mothers, “including those in heaven.” The crowd responded with cheers and music as the bells of St. Peter’s rang out across the square, where marching bands had gathered for a special Jubilee celebration.

Among the thousands present was Angela Gentile from Bari, who had arrived three hours early to secure a good spot. Though initially disappointed that another non-Italian pope had been elected, she was moved by Leo’s appearance at the central balcony. “What’s good for the Holy Spirit works for me,” she said. “I have trust.”

More than 50 pilgrims from Houston, Texas, were also in attendance, proudly waving three large American flags. They were already in Rome for a previously arranged Holy Year pilgrimage and were thrilled to witness such a historic moment. “Words cannot express my admiration and gratitude to God,” said the Rev. Dominic Nguyen, who led the Vietnamese American group. He expressed hope that Pope Leo would appreciate not only the sight of the Stars and Stripes but also flags from Peru and other countries, symbolizing the global nature of the Church.

Later that day, Pope Leo held a private Mass near the tomb of St. Peter and prayed in the grottoes beneath the basilica, pausing at the tombs of several past popes. His stops included figures from across the ideological spectrum: Pope Paul VI, associated with the reforms of the Second Vatican Council, as well as more conservative popes like Pius XII and Benedict XVI.

The Mass was a private, intimate affair attended by the head of Leo’s Augustinian order and his brother, John, who sat in the pews. During his homily, Leo pointed out that the Church was celebrating the World Day of Prayer for Vocations. He highlighted the issue of declining religious vocations—a concern raised by cardinals during pre-conclave discussions—and offered encouragement to clergy to lead by example.

“Living the joy of the Gospel, not discouraging others, but rather looking for ways to encourage young people to hear the voice of the Lord and to follow it and to serve in the church,” he said.

Pope Leo also took part in the ceremonial unsealing of the papal apartments, which had been closed following the death of Pope Francis on April 21. It remains uncertain whether Leo will move into the traditional papal quarters or continue Pope Francis’ practice of residing elsewhere. Francis had chosen to live in the Domus Santa Marta, a Vatican hotel, instead of the Apostolic Palace and gradually took over its second floor for his work and living arrangements.

Until now, Leo has been sleeping in his former Vatican apartment, located in a nearby palazzo. His agenda for the coming week is full, with several audiences scheduled ahead of his official installation Mass next Sunday.

At 69, Leo becomes the 267th pope and the first American to hold the position, stepping into the role with a clear call for peace and a tone that blends tradition with global inclusivity.

Tense Calm After India-Pakistan Ceasefire Amid Violations, Blackouts, and Global Diplomacy

Just hours after India and Pakistan agreed to an immediate ceasefire to halt military engagements along the Line of Control and the international border, renewed violations and continued hostilities have raised doubts over the sustainability of the truce. On Saturday night, Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri urged Pakistan to address repeated border violations and warned that India’s armed forces, maintaining high vigilance, were delivering “appropriate and adequate responses” to any breaches of the understanding.

The situation quickly deteriorated after the announcement. Explosions and sirens were reported in multiple locations including Srinagar and Anantnag in Jammu and Kashmir, Barmer in Rajasthan, and Kutch in Gujarat. These incidents were accompanied by power blackouts in Punjab cities such as Amritsar, Ferozepur, Pathankot, and Barnala, with officials describing the measures as “precautionary.” In Gujarat’s Kutch, State Minister for Home Harsh Sanghavi cited drone sightings as the cause for a complete blackout and urged citizens not to panic.

Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Omar Abdullah voiced concern over the violations, writing on X, “What the hell just happened to the ceasefire? Explosions heard across Srinagar!!!” Such reactions reflect a widespread sense of unease and disbelief in the truce’s credibility.

While the ceasefire was formally described by both nations as a mutual agreement, U.S. President Donald Trump claimed early credit, stating that he would work with India and Pakistan toward resolving the long-standing Kashmir issue. In a post on Truth Social, Trump praised the leadership of both countries, saying, “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan… Millions of good and innocent people could have died!” He added that he intends to “substantially” boost trade with both nations and to “work with you both to see if, after a ‘thousand years,’ a solution can be arrived at concerning Kashmir.”

Despite Trump’s framing, India has firmly stated that the ceasefire was a bilateral decision, denying any third-party mediation. However, the U.S. State Department referred to the agreement as a “US-brokered ceasefire,” underscoring the role of diplomatic outreach over the prior 48 hours by top U.S. officials including Secretary of State and National Security Advisor Marco Rubio. Rubio revealed that he and Vice President Vance had spoken to Prime Ministers Narendra Modi and Shehbaz Sharif, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar, Pakistan’s Chief of Army Staff Asim Munir, and both countries’ National Security Advisors.

Pakistan’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar announced on X that the two nations had agreed to a ceasefire “with immediate effect.” He emphasized Pakistan’s commitment to regional peace without compromising sovereignty—a pointed reference to India’s earlier airstrikes deep inside Pakistani territory targeting alleged terror bases.

From Delhi’s standpoint, the ceasefire was not just a tactical pause but also a signal of red lines. Indian sources emphasized that any future act of terrorism would be viewed as an act of war. Measures such as suspension of the Indus Water Treaty, previously used as diplomatic leverage, remain in abeyance. India claims it had achieved strategic superiority by defending itself against drone and missile attacks, despite incurring losses among civilians, infrastructure, and military personnel.

On the ground in Jammu province, reporter Arun Sharma noted that the ceasefire understanding appeared to be holding along both the international border and the LoC, with no reported drone activity. Nevertheless, a tense calm prevailed, with many residents voluntarily switching off lights amid lingering fear of attacks.

Further complicating the narrative, India’s External Affairs Minister Jaishankar reiterated that terrorism in any form would not be tolerated. “India has consistently maintained a firm and uncompromising stance against terrorism in all its forms and manifestations. It will continue to do so,” he posted on X. His statement was a clear signal that while India may have paused hostilities, it remains ready to respond to provocations.

Meanwhile, Congress MP Shashi Tharoor posted a poetic yet pointed dig at Pakistan’s reliability, writing in Hindi, “Uski fitrat hai mukar jaane ki… uske vaade par yakeen kaise karu?” or “It’s their nature to turn back on their word. How do I trust their promise?” He used the hashtag “ceasefire violated,” reflecting widespread skepticism in Indian political circles.

Internationally, the ceasefire attracted attention from key global players. Jaishankar and NSA Ajit Doval reportedly held talks with ministers from China, Saudi Arabia, and the European Union. The Chinese Foreign Ministry confirmed that State Councillor Wang Yi spoke with Doval and expressed hope that both countries would manage their differences through dialogue. Wang condemned the terrorist attack in Pahalgam that triggered the recent escalation and emphasized China’s support for peace and stability in South Asia. “Peace and stability in the Asian region is hard-won and deserves to be cherished,” said Wang.

The uneasy calm also spread to migrant communities in India. In Gujarat’s Bhuj region, migrant workers scrambled to return to their home states after hearing delayed reports of the ceasefire. Highways echoed scenes reminiscent of the 2020 COVID-19 lockdown as workers boarded trucks and buses, fearing further escalation. Patrol units continued enforcing blackout orders into the evening, even as ceasefire news made its slow way to remote villages.

In Jammu and Kashmir’s Rajouri district, fresh shelling was reported within hours of the truce. The Sunderbani and Nowshera sectors saw renewed firing Saturday night, with six casualties, including a JKAS officer and a BSF sub-inspector. Sirens blared in Udhampur, leading to another round of blackouts and panic among civilians. Earlier that day, the BSF destroyed a terrorist launch pad in Pakistan’s Sialkot district, even as Pakistan reportedly targeted civilian areas with artillery and loitering munitions.

The fragile ceasefire now sits precariously between diplomatic optimism and ground-level volatility. With major world powers watching closely and domestic pressures mounting in both India and Pakistan, the coming days will test whether this truce can evolve into lasting peace or merely remain a brief pause in long-standing hostilities.

Congress Rejects Trump’s Kashmir Mediation Remark, Calls Conflict a Modern One, Not a ‘Biblical’ Crisis

Following U.S. President Donald Trump’s remarks offering to mediate on the Kashmir issue, Indian opposition party leaders have pushed back strongly, rejecting any suggestion of international intervention. Congress MP Manish Tewari was direct in his response, emphasizing that the Kashmir dispute is not an ancient, biblical-era conflict, but a contemporary issue that dates back just 78 years.

“Someone in the US establishment needs to seriously educate their President that Kashmir is not a biblical 1000-year-old conflict,” Tewari wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). He traced the genesis of the issue to October 22, 1947, when Pakistan invaded the then-independent princely state of Jammu & Kashmir. Maharaja Hari Singh formally acceded to India on October 26, 1947, ceding the territory in full, including areas currently under Pakistani control. Tewari questioned why this “simple fact” was difficult to grasp.

Congress leader Jairam Ramesh also criticized the Trump administration’s comments, especially a reference made by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio regarding the possibility of using a “neutral forum” to mediate between India and Pakistan. Ramesh raised key questions in response: “Have we abandoned the Shimla Agreement? Have we opened the door for third-party mediation?”

In a press statement, Ramesh called on the Indian government to convene an all-party meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to discuss a range of issues including “Operation Sindoor,” the Pahalgam terror attack, and the recently announced ceasefire between India and Pakistan. He also advocated for a special session of Parliament to allow a comprehensive discussion on these developments.

Meanwhile, U.S. President Donald Trump, in a social media post, lauded both India and Pakistan for agreeing to a ceasefire. “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan for having the strength, wisdom, and fortitude to fully know and understand that it was time to stop the current aggression,” he stated. Trump claimed millions of innocent people could have died had the hostilities continued. He added, “While not even discussed, I am going to increase trade, substantially, with both of these great Nations,” and expressed willingness to work with both sides on a long-term solution for Kashmir.

The U.S. President’s framing of the Kashmir issue as a “thousand-year” conflict, however, appeared to undermine his credibility in the eyes of Indian lawmakers, who view the statement as historically inaccurate and diplomatically inappropriate.

Security developments on the ground also played into the larger narrative. The Sri Guru Ram Das Jee International Airport in Amritsar was placed under heightened security on Sunday. Authorities restricted access to the gurdwara located within the airport premises, sparking concerns among devotees. However, Assistant Commissioner of Police (Airport), Yadwinder Singh, assured the public that there was no drone activity and urged against spreading unverified rumours. “The situation is peaceful… there is adequate security,” he said.

Despite the tensions, the situation in areas like Srinagar, Akhnoor, Rajouri, and Poonch remained calm. No reports of drones, shelling, or cross-border firing were received during the night of May 10-11. Nevertheless, Amritsar District authorities maintained a red alert, advising residents to stay indoors and avoid windows or balconies. The alert followed intense shelling from across the border a day earlier.

Political reactions in Jammu and Kashmir to the ceasefire were largely positive. Leaders across the spectrum, including Mehbooba Mufti of the People’s Democratic Party, National Conference president Farooq Abdullah, and Hurriyat chairman Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, welcomed the pause in hostilities. They called it a necessary step toward meaningful peace and political dialogue.

“Terrorism is unacceptable, but it should not dictate when India and Pakistan go to war,” said Mufti, adding that a political resolution is the only viable path forward. Mirwaiz remarked that “better sense has prevailed,” while Abdullah emphasized the toll the conflict has taken on border communities. “Our people have borne the brunt of this deteriorating situation. This pause will offer them some much-needed relief,” he said.

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, held a ‘Tiranga Yatra’ in Bengaluru to express support for the Indian armed forces following Operation Sindoor — a retaliatory strike on nine terrorist sites in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir in response to the April 22 Pahalgam attack. Union Minister Shobha Karandlaje led the rally, urging citizens to remain united in support of the military and government.

“India is fighting terrorism. Pakistan sent terrorists to Pahalgam. Innocent people were killed after being asked about their religion. Our jawans retaliated. We must stand united with the country,” she said. The BJP Minority Morcha also launched a nationwide campaign titled “Nagrik Tiranga Yatra for National Security” to bolster public support under the broader “Operation Sindoor” initiative.

As the military dimension grabbed attention, the Maharashtra government began focusing on its under-resourced civil defence force. Following nationwide mock drills, the state’s civil defence directorate announced new efforts to revamp the agency, including introducing a civil defence course in the University of Mumbai’s engineering curriculum from the upcoming academic year. “Students who wish to serve the nation while pursuing their education will get an opportunity through this course,” said Director Prabhat Kumar.

Meanwhile, divergent opinions about the ceasefire emerged on social media and among analysts. Foreign affairs expert Brahma Chellaney questioned whether Prime Minister Modi had decided against pursuing Operation Sindoor to its “logical conclusion” — ending Pakistan’s decades-long strategy of cross-border proxy warfare. Some critics argued that the ceasefire prematurely let Pakistan off the hook following the Pahalgam attack.

Congress leader Sachin Pilot, however, praised the Indian military for what he called a “precise and adequate” strike on terror camps. Speaking to The Times of India, Pilot emphasized that the response avoided civilian casualties and directly targeted terrorists. He also reminded that Pakistan has a history of harbouring terrorists, citing Osama bin Laden’s hiding in Abbottabad and the activities of Masood Azhar and Hafiz Saeed.

As tensions ease and the public digests a flurry of official statements, military operations, and international commentary, the road ahead remains uncertain. With diplomacy back on the table and domestic voices urging a mix of vigilance and political dialogue, India’s next moves — both at the border and on the global stage — will be closely watched.

IAPC 10th Annual International Media Conference Held In Pennsylvania

The 10th annual International Media Conference and the 12th anniversary celebrations being organized by the Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization representing media professionals of Indian origin in North America, was organized at The Woodlands Inn and Resort in Poconos, Pennsylvania from May 3-5, 2025 with the lighting of the Traditional Lamp by honored dignitaries, guests, IAPC leaders, Chapter leaders, and, media and community leaders from across the world.

The theme for this year’s conference was “Media at the Crossroads: Truth, Technology, and Global Responsibility” a topic that holds immense significance in today’s interconnected and rapidly changing media world. Dozens of media persons from the United States, Canada and India participated at the power packed conference, which included workshops and panel discussions on social media influence.

Attended by renowned journalists, media professionals, writers, and community leaders, the conference provided a perfect setting for discussions on media excellence, role of media in a fast changing media landscape, innovation and challenges faced by the mainstream media, and global collaboration. Marking a decade of fostering connections among media professionals, the conference provided a vital platform for networking, knowledge-sharing, and building meaningful collaborations.

IAPC 10thIMC 20 scaledParticipants at the Conference were part of insightful panel discussions, keynote speeches, and interactive sessions led by media experts, offering valuable perspectives on the evolving world of journalism. With digital transformation and press freedom remaining critical global issues, the conference facilitated discussions on key challenges and potential solutions shaping the future of journalism.

Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, Chair of IAPC BOD, shared with the audience his many plans for the organization that he has been chosen to lead. He said, “I am planning to start a new channel magazine every week called Indian American News with the objective of sharing news as well as to advertise IAPC and generating funds to manage IAPC needs,” Dr. Basu Ray shared his plans to organize a larger IMC in the United States and a media conference in India.

In his inaugural address, Dr. Babu Stephen highlighted the role of media, the challenges faced by journalists across the globe, and the contributions and achievements of the Indian American Diaspora in the United States.

In his felicitation remarks, former Chairman of IAPC, Mr. Kamlesh C. Mehta, a respected media entrepreneur, philanthropist, and community leader, reiterated his commitment to create a News Agency by IAPC members which will keep IAPC and its members in the limelight and bring in revenue.

Romy Mathew, a journalist at the Manorama News; Gopikrishnan, a renowned cartoonist and social commentator at 24 News; Smuruthy Paruthikad, Executive Editor and author at Reported TV; and, Madhu Saji, Senior News subeditor at Mathrubhumi News, shared with the IAPC delegates their perspectives on the Role of Media in the modern world, in the face of many headwinds faced by journalists to be objective and authentic in reporting.

These famed journalists, who came all the away from India to be part of the IMC, led an insightful and thought provoking seminar on the challenges and opportunities faced by the media landscape today. They were joined by James Chacko and Joseph at the Seminar. Contributing to the lively discussion.

IAPC honored Romy Mathew, Gopikrishnan, Smuruthy Paruthikad, Madhu Saji , and Ilaibharthy, a dedicated media professional affiliated with the Canadian Tamil Broadcasting Corporation (CTBC Radio)with Media Excellence Awards for their contributions to the media world.

Dr. Eapen Daniel led a powerful seminar on the Influence of Digital Transformation on Mainstream Journalism. Ajay Ghosh, James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason were other panelists at the seminar. Brain Drain was the topic discussed by a powerful panel led by Dr. Indranil Basu Ray, who was joined by Prakash Shah, Rohit Vyas, James Kureekatil, and Varghese Korason.

IAPC conferred Lifetime Achievement Award 2025 on: Dr. Satheesh Kathula, Anju Vallabhaneni, Prakash A. Shah, Dr. Vemuri S. Murthy, Sam Maddula, Madhavan B. Nair, Dr. Babu Stephen, Bob Varghese, and Rohit Vyas for their accomplishments and contributions to the larger society during the inaugural ceremony. Kimberly Pine, Director at Ignite Investments was recognized for her role in the success of the Ignite Investments through raising capitol for private equity placements and fostering investor relationships with high-net-worth clients.

IAPC 10thIMC 122 scaledDr. Vemuri S. Murthy is the co-investigator of a ground-breaking Cardiac Arrest Registry in India, “Warangal Area Cardiac Arrest Registry”. Dr. Murthy, a past President of the Chicago Medical Society and Indian American Medical Association (Illinois), has received several prestigious national and international awards and a Medal of US Congress as “Global Champion of Resuscitation” for his professional and community service contributions in the USA and India.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), has dedicated his career to treating patients and actively supporting various nonprofit organizations. Dr Kathula’s love for his motherland led him to establishing a state-of-the-art pharmacy college in Warangal in Telangana. He conducted several medical camps close to his native place and donated a defibrillator, water purification plant, and library to his native place.
Anju Vallabhaneni, the national President of ITServe Alliance, a non-profit association representing over 2,500 IT companies across the United States, is a highly committed leader with extensive expertise in global delivery and a deep passion for community service. His impressive academic background and his leadership and strategic vision have been instrumental in managing businesses with revenues ranging from $5 million to over $100 million. He is deeply involved in philanthropic efforts, actively supporting over ten non-profit organizations.

Dr. Babu Stephen, a past chairman of the Board of Directors of the Indo-American Press club, was honored with the award for his contributions to the Indian American community. He is the CEO of DC Healthcare Inc, and the president of SM Reality LLC in Washington, and has been politically well-connected in both Washington DC and Kerala.

Prakash Shah, Chairman and Chief Executive of First Growth Mortgage and Realty Group, is the current President of the Global Organization for the People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) International. With over 45 years of global experience in mortgage banking, venture capital, and financial leadership, Mr. Shah has served on boards appointed by both U.S. Presidents and state governors. A founding member of several national organizations, he remains a key figure in the Indian diaspora’s growth.

Bob Varghese, an Indian entrepreneur who has created a glittering trail, Bob Varghese, stands tall among the emigrant Malayalis in the US. The fame and goodwill made by Vincente Jewelers in the last three decades is unparalleled and a story of pride for the community. His name is familiar not just among the business community in New York’s Long Island, but also the whole of the US. As proprietor of B & D Diamonds, he is well-connected with other international diamond merchants.

Sam Maddula, Founder & CEO of Bank’s Apothecary Specialty Pharmacy, is a distinguished leader, visionary entrepreneur, and dedicated philanthropist. He was born in a rural village in India, poor and legally blind, faced with a future clouded with uncertainty and with no opportunity to exist. His life story is one of purpose, impact, and a relentless commitment to building a brighter future for all. Today, Sam Maddula is on a mission to create a transformative impact on healthcare and society.

Madhavan B. Nair (MBN), widely recognized for his commitment to public service, cultural engagement, and philanthropy, has long devoted himself to advancing the well-being of the Indian-American community through diverse leadership roles and grassroots initiatives. He is the Founder and Patron of the North American Malayalee Association of Malayalees (NAMAM), and has served as President of FOKANA. In 2017, Mr. Nair established the MBN Foundation as the principal vehicle for his philanthropy.

Ginsmon Zacharia, Founder Chairman of Indo American Press Club, shared with the audience the history, the objectives and the achievements of IAPC in thew past 12 years. This was followed by a brief video presentation highlighting the history and achievements of IAPC.

During a Special Address by IAPC’s former Chairman Dr. Babu Stephen, he highlighted the importance of family staying untied and parents finding time to spend with children for closer bonds.

IAPC 10thIMC 370 scaledThe IAPC Souvenir Video edition was released after a video introduction by Dr. Mathew Joys, Chair of the Souvenir Committee and a short visual highlight of the souvenir on the screen, giving a glimpse of the beautifully curated content and memories it holds. In addition, the book “The Citizen Journalist,” written by Dr. Matthew Joys and providing guidelines for new media workers, was released by former Chairman Dr. Babu Stephen in the presence of eminent journalist Romi Mathew. The book is a compelling exploration of truth-telling in the modern world, blending insights from his rich experience in media, ethics, and civic engagement. Dr. Joys was then honored in absentia as one of the most prolific voices in the Indian American media community.

Believing in nurturing and preserving our cultural heritage – and that includes the beauty and richness of our Indian languages, Shreshta Bhasha Malayalam, a video-based Malayalam language learning series created by Prof. Joy Pallattumadom was launched during the ceremony.

A Movie Trailer, THE GREEN ALERT, was shown to the audience as way of recommitting to the preservation of the ecological balance for future generations.

Felicitation by Community Leaders included, Sunney Mattamana, President of FOKANA International – Federation of Kerala Associations in North America; Dr. Kala Shahi, a respected voice in education, community health, and the International Coordinator of FOKANA International; Shalu Punnoose (FOMAA); Vice President of FOMAA; Paul Karukappillil (FOKANA), a community leader and the past chairman and past president; Biju Chacko, a community leader known for his dedication to service and governance, currently a Senior Manager at Northwell Health; Jomy George – Chapter President, Atlanta; C G Daniel – Board of Directors; Korason Varghese – Board of Directors, IAPC; James Kurikkattil – Executive Vice President, IAPC.

IAPC presented some of the community leaders, who have played a significant role in strengthening our community ties and supporting the vision of the Indo-American Press Club with Recognition Awards. They included: Cigil Palackalody, Treasurer of FOMAA; Dr. Annie Libu, representing the World Malayalee Federation (WMF); Sudhakar Menon, Executive Director of the Indo-American Chamber of Commerce and partner at Woodlands Resort in the scenic Poconos; Kamlesh C. Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group and the visionary behind The South Asian Times and The Asian Era; Jacob Abraham, the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News, widely recognized for his excellence in event management and financial journalism; Dr. Mathew Joys, Vice Chairman of IAPC and a respected writer and columnist across North America and one of the earliest members of the Indo-American Press Club; Able Cherian, founder and Managing Director of Geobel Exhibition Services LLC; and, Joseph John, Joseph John, a Calgary-based journalist, community leader, and cultural advocate.

IAPC Founding Chairman Ginsmon Zachariah and President Azad Jayan delivered the welcome address, and the General Secretary of IAPC Shan Justus and BOD member CG Daniel proposed vote of thanks. The event was eloquently emceed by Patricia Umashankar, Brioona Gins, and Sameera Kavanal. Jenson Kuriakose entertained the participants with melodious songs from the movie world.

Over the past 12 years, through annual conferences, networking events, and training programs, IAPC has played a key role in advocating for ethical journalism while strengthening the connection between Indian American media professionals and mainstream journalism.

As the media landscape continues to change, this conference serves as a critical forum for innovation, ethical discourse, and collaboration, ensuring that journalists remain at the forefront of truth, integrity, and impactful storytelling.

Since its inception in 2013, the Indo-American Press Club has become a leading voice for Indian-origin journalists in North America. With active chapters in multiple cities—including Alberta, Atlanta, Connecticut, Dallas, Houston, New Jersey, New York, Niagara, Philadelphia, Toronto, Vancouver, and Washington, DC—the organization continues to champion press freedom, journalistic integrity, and professional development. For details on registration, participation, and sponsorship opportunities, visit the official IAPC website at www.indoamericanpressclub.com

IAPC 10thIMC 318 scaled

Bharat Launches Precision Strikes on Pakistan in Response to Aggression

In a decisive counteroffensive, Bharat carried out a coordinated assault late Wednesday night, launching strikes from its aircraft carrier INS Vikrant. This action led to the destruction of several Pakistani fighter jets and targeted over ten strategic locations across multiple Pakistani cities. The operation was in direct response to Islamabad’s ongoing hostilities, including missile strikes on Bharatiya cities just hours before the retaliation.

Defense officials confirmed that the offensive from INS Vikrant was part of a larger tri-service military operation that integrated the efforts of the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Among the destroyed aircraft were modern F-16s and JF-17s, which were part of Pakistan’s advanced aerial fleet.

Heavy bombardments were reported in major cities including Lahore, Islamabad, Sialkot, Karachi, Rawalpindi, and Peshawar. Visual footage from the ground shows intense flames and thick clouds of smoke consuming parts of these urban areas. Widespread fear and chaos have taken hold of the Pakistani public, as the Bharatiya strikes continue into the early hours.

Adding to the internal turmoil, the political party associated with Imran Khan has mobilized on the streets in protest against the Shahbaz Sharif government. In an unexpected diplomatic turn, the United States issued a stern warning to Pakistan. A spokesperson from the White House cautioned Pakistan to halt its aggressive behavior in the Asian region, stressing the importance of peace and stability.

Amidst the escalating conflict, sightings of Turkish ships and aircraft have been reported in Pakistani territory, further adding to the uncertainty of the situation.

Bharat also successfully dismantled Pakistan’s air defense infrastructure and intercepted all incoming projectiles targeting its cities. On the night of May 7, Pakistan attempted to attack 15 key sites near Bharat’s border areas. In response, Bharat retaliated with overwhelming force. Pakistani drones and missiles were intercepted mid-air by Bharat’s sophisticated air defense systems. Numerous incoming missiles were neutralized over Jammu and Udhampur, while cross-border shelling remains ongoing. By 12:45 AM IST, Bharat had already struck over ten significant Pakistani urban centers, causing extensive destruction.

This sharp escalation comes in the aftermath of Pakistan’s failed offensive on May 7, when it sought to strike 15 Bharatiya cities. These efforts were effectively countered by Bharat’s S-400 Sudarshan missile defense systems. Although Pakistan’s Defence Minister Khawaja Asif had previously assured that his country would not provoke conflict, Bharat remained on high alert. Renewed Pakistani attacks on the evening of May 8 triggered Bharat’s forceful countermeasures. It is widely acknowledged that Pakistan has suffered a complete erosion of credibility on the global stage.

In the wake of these events, Bharat’s National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to conduct a high-level security assessment. Concurrently, Home Minister Amit Shah ordered paramilitary deployments to sensitive regions. On the diplomatic front, External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar established communication with global counterparts, including U.S. Senator Marco Rubio, providing detailed information regarding Pakistan’s provocations. “As world aware that Pakistan has provoked Bharat due to his mischievous activities since yesterday night,” emphasized the Bharatiya diplomatic outreach.

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri addressed the media on the evening of May 8, confirming the toll inflicted by Pakistani shelling in Jammu and Kashmir. “Three civilians were killed near a gurdwara in Poonch, and 59 others injured in border villages,” he said. These civilian casualties have intensified calls within Bharat for a firm and sustained response.

Meanwhile, instability has gripped Pakistan’s military and political leadership. Sources indicate that several top-ranking officers are attempting to flee the country. Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif is reportedly taking refuge in a military bunker, as the corridors of power in Islamabad descend into panic.

Despite the intensity of the strikes, Bharat has maintained that its military response is calculated and restrained. A government official reiterated that the operations are “calibrated, precise, and non-escalatory,” with the sole objective of neutralizing terror threats and military aggression originating from Pakistani territory.

Bharat’s strikes have drawn global attention for their scale, coordination, and rapid execution. The involvement of INS Vikrant, Bharat’s indigenously-built aircraft carrier, signifies a strategic shift in the country’s maritime and aerial capabilities. Defense analysts have observed that this may mark a new chapter in regional deterrence, signaling Bharat’s preparedness to retaliate against any breach of its sovereignty.

Pakistan’s internal political divide has only widened in the aftermath of these events. With Imran Khan’s party staging protests and Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif under intense scrutiny, the civilian government appears increasingly fragile. The opposition has seized upon the government’s handling of security and diplomatic affairs, accusing it of dragging the country into a crisis through reckless decision-making.

Simultaneously, the appearance of Turkish military assets within Pakistani airspace and waters has sparked speculation regarding Ankara’s potential role in the unfolding conflict. While Türkiye has not issued any formal statement, international observers are closely monitoring these developments to assess any broader geopolitical implications.

The United States’ firm warning to Pakistan underscores rising global concern over the instability in South Asia. “White House spokesperson in a statement warned Pakistan to control themselves,” the report noted. The diplomatic message was clear: further escalation will not be tolerated, and peace in the region must be preserved.

Even as the situation remains fluid, Bharat has demonstrated its capacity to act swiftly and decisively in the face of unprovoked aggression. Its military operations reflect a doctrine that prioritizes national security while avoiding unnecessary escalation. The fact that Pakistan’s attempted strikes were thwarted and responded to with precision indicates a high level of preparedness and coordination across Bharat’s defense forces.

While the coming days will likely reveal more details about the extent of the damage and the geopolitical repercussions, it is evident that Bharat’s message has been delivered unequivocally. The response was neither impulsive nor indiscriminate—it was a measured show of strength aimed at restoring deterrence and regional stability.

In the current climate, all eyes remain on diplomatic efforts to de-escalate tensions. However, Bharat has made it clear that any future provocations will be met with similar resolve. As one defense official succinctly put it, “Our aim is not war, but peace through strength.”

Robert Prevost Becomes First American Pope, Takes Name Leo XIV

In a surprising and historic decision that stunned the global Catholic community, the College of Cardinals elected Robert Francis Prevost as the 267th pope on Thursday, May 8. At age 69, Prevost, a native of Chicago, became the first American citizen ever chosen as the bishop of Rome. He selected the papal name Pope Leo XIV, aligning himself with the legacy of Pope Leo XIII, a 19th-century leader remembered for embracing the modern world and placing Catholic social teachings at the heart of the Church’s mission.

Stepping onto the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica to greet a jubilant crowd, Pope Leo XIV addressed the faithful with a message of peace. “Peace be with you all!” he proclaimed. Recognizing the Easter season, he added, “I would like this greeting of peace to reach all people, in the entire world.”

As he mentioned his predecessor, Pope Francis, who passed away on April 21, the crowd responded with loud cheers. The new pontiff reminded them of their shared faith, saying, “We are all in the hands of God. Hence, without fear, united hand in hand with God and with each other, we go forward. We are disciples of Christ. Christ precedes us!”

The election of an American pope was particularly emotional for many U.S. Catholics who witnessed the moment in person. “It feels surreal,” said Corinne Bernhard, a Chicago native in the crowd at St. Peter’s Square. Miles Redwine, a Catholic visitor from Chester, Texas, expressed disbelief, saying, “I would’ve never thought in a million years that it would’ve been an American.” His travel companion, Marie Clack, shared her emotional reaction: “I almost started crying, full body chills.”

Before his elevation to the papacy, Prevost served as the prior general of the Order of St. Augustine from 2001 to 2013, making him the only representative of the ancient religious order in the conclave. During his leadership, he traveled extensively, gaining valuable insights into the spiritual and administrative needs of the diverse regions where the Augustinians operate.

Although he studied at Villanova University and the Catholic Theological Union in Chicago, Prevost spent most of his priesthood abroad. From 2015 to 2023, he served as the archbishop of Chiclayo in Peru, a country where he also holds citizenship. This international experience contributed to his reputation as a pastor with a broad and empathetic worldview.

Reactions to his election echoed across his alma mater. “Bells are ringing. People are in shock or in various stages of excitement. Tears have been shed,” said Jaisy Joseph, an assistant professor of systematic and constructive theology at Villanova University. Joseph recalled meeting Prevost with a group of Villanova students last October, where his Augustinian values were evident. “It’s about friendship. It’s about community,” she explained. “We felt that warmth. We felt that he was really present to the individuals that were in front of him, and so I think that’s part of his formation.”

Prevost brings to the papacy not only pastoral wisdom but also a deep understanding of church law. He holds a degree in canon law from the Pontifical College of St. Thomas Aquinas in Rome, equipping him well for the complex legal and procedural responsibilities of the pontiff.

His career in Rome began when Pope Francis appointed him president of the Pontifical Commission for Latin America and later as the head of the Dicastery for Bishops, one of the Vatican’s most powerful offices. As the head of this dicastery, Prevost was responsible for evaluating and appointing bishops globally. He succeeded Cardinal Marc Ouellet, a more conservative figure, in this role.

Francis elevated Prevost to cardinal in September 2023 and, just two years later, promoted him to cardinal-bishop, the highest rank within the College of Cardinals. Under his leadership, the Dicastery for Bishops reflected a more progressive tone, including the groundbreaking move of appointing women to help in the selection process for bishops.

Though he maintained a low public profile while in Rome, Prevost’s rare comments have revealed a progressive vision of church leadership. In an interview with Vatican News, he stated, “The authority we have is to serve, to accompany priests, to be pastors and teachers,” distancing himself from hierarchical models of leadership that he believes no longer resonate. He further noted that bishops can be “preoccupied with teaching doctrine,” risking neglect of the core messages of the Gospels.

His swift election by the conclave indicated a remarkable level of consensus among the cardinals, despite perceptions of ideological divisions. In recent years, Pope Francis’ leadership style had sparked debate, particularly among conservative factions within the church. However, with 80 percent of the College of Cardinals appointed by Francis, the body was primed to choose someone aligned with his inclusive and socially engaged vision of Catholicism.

In his Vatican News interview, Prevost addressed these internal divisions, emphasizing the need for unity: “We bishops especially must accelerate this movement towards unity, towards communion in the church.”

His role in controversial church decisions also hints at a willingness to confront internal tensions. In 2023, he reportedly played a role in the removal of U.S. Bishop Joseph Strickland, a vocal critic of Pope Francis known for opposing COVID-19 vaccines. That year, Prevost met with Francis and Archbishop Christophe Pierre, the papal nuncio to the United States. Observers speculated that the conversation involved the process of encouraging Strickland’s resignation. Strickland, who maintained strong support among some right-wing American Catholics, refused to resign but was removed two months later.

As Pope Leo XIV, Prevost enters the papacy during a time of transformation and challenge for the Catholic Church. His background — rooted in theological education, global ministry, and administrative leadership — reflects both continuity with Pope Francis and a personal pastoral style shaped by humility and service.

His commitment to building bridges within the Church, prioritizing community, and emphasizing the core messages of the Gospel suggests that his papacy may continue many of the themes introduced by his predecessor, while also forging a unique path grounded in his Augustinian roots.

With the eyes of the Catholic world now on Pope Leo XIV, many will be watching to see how the first American pontiff navigates the responsibilities of spiritual leadership in an era marked by both division and hope.

Raja Krishnamoorthi Enters U.S. Senate Race, Could Become Second Indian American Elected to the Chamber

Democratic Representative Raja Krishnamoorthi has officially launched his campaign for the U.S. Senate, announcing his bid on Wednesday. If successful, he would become only the second Indian American ever elected to the Senate, joining Vice President Kamala Harris in the history books.

“I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” Krishnamoorthi said in a video released as part of his campaign announcement. His campaign will formally begin with a series of public events scheduled to take place across Illinois starting Friday.

Krishnamoorthi currently serves as a U.S. Representative for Illinois and is looking to fill the Senate seat being vacated by long-serving Democrat Senator Dick Durbin. Durbin’s seat, located in a deeply Democratic-leaning state, presents a favorable opportunity for Krishnamoorthi to continue his political ascent on a broader platform.

The Congressman’s journey began in New Delhi, India, where he was born before relocating to the United States with his family at the age of three. His early experiences as an immigrant in America have played a pivotal role in shaping his political identity. After earning a law degree, Krishnamoorthi made his first significant political mark by working as Policy Director for Barack Obama’s successful Senate campaign. His involvement in Obama’s rise provided him with critical experience in national politics and helped position him for his own eventual run for office.

Krishnamoorthi was elected to the House of Representatives in 2016. He gained national attention not only for his legislative work but also for his role in creating a cultural and political identity for Indian Americans in Congress. That same year, he coined the term “Samosa Caucus” to refer to the then-small group of Indian American lawmakers in Congress. At the time, the group included Reps. Ami Bera, Ro Khanna, and Pramila Jayapal, all of whom shared a similar heritage and political outlook.

Since its informal founding, the Samosa Caucus has grown to include newer members like Shri Thanedar and Suhas Subramanyam. It represents not just a symbolic coalition of Indian American legislators but also a growing political force advocating for issues related to immigrant communities, economic equality, and global diplomacy, particularly between the U.S. and India.

If Krishnamoorthi wins the Senate seat, he will follow in the footsteps of Kamala Harris, who became the first Indian American elected to the U.S. Senate when she won her seat in California in 2016. That year was a landmark moment for Indian American representation in politics. Alongside Harris, Krishnamoorthi, Khanna, and Jayapal were elected to the House, solidifying a significant moment for the Indian American community in U.S. governance. Harris briefly participated in the Samosa Caucus before she stepped down from the Senate to run for Vice President on Joe Biden’s ticket.

The historical resonance of Krishnamoorthi’s candidacy is expected to be a key component of his campaign narrative. His life story—from a young immigrant arriving in the United States to a rising figure in national politics—reflects the broader American dream. He is likely to emphasize his legislative accomplishments, advocacy for working families, and dedication to expanding economic opportunities for all Americans.

Over the years, Krishnamoorthi has built a reputation as a pragmatic and effective legislator. He has supported legislation focusing on workforce development, national security, and public health, while also pushing for stronger oversight and transparency in government. His work has made him a recognizable figure not just within Illinois but on the national stage as well.

In his campaign video, Krishnamoorthi highlighted the values that have driven his public service. “I’ve made it my mission to fight for families like the ones I grew up with—people who just want a chance to work hard and realize their dreams,” he said, underscoring a message that is likely to resonate with working-class voters, immigrants, and minority communities throughout Illinois and beyond.

Krishnamoorthi’s campaign is also expected to reflect his long-standing commitment to issues like education, job creation, and economic fairness. His personal background and professional experience offer him a unique vantage point from which to address complex policy challenges and advocate for inclusive growth.

As he embarks on his Senate campaign, Krishnamoorthi is expected to draw on his deep ties to the Illinois electorate, his fundraising network, and the support of the growing South Asian American political community. His candidacy not only marks a pivotal moment in his own career but also adds to the increasing visibility of Indian Americans in American politics.

His supporters view his Senate bid as a natural next step for a politician who has spent years building a solid legislative track record and a strong presence in both local and national political circles. With Senator Durbin stepping down, Krishnamoorthi’s move has been seen as both strategic and timely.

The race for the Illinois Senate seat is likely to draw considerable attention, particularly given Krishnamoorthi’s potential to break another barrier for Indian Americans in the U.S. government. As one of the most prominent South Asian voices in Congress, his campaign will serve as a litmus test for the evolving role of minority communities in American politics.

In addition to promoting his legislative accomplishments, Krishnamoorthi is expected to emphasize his background as an immigrant and his understanding of the American middle class’s struggles. His campaign will likely focus on building a more equitable economy and securing opportunities for future generations, all while maintaining his consistent support for democratic values and civil liberties.

His announcement video and upcoming campaign events across Illinois mark the beginning of what could be a significant chapter in U.S. political history. If elected, Raja Krishnamoorthi would not only continue his own political journey but also help further diversify the upper chamber of Congress.

As he takes the first steps in his Senate bid, Krishnamoorthi’s story is poised to inspire a wide range of voters who see in him a reflection of their own aspirations and challenges. His campaign will likely underscore how a child who arrived in America from New Delhi at age three can rise to help shape the nation’s future from one of its highest legislative offices.

Rohit Sharma Bids Adieu to Test Cricket After 12 Glorious Years, Tributes Pour In

The cricketing world came together on Wednesday to pay emotional tributes to Indian captain Rohit Sharma, who announced his retirement from Test cricket. The 38-year-old cricketer, known for his stylish batting and composed captaincy, has brought down the curtain on a remarkable 12-year-long journey in the longest format of the game.

One of the earliest tributes came from the Mumbai Cricket Association (MCA), a body that played an instrumental role in Rohit’s rise through the ranks. The MCA, which proudly watched the Mumbai-born player evolve from a promising youngster into a stalwart of Indian cricket, expressed its admiration through a heartfelt social media post. “Mumbai cha Raja (The King of Mumbai) hangs up his Test whites,” the MCA declared. “From pulling fast bowlers into the stands to leading with calm authority — Rohit Sharma’s Test journey was worth every watch, every roar, every rise.”

The Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) followed closely with a touching message, describing Rohit’s departure as the “end of an era in whites.” In its tribute, the board confirmed that while he will no longer feature in Tests, he will continue to lead the Indian side in One Day Internationals. “Thank you, Captain. We are proud of you, Hitman,” the BCCI posted, referring to Rohit by his well-known nickname.

Within hours, tributes started pouring in from current and former cricketers who shared their experiences and appreciation for Rohit’s contributions to Indian cricket. Wicketkeeper-batter Rishabh Pant emphasized the emotional and lasting influence Rohit has had on the team. “Your presence and impact will echo in that dressing room forever. Much love, @rohitsharma45 bhai,” Pant wrote on Instagram, reflecting the close bond between the players.

Young Test cricketer Dhruv Jurel, who earned his Test cap during the 2024 series against England under Rohit’s leadership, expressed his gratitude and respect. “Always my first skipper, Happy Retirement Rohit Bhaiya,” Jurel shared, underlining the role Rohit played in mentoring younger players stepping into the challenging format.

Rohit wraps up his Test career with impressive numbers: 4,301 runs from 67 matches at an average of 40.57. His record includes 12 centuries and 18 half-centuries, cementing his place as a dependable top-order batter. After Virat Kohli stepped down in 2022, Rohit took over the reins as Test captain and led India in 24 matches, securing 12 wins and enduring 9 losses. One of his key assignments as skipper included leading the side in the 2023 World Test Championship final against Australia.

Former all-rounder Irfan Pathan reminisced about Rohit’s exceptional performance during the 2021 Test series in England, widely considered a turning point in his red-ball career. “Congratulations @ImRo45 on your Test career. The 2021 series in England will be remembered for your heroics. Go well in your next phase,” Pathan said, pointing to the consistency and flair Rohit displayed on foreign soil.

Ex-wicketkeeper Parthiv Patel echoed the general sentiment of a generation witnessing the exit of a cricketing icon. He termed the moment the “end of an era,” praising Rohit for displaying “grit, grace, and leadership” in a format that tests the very core of a cricketer’s abilities. Patel’s words underscored how Rohit managed to blend elegance with effectiveness in the most traditional form of the game.

Adding his voice to the chorus of admiration, spinner Amit Mishra described Rohit’s career as “legendary,” and acknowledged the pride he brought to the country through his performances. “Congratulations on a legendary Test career, @ImRo45. You’ve made India proud. All the best for your ODI journey,” Mishra posted, highlighting how Rohit’s journey continues in other formats.

Rohit’s Indian Premier League franchise, the Mumbai Indians, also joined in to pay tribute to their long-serving captain. Rohit has been one of the most successful leaders in IPL history and has become synonymous with the Mumbai-based team. Recognizing his contributions in Tests, the franchise wrote, “Cap 280, Jersey 45, Bowing out from Test cricket. It was a privilege watching you in India whites, Ro!” The statement reflected the pride and affection the team and fans have long held for him.

Rohit Sharma’s Test retirement marks the conclusion of a chapter that saw him evolve into one of the finest players in Indian cricket. His approach at the crease—marked by elegant stroke play, timing, and effortless six-hitting—won him admiration from fans and experts alike. Yet it was not just his batting but also his temperament and calm leadership that stood out, especially in pressure situations.

As he moves away from the Test format, the respect and love shown by his peers, cricketing bodies, and fans across the globe demonstrate the profound impact he has had on the sport. He departs with his legacy firmly intact—a cricketer who brought poise, passion, and leadership to a demanding format, while also nurturing the next generation of Indian cricket.

Rohit Sharma’s journey in Tests may be over, but the echoes of his cover drives, patient centuries, and unflinching decisions as captain will continue to inspire young cricketers for years to come. His contribution has not only been in runs and wins, but in the way he carried the spirit of Indian cricket forward—quietly, gracefully, and with an unwavering commitment to the game.

India Launches Missile Strikes on Pakistan Following Kashmir Attack, Triggering Sharp Escalation

Tensions between nuclear-armed neighbors India and Pakistan dramatically intensified on Wednesday after India launched missile strikes into Pakistani territory, just two weeks after a deadly terrorist assault in Indian-administered Kashmir left 26 people dead.

Pakistan labeled the missile strikes as an “act of war” and said they targeted nine locations across Pakistan’s Punjab province and in Pakistan-administered Kashmir. Pakistani officials reported 26 fatalities and 46 injuries, including six individuals who died at two separate mosques and two teenagers killed elsewhere.

India defended its actions by asserting that the attacks specifically targeted “terror camps” and refrained from hitting civilian or military sites. Emphasizing its careful approach, India’s defense ministry released a statement saying, “Our actions have been focused, measured and non-escalatory in nature.”

Following the strikes, multiple buildings were engulfed in flames, and power outages occurred in various parts of the affected regions, according to verified videos circulating on social media. One video captured a blast landing just feet from a group of bicyclists, following a distinct hissing sound. In other footage, ambulances were seen rushing the injured to hospitals.

India has blamed Pakistan for orchestrating the April 22 massacre of 26 civilians—mainly tourists—in Indian-controlled Kashmir. The region, claimed in full by both nations, has long been a flashpoint for violence and military confrontation. India has repeatedly accused Pakistan of fostering cross-border terrorism, a charge Pakistan denies. Islamabad has instead called for a “neutral” probe into the Kashmir attack, which is considered the deadliest assault on Indian civilians in nearly 20 years.

In response to growing international scrutiny, the Indian Embassy in Washington issued a strongly worded statement: “It was expected that Pakistan would take action against terrorists and the infrastructure that supports them. Instead, during the fortnight that has gone by, Pakistan has indulged in denial and made allegations of false flag operations against India.”

In retaliation to the strikes, Pakistani security sources claimed they had already downed five Indian Air Force jets and one drone. India has yet to confirm these reports. Meanwhile, the Indian army reported that three civilians were killed by Pakistani shelling in the Indian-administered part of Kashmir.

According to Indian army officer Col. Sofiya Qureshi, the missile attacks began at 1:05 a.m. local time on Wednesday and lasted approximately 25 minutes. Indian Air Force Wing Commander Vyomika Singh stated that India employed “precision capability” during the strikes to minimize “collateral damage.”

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri explained during a press briefing that India had intelligence suggesting “further attacks against India are impending.” He said the strikes were intended as both retaliation for the earlier massacre and a preventive measure against future aggression.

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif condemned India’s actions, vowing a firm response. “Pakistan has every right to give a robust response to this act of war imposed by India, and a strong response is indeed being given,” he stated. Sharif also called an emergency meeting of Pakistan’s National Security Committee for Wednesday morning.

International leaders quickly weighed in, calling for calm and diplomacy to avoid further deterioration of the situation. United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres urged both countries’ militaries to avoid further escalation. “The world cannot afford a military confrontation between India and Pakistan,” he warned.

In Washington, the U.S. National Security Council revealed that Secretary of State Marco Rubio had reached out to both Indian and Pakistani officials. NSC spokesperson Brian Hughes said, “He is encouraging India and Pakistan to reopen a channel between their leadership to defuse the situation and prevent further escalation.”

President Donald Trump also addressed the crisis, describing the conflict as “a shame” and adding, “I just hope it ends very quickly.”

China, which shares borders with both nations, expressed regret over the military actions and called on India and Pakistan to prioritize regional stability. “Regrettable,” was how the Chinese government described the strikes, adding that both sides should “act in the larger interest of peace and stability.”

Indian leaders, meanwhile, celebrated the strikes as a justified and precise response to terrorism. Defense Minister Rajnath Singh exclaimed, “Glory to mother India!” while Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar echoed the sentiment by saying, “The world must show zero tolerance for terrorism.”

In anticipation of further conflict, Pakistani authorities ordered the closure of all schools in Punjab and the Islamabad Capital Territory. Air travel was also disrupted, with some airports reportedly shut down.

The operation has been dubbed Operation Sindoor, referencing the red vermilion worn by married Hindu women as a symbol of love and devotion. Details from the Kashmir attack that preceded these strikes reveal the brutality of the act: the attackers reportedly identified non-Muslims among the tourists, separating the men from women and children, and then executed the men in front of their families.

The Kashmir conflict remains a deeply entrenched source of hostility between the two nations. India and Pakistan have already fought two out of their three wars over this region. Kashmir is the only Muslim-majority region in India and is among the world’s most heavily militarized zones. Prime Minister Narendra Modi, a Hindu nationalist, had previously argued that his government’s 2019 decision to revoke Kashmir’s semi-autonomous status helped end separatist violence and boost tourism. However, the April attack has seriously undermined that narrative.

Since that incident, India has ramped up pressure on Pakistan. It has threatened to disrupt Pakistan’s water supply and shut down the sole operational land border crossing. Within Kashmir, authorities have carried out sweeping crackdowns, arresting hundreds and demolishing homes belonging to families of suspected militants.

The diplomatic fallout continues to deepen. Both countries have closed their airspaces to each other’s airlines, suspended or revoked visas for each other’s citizens, and frozen bilateral trade. In a sign of growing concern about a larger confrontation, India has initiated civil defense drills while Pakistan has conducted missile tests in response.

The region and the world now anxiously await the next move in this rapidly evolving conflict, as leaders weigh their options between military escalation and diplomatic resolution.

New Era Begins: Vatican Conclave Underway to Elect Successor to Pope Francis

The Catholic Church has officially begun its sacred and secretive process of selecting a new pope following the death of Pope Francis last month. This event, known as the conclave, is taking place within the Sistine Chapel in Vatican City, where 133 cardinal electors have gathered to decide who will become the next leader of the Roman Catholic Church.

The voting commenced this afternoon, and if any of the cardinals secures more than two-thirds of the votes, a new pope will be elected. Otherwise, the voting will continue into Thursday. The conclave is not just a significant religious event but a carefully orchestrated tradition that blends centuries-old rituals with modern precautions.

The Sistine Chapel is now sealed off from the outside world. No outsiders are permitted once the doors are closed, and the area is under a total lockdown to ensure strict confidentiality. In a measure reflecting the times, the Vatican has deployed signal jammers to prevent any form of electronic surveillance or external communication during the voting process. A Vatican spokesperson explained that cardinals were required to surrender all their electronic devices, including mobile phones, which will only be returned once the conclave concludes.

In accordance with tradition, the order “Extra omnes,” meaning “everybody out” in Latin, was issued by Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli, Master of Papal Liturgical Celebrations. This declaration marked the final moment when non-voting individuals exited the chapel, leaving only the 133 cardinal electors behind. The conclave officially began once the doors were locked behind them.

Each cardinal, in order of seniority, has pledged an oath of secrecy, ensuring they will not disclose any aspect of the election process to the public. Among the first to swear the oath was Cardinal Pietro Parolin of Italy, who led the cardinals into the chapel. He was followed by other prominent figures considered “papabile” — a term used for cardinals seen as potential future popes — including Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle of the Philippines, Cardinal Gérald Lacroix of Quebec, and Cardinal Joseph Tobin from the United States. Despite speculation, no clear favorite has emerged.

The collective oath, which all cardinals took before the individual ones, binds them to maintain absolute secrecy regarding all matters related to the election. The phrase they recited was solemn: “And I… do promise, pledge and swear. So help me God and these Holy Gospels which I touch with my hand.”

As the conclave commenced, visitors gathered in St. Peter’s Square, watching the cardinals’ procession to the Sistine Chapel on large screens. The 133 cardinal electors, under Michelangelo’s iconic fresco ceiling, are now responsible for choosing the Church’s next spiritual leader. Before the vote, the cardinals chanted the “Litany of the Saints” and sang two traditional prayers. One of the most significant hymns they will sing is “Veni, creator Spiritus,” a centuries-old plea for divine guidance from the Holy Spirit.

The responsibility of overseeing the conclave typically falls on the Dean of the College of Cardinals. However, the current Dean, Cardinal Giovanni Re, is 91 and ineligible to vote due to age. Instead, Cardinal Pietro Parolin, a longtime ally of Pope Francis and current Vatican Secretary of State, is presiding over the proceedings.

At 70, Parolin is the highest-ranking cardinal under 80 and therefore eligible to vote and be elected. He began the conclave with an opening prayer in the Pauline Chapel and then led the procession with the other 132 voting cardinals into the Sistine Chapel. Once inside, he administered the oath of secrecy. If a candidate secures the required two-thirds majority, it will be Parolin’s duty to ask two key questions: “Do you accept your canonical election as Supreme Pontiff?” and “By what name do you wish to be called?”

Parolin’s experience makes him a significant figure in this conclave. He was instrumental in Pope Francis’ foreign policy and worked extensively to strengthen the Church’s relationships, especially in Asia. His prior service includes 30 years as a Vatican diplomat, giving him a deep understanding of the Curia — the Church’s central administration. While he is presiding over the election, Parolin is also considered one of the leading contenders for the papacy.

As the cardinals moved from the Pauline Chapel to the Sistine Chapel, they did so accompanied by solemn rituals. They sang the “Litany of the Saints,” invoking the intercession of over 100 Catholic saints. The ceremonial procession was led by a cross flanked by two candles, while Archbishop Diego Giovanni Ravelli followed at the rear, signifying the sacredness of the journey.

Although the conclave operates in secrecy, attempts have been made to influence the cardinals’ decisions. In the days leading up to the vote, the electors were provided with a publication titled “The College of Cardinals Report.” This document includes detailed profiles on approximately 40 possible candidates for the papacy. It covers their views on critical issues such as same-sex blessings, the ordination of female deacons, and contraception — all controversial topics that marked Pope Francis’ progressive tenure.

While the report is publicly available online, a printed version has also been circulated. According to CNN, one retired cardinal, who is not eligible to vote, confirmed receiving a hard copy of the report. Two church lawyers told CNN that the document appears to be a biased attempt to steer the conclave away from continuing Pope Francis’ direction. As one source described it, the report sends a clear message: “Choose a pope who will take the church in a different direction from the views of Pope Francis.”

The conclave’s blend of ancient ceremony and modern concerns underscores the magnitude of the task at hand. As cardinals deliberate in the Sistine Chapel, Catholics around the world await the outcome — a decision that will shape the direction of the Church for years to come. The smoke rising from the chapel’s chimney will provide the only signal to the outside world: black for no decision, white for the election of a new pope.

Until that white smoke appears, the world watches and waits.

Critics Slam Elon Musk’s Government Efficiency Drive as Destructive and Ineffective

As Elon Musk exits his position leading the so-called Department of Government Efficiency (Doge), a growing number of experts in public administration are voicing concern that the initiative has failed to enhance government services—and may have, in fact, harmed them.

“Doge is not offering any solid claims that it has improved services in any way,” said Donald Moynihan, a professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “Rather, it has made the quality of some government services worse.”

Musk, currently the world’s wealthiest individual, was tapped by Donald Trump in January to oversee the administration’s efficiency efforts. Appointed as a “special government employee,” Musk was restricted from serving more than 180 days. With his tenure now over and ongoing challenges in his business empire demanding attention, Musk is stepping away—but not without making some bold claims.

Despite widespread skepticism, Musk has declared that Doge achieved $150 billion in savings. However, numerous budget analysts dispute this figure, citing a pattern of Musk making inflated and inaccurate claims. The touted savings also fall significantly short of Musk’s originally stated goal of trimming $1 trillion from government expenditures.

Public policy specialists like Moynihan argue that Musk and Doge focused more on applying a cutthroat, private-sector mindset of slashing payrolls than on actually making government work better for citizens. Rather than investing in long-term service improvements, they accuse Doge of resorting to mass layoffs and quick budget cuts.

Martha Gimbel, executive director of the Yale Budget Lab, described the project as reckless. “They were the ‘department of government slash and burn’,” she said. “There doesn’t seem to be an approach to dig in on places where government services could really be improved. Any improvement in government services takes time. You have to invest. You have to build it out. You have to figure out how to fix it.”

Asked whether Doge had improved any services, Gimbel laughed before replying: “No. There has clearly been a degeneration of government services.”

Indeed, both experts and everyday citizens have reported worsening conditions in several areas. Veterans’ hospitals now require longer wait times for appointments. Calls to the Internal Revenue Service take longer to be answered. Social Security offices are increasingly crowded, and the departure of many experienced workers has left less-qualified staff giving out advice on benefits.

At a White House press conference on May 1, Musk defended his tenure. “In the grand scheme of things, I think we’ve been effective. Not as effective as I’d like. I think we could be more effective,” he said. “But we’ve made progress.”

Musk admitted, however, that achieving his $1 trillion savings goal proved far more difficult than anticipated. “It’s sort of, how much pain is the cabinet and the Congress willing to take?” he said. “It can be done, but it requires dealing with a lot of complaints.”

Despite Musk’s claims of progress, the White House declined to answer questions from the Guardian about deteriorating services or to offer examples of improved outcomes due to Doge’s efforts.

Gimbel warned that conditions are likely to worsen as the full impact of Doge’s job cuts plays out in the coming months. “Things will definitely get worse,” she said, pointing to the administration’s ongoing efforts to eliminate 80,000 positions at the Department of Veterans Affairs as just one example.

While Trump and Musk have frequently alleged widespread waste and fraud across government agencies, Gimbel said there’s a clear difference between targeted reform and indiscriminate cutting. “There is waste, and you can go after it,” she said. “People who have been in government know where those places are. There is a ton of tech that needs modernizing. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that. There’s a lot of Medicare and Medicaid overbilling. Doge doesn’t seem interested in that either. What you have is a relatively expensive exercise in slash-and-burn that sometime in the future will cost a lot to fix.”

Max Stier, president of the Partnership for Public Service, a nonprofit focused on government effectiveness, also expressed alarm. He likened Doge’s approach unfavorably to the strategies of former General Electric CEO Jack Welch, known for cost-cutting. “Jack Welch would be appalled by the approach that Doge has taken,” Stier said. “It’s not actually about cost-cutting. It’s about capability destroyed. Jack Welch would never, ever have fired people without having a real understanding about the way the organization worked and about the qualities of people who were being fired. This is an arbitrary exercise that has moved out employees who are often by far the most qualified rather than the least qualified.”

Stier dismissed Trump’s portrayal of Doge as a model of efficient reform. “That’s just not the case,” he said. “It’s hard to offer any rational basis for the decisions that are being made. There certainly aren’t any improvements that the American public will see.”

He warned of deeper consequences. “It’s burning down government capability,” he said. “It’s unquestionably clear that they are firing people willy-nilly and are disrupting government services without any understanding of the consequences or concern about the consequences. It’s a break-it-is-to-fix-it mentality. It isn’t a mentality that predominates in Silicon Valley. It’s sheer reckless behavior in the public sector because real people get hurt.”

Musk’s $150 billion savings figure, according to Stier, ignores the true costs of the upheaval. His organization estimates that Doge’s moves—through layoffs, rehirings, severance packages, paid leave, and lost productivity for over 100,000 workers—will ultimately cost taxpayers $135 billion in the current fiscal year. The broader public’s increased wait times and reduced service quality should also be factored in, experts argue.

Moynihan asserted that Musk’s entire philosophy was flawed. “His vision is that there is no way that government employees can produce anything of value,” Moynihan said. “So the idea of tools that makes government services better is completely alien to the Musk mindset.”

He added, “I think he believes that nothing public employees do has any real value, that they are not capable employees and therefore cutting them will do no harm. It’s a vision that doesn’t understand what public services are, why they exist and how they benefit people.”

Moynihan was especially critical of Musk for dismantling key initiatives designed to modernize government services, including gutting efforts to use technology more effectively and ending the Direct File program, which allowed citizens to file their taxes simply and at no cost.

Liz Shuler, president of the AFL-CIO, said Doge’s budget slashing would deeply harm workers. She highlighted cuts to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, an agency that conducts crucial research to ensure the safety of firefighters’ equipment. “There’s this notion that Doge is just cutting line items on a spreadsheet. It’s hurting real lives and real people,” Shuler said. “They’ve treated federal workers with blatant disregard and have been nothing short of dehumanizing and insulting toward them.”

Gimbel also cautioned about future public health risks tied to Doge’s actions. “Part of what government does is mitigate risk,” she explained. “Take food safety. Government inspectors decrease the risk that you will get listeria or salmonella. But when they reduce the number of food inspectors, will you get listeria or salmonella tomorrow? No. Will it probably increase the chances of people getting listeria and salmonella over the next five years? Yes.”

In the end, while Musk and Trump have promoted Doge as a bold effort to streamline government, many experts see it as a destructive campaign that has caused real damage with few, if any, public benefits.

Buddha’s Sacred Relics Arrive in Vietnam for Historic Public Display During UN Vesak Celebrations

The sacred relics of Lord Buddha have been ceremoniously brought from India to Vietnam, marking the start of a major spiritual and cultural occasion tied to the United Nations Vesak Day observances. Upon arrival, the relics were received with deep reverence at the Vietnam Buddhist University and later transported in a ceremonial procession to the Thanh Tam Pagoda, where they will remain on display for public veneration until May 21.

Heading the Indian delegation was Kiren Rijiju, Union Minister of Minority Affairs, who described the experience as profoundly spiritual. “Carrying the Holy Relics of Lord Buddha to Vietnam is a deeply spiritual experience, one that embodies peace, compassion, and harmony,” Rijiju stated on X, previously known as Twitter. He added, “These relics bring with them His timeless message of unity to the people of Vietnam.” On social media, he further shared his sentiments, saying the journey was “an experience that touches the soul,” and expressed his honor at accompanying the sacred relics alongside a delegation that included senior monks, Andhra Pradesh’s Minister for Tourism, Culture & Cinematography Kandula Durgesh, and various other dignitaries.

Before their departure for Vietnam, a solemn ceremony took place at the National Museum in New Delhi. The event was attended by monks, bhikkhunis, members of the Buddhist Sangha, diplomats, and other guests, all of whom participated in chanting and offering prayers in preparation for the relics’ journey. These relics hold immense historical and religious significance, having been originally excavated from Nagarjunakonda in Andhra Pradesh and later enshrined at the Mulagandha Kuti Vihara in Sarnath. They are believed to be more than 2,200 years old, dating back to a period before 246 CE.

Among the notable participants in the New Delhi ceremony were Nguyen Thanh Hai, Vietnam’s Ambassador to India, and Priyanga Wickramasinghe, Sri Lanka’s Acting High Commissioner to India. Their presence underscored the shared reverence for Lord Buddha’s teachings and the cultural unity that Buddhism fosters across national borders.

This initiative is being organized by the Ministry of Culture of the Government of India in partnership with the International Buddhist Confederation (IBC). It marks the first time a public exposition of these sacred relics is being held across four cities in Vietnam. The exhibition serves as a powerful symbol of the enduring cultural and spiritual ties between India and Vietnam, which have been cultivated through centuries of Buddhist exchange and cooperation.

Over the years, the spiritual connection between the two nations has only deepened. Vietnamese pilgrims and scholars regularly make visits to Buddhist heritage sites in India, including the Vietnamese pagoda in Bodh Gaya, one of the most sacred locations in the Buddhist world. These visits and exchanges help strengthen cultural understanding and mutual respect, further reinforcing the long-standing bonds between the two countries.

The public exposition of the relics is seen not only as a religious occasion but also as a cultural event with significant diplomatic weight. The act of bringing these sacred objects to Vietnam underlines India’s commitment to nurturing its civilizational relationships with its Southeast Asian neighbors. It also reflects the role of Buddhism as a bridge of peace and cooperation in the region.

Rijiju, in his role as Union Minister of Minority Affairs, has been a prominent figure in promoting cultural diplomacy through such initiatives. His participation in this event highlights the Indian government’s broader goal of reinforcing spiritual links that extend beyond borders, with Buddhism playing a central role in these diplomatic engagements.

The relics’ display at Thanh Tam Pagoda is expected to attract a large number of devotees, both local and international. With the relics being accessible to the public until May 21, the event offers a rare opportunity for the Vietnamese people to engage closely with an essential part of Buddhist history and heritage. The ceremonial procession that transported the relics from the Vietnam Buddhist University to the pagoda was marked by deep solemnity and respect, reflecting the importance of the occasion.

For many Vietnamese Buddhists, the arrival of the relics is not just a cultural highlight but a deeply emotional and spiritual moment. It is an opportunity to honor the memory and teachings of Lord Buddha in a tangible and immediate way. The display of the relics also coincides with the Vesak Day celebrations, making the event even more meaningful as it commemorates the birth, enlightenment, and passing of the Buddha.

The initiative also aligns with Vietnam’s growing role in the global Buddhist community. By hosting this international religious exposition, the country reinforces its identity as a center of Buddhist thought and practice in Southeast Asia. At the same time, it affirms the shared heritage that links Vietnam and India, two nations with deep historical ties rooted in their common reverence for the teachings of Lord Buddha.

The event is also significant for the International Buddhist Confederation, which has played a key role in facilitating the journey and display of the relics. The IBC continues to work as a global platform uniting Buddhist organizations and leaders, fostering dialogue and cooperation across borders. Its partnership with the Indian Ministry of Culture on this initiative highlights the collaborative efforts underway to promote global Buddhist heritage.

India’s decision to share these sacred relics with Vietnam reflects its broader cultural diplomacy efforts, where ancient spiritual ties are being reactivated to enhance modern-day relationships. The relics, though historical objects, are viewed as carriers of living spiritual energy—symbols of the Buddha’s message of peace, compassion, and unity, which remain deeply relevant in today’s world.

By making these relics available for public veneration, the Indian government, in collaboration with Buddhist institutions, is offering a powerful reminder of the timeless teachings of the Buddha. In doing so, it not only strengthens its ties with Vietnam but also contributes to a larger dialogue on interfaith respect and regional cooperation.

The arrival of Lord Buddha’s relics in Vietnam for the Vesak celebrations is more than a ceremonial gesture. It is a reaffirmation of shared values, a tribute to centuries-old cultural bonds, and a call for continued spiritual collaboration between two nations that have long walked the path of Buddhism together.

Representation Debate Rises as 2025 Conclave Begins with Uneven Cardinal Distribution

The 2025 Conclave is set to commence on Wednesday, May 7, with the inaugural vote also scheduled for the same day. Out of the 133 Electors eligible to cast votes, a significant 108 were appointed as Cardinals by Pope Francis. A noticeable pattern among these appointments is that many of the chosen Cardinals hail from regions far removed from Rome and represent dioceses and Catholic communities that are smaller in terms of numbers. These more remote or “peripheral” areas benefitted from Pope Francis’ preference for diversity in geographical and social representation. His emphasis on including voices from the margins reflects a consistent theme throughout his papacy.

Pope Francis’ approach has led to a broader global inclusion, where communities once overlooked now find themselves with a voice in one of the Church’s most significant proceedings. This shift stems from the Pope’s belief in recognizing the value of these peripheral regions. As a result, “the ‘peripheral’ aspect played in favour of these individuals and their communities, because Pope Francis saw value in this factor.”

However, this emphasis on geographical and numerical diversity has not been without criticism. Larger dioceses that serve vast numbers of Catholics have not only been passed over for a Cardinal appointment but are also entirely unrepresented in the upcoming Conclave. This situation has led to a sense of exclusion among some of the world’s largest Catholic communities. Despite the widely accepted understanding that the elevation of a Cardinal does not strictly correlate with the size of a diocese’s Catholic population, the absence of representation can still leave many believers feeling marginalized. The feeling of connection and spiritual representation at such a global event often hinges on whether someone from one’s own country or region is among the decision-makers.

The article notes, “Although it is understood that the appointment of a Cardinal does not stem from the number of Catholics in a diocese, it can also be seen that many Catholics may or may not feel represented in a Conclave precisely for this reason: because a particular Cardinal represents them in some way.” When looking at global representation through the lens of Catholic population figures, the imbalance becomes evident. The logic follows that the more Catholics in a region, the more the need for representation in a decision-making process as consequential as the papal election.

Yet the numbers paint a different picture. Based on current data, some countries with modest Catholic populations enjoy a higher representation in the Conclave. For instance, France and Spain each have five Cardinal Electors. Argentina and Portugal both have four, while Canada also has four. Meanwhile, the United Kingdom has three and Japan has two. These numbers stand in contrast to the actual Catholic populations in these countries, which are significantly smaller than in other nations with fewer or no Cardinal Electors.

The disparity becomes even more glaring when one considers the global Catholic population rankings. The top seven countries with the largest Catholic populations are Brazil, Mexico, the Philippines, the United States, Italy, Congo, and Colombia. Given these figures, the U.S. having 10 Cardinals, Brazil with 7, and Poland with 4 appears more consistent with their demographics. However, Mexico, ranked second in global Catholic population, has just two Cardinal Electors. Even more concerning is that both Colombia and Congo have only one Cardinal each, despite their substantial Catholic communities.

Other predominantly Catholic countries also face similar underrepresentation. Nations like Chile, Cuba, Peru, Kenya, and Nigeria each have only one Cardinal Elector. Moreover, there are countries with strong Catholic roots and traditions that find themselves with no representation at all in the Conclave. These include Lebanon, Venezuela, Ireland, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, Austria, Bolivia, El Salvador, and the Czech Republic. Such absence at a time when major decisions about the Church’s future leadership are being made can lead to feelings of neglect and exclusion among their Catholic populations.

Beyond countries, entire dioceses that are influential both historically and demographically have also been overlooked. Major global dioceses such as Monterrey in Mexico, Paris in France, Havana in Cuba, Milan in Italy, Vienna in Austria, Santo Domingo in the Dominican Republic, Medellin in Colombia, and Kiev in Ukraine have not been granted any Cardinal Electors. Their absence underscores a growing gap between population-based representation and the current selection pattern.

This situation has triggered a wider discussion on the balance between representation and spiritual strategy in the Church. While Pope Francis’ appointments reflect his pastoral vision of inclusivity, diversity, and attention to the margins, the downside is a growing sense among larger Catholic communities that they have been left behind. The Pope’s choice to uplift often underrepresented communities has brought visibility and voice to many, but it has also fueled debate about whether global representation is now skewed too heavily in one direction.

Those advocating for population-based representation argue that with the world’s largest Catholic communities not adequately represented, the decisions made during the Conclave could feel disconnected from the lived realities of millions. On the other hand, supporters of Pope Francis’ approach contend that spiritual leadership and representation should not solely depend on numbers but should reflect a commitment to equity, diversity, and outreach to the peripheries.

Ultimately, the makeup of the 2025 Conclave reflects Pope Francis’ unique vision for the Church—one that values voices from overlooked regions and seeks to include them in the heart of decision-making. However, as the Conclave begins, the debate over who gets a seat at the table—and why—remains unresolved. The deep divide between symbolic and numerical representation underscores the complex challenge of governing a global faith of over a billion members.

As the Cardinals prepare to gather under the Sistine Chapel’s frescoed ceiling to elect the next Pope, the conversation surrounding fairness and representation is likely to persist. The outcome of this Conclave will not only shape the future direction of the Catholic Church but also reflect the evolving values of representation in an increasingly interconnected world.

Star Power and Style Reign at the 2025 Met Gala: A Night of Glamour, Statements, and Black Elegance

Fashion’s most iconic night returned with a flourish on May 5, 2025, as the Metropolitan Museum of Art welcomed celebrities and designers from around the world for the annual Met Gala. This year’s event celebrated Black fashion with the theme “Superfine: Tailoring Black Style,” and it brought together an eclectic mix of familiar faces and new stars on the iconic Met steps.

The co-chairs for the 2025 gala reflected a dynamic range of talent and influence. Veteran fashion enthusiast and actor Colman Domingo, Formula 1 champion Lewis Hamilton, music artist A$AP Rocky, fashion-forward performer Pharrell Williams, and the ever-present Vogue editor-in-chief Anna Wintour led the charge. They were joined by a prominent host committee that included gymnast Simone Biles and her husband Jonathan Owens, rapper Doechii, filmmaker Spike Lee, actress Regina King, athlete Angel Reese, and R&B legend Usher.

This year’s theme tied directly to the Met’s upcoming exhibition of the same name. According to the museum, the “Superfine” exhibit will “feature garments, paintings, photographs, and more — all exploring the indelible style of Black men in the context of dandyism, from the 18th century through present day.”

Megan Thee Stallion offered fans a forbidden behind-the-scenes look by posting a video on Instagram that featured the event’s gourmet menu. Breaking the Gala’s no-phone rule, she previewed dishes like cornbread with caviar and a decadent white truffle lobster roll. Her post added a lighthearted touch to the glamorous evening.

In a previous interview with Jenna Bush Hager of TODAY ahead of the 2024 event, Anna Wintour disclosed her influence on the food selection. “Those are three things I’m not particularly fond of,” she said when explaining her ban on garlic, onions, and chives.

One of the most anticipated arrivals was music icon Rihanna, who made a dramatic entrance and revealed she is expecting her third child with partner A$AP Rocky. Wearing a mixed-pattern suit dress that included a pinstripe skirt, she highlighted her baby bump in a striking fashion. When congratulated, Rocky responded to the Associated Press saying, “It feels amazing, you know. It’s time that we show the people what we was cooking up.” He added, “And I’m glad everybody’s happy for us ‘cause we definitely happy, you know.”

Another unforgettable moment came with Stevie Wonder’s Met Gala debut. Accompanied by his wife Tomeeka Robyn Bracy and son Kailand Morris, Wonder wore a dazzling ensemble complete with a sparkling train and jacket, black trousers, a beret, and signature sunglasses. He accessorized with jewelry from De Beers and David Yurman, matching the gala’s extravagant tone.

Kim Kardashian once again drew attention with a bold outfit. She appeared in a full-body custom leather look by Chrome Hearts, featuring a crocodile leather corset and a dramatically oversized hat. Her waist was adorned with strings of pearls and she wore an eye-catching multi-strand diamond necklace, reminding everyone of her fashion dominance.

Newlyweds Jalen Hurts and Bryonna “Bry” Rivera Burrows made their first Met Gala appearance as a married couple. Fresh off their surprise wedding last month, they wore coordinated Burberry ensembles—Hurts in a black velvet double-breasted suit and Burrows in a sparkling beaded gown, both beaming with newlywed joy.

Making her Met Gala debut, rapper Doechii made sure to stand out. She wore a custom Louis Vuitton suit designed in collaboration with Pharrell Williams, who also served as one of the evening’s co-chairs. Speaking to Vogue, Doechii said her look was inspired by Monica L. Miller’s 2009 book Slaves to Fashion: Black Dandyism and the Styling of Black Diasporic Identity, which also guided curator Andrew Bolton in designing the “Superfine” exhibit.

Actress Cynthia Erivo continued her trend of intricate fashion statements with a remarkable manicure that took two days to complete. It was crafted by 20-year-old artist Mycah Dior to match Erivo’s Givenchy Haute Couture look. “Well, it’s Superfine, so we have our pocket squares, we have a tie, we have our buttons,” Erivo explained to PEOPLE. “The process was a progression,” she said. “We started yesterday to get like the basics and then we did the rest of it this morning and then as we were putting this dress on, she was putting on all of the smaller pieces.”

One of the more talked-about reunions of the night came as exes Sabrina Carpenter and Barry Keoghan both attended, nearly a year after debuting as a couple at the previous Met Gala. Carpenter turned heads in a leggy unitard with a flowing train and voluminous hair, while Keoghan opted for a sleek Valentino suit accented with a bold red sash. Their appearance followed reports of a split five months prior. “They are both young and career-focused, so they’ve decided to take a break,” a source told PEOPLE at the time.

Supermodel Gigi Hadid, recently turned 30, graced the gala in a shimmering custom gold Miu Miu dress, accessorized with De Beers earrings. Hadid revealed her inspiration to E! News, saying, “It’s an homage to Zelda Wynn Valdes, everyone go look her up. She was an amazing dress maker who made some special pieces in the late 40s, trained by her uncle in his men’s tailoring shop and she took those codes and skills and really mixed them together in order to let people express themselves through what she made.” Hadid also reflected on her new chapter, sharing, “My intention for my 30th year is to say what I think when I think it.”

Demi Moore made a grand impression in a black-and-white off-the-shoulder gown paired with a striking headpiece resembling a crescent moon, adding a celestial touch to her elegant attire.

Pop sensation Dua Lipa and actor Callum Turner made their red carpet debut as a couple, having sparked dating rumors in January 2024. They radiated chemistry as they posed on the Met steps. Lipa wore a feather-adorned black dress with bold jewelry and an ornate up-do, while Turner kept it classic in a black suit.

Finally, Zendaya brought her fashion A-game in a tailored white three-piece Louis Vuitton suit. Topping off the look with a dramatic wide-brimmed hat, she added flair with a snake-shaped brooch on the back of her jacket—proving once again why she’s a Met Gala favorite.

From show-stopping entrances to meaningful statements of culture and fashion, the 2025 Met Gala delivered yet another unforgettable night at the intersection of art and style.

India Orders Nationwide Civil Defence Drills Amid Rising Tensions with Pakistan

As tensions between India and Pakistan surge following a deadly terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) has instructed all states and Union Territories to carry out civil defence mock drills on May 7, aimed at boosting national emergency preparedness.

These preparedness exercises will take place in 244 officially notified Civil Defence districts, in accordance with the Civil Defence Rules of 1968. The MHA issued an order stating, “States and union territories have been instructed to organise and oversee the drill. It will involve local government authorities, Civil Defence wardens, Home Guards, National Cadet Corps (NCC), National Service Scheme (NSS) volunteers, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) members, and students from schools and colleges.”

According to government sources, the mock drills will focus on several critical objectives. First, they aim to assess the effectiveness of air raid warning systems. Second, they will test the functionality and activation of Hotline and Radio Communication Links with the Indian Air Force. Third, the operation of both main and shadow control rooms will be examined. Fourth, civilians and students will be trained on civil defence measures to help them protect themselves during potential hostile attacks. Fifth, the drills will check the provision and implementation of crash blackout measures. Sixth, there will be an emphasis on early camouflage techniques for protecting vital installations and plants. Seventh, the ability and coordination of Civil Defence services—including warden services, firefighting units, rescue teams, and depot operations—will be evaluated. Eighth, the proper execution of blackout protocols will be reviewed. Finally, evacuation plans will be assessed for effectiveness and practical implementation.

In Delhi, police officials have begun preparations in line with these directives. All Deputy Commissioners of Police (DCPs) have been instructed to formulate detailed contingency plans. According to PTI sources, DCPs are conducting strategic meetings with senior officers to increase patrols and enhance security at key locations throughout the capital as part of the broader civil defence readiness initiative.

The increased emphasis on civil preparedness comes against the backdrop of escalating hostilities between India and Pakistan. Both nations have taken a series of retaliatory steps, including recalling certain diplomats and restricting airspace and port operations. India has also halted the crucial Indus Waters Treaty (IWT), a major step in bilateral relations. In turn, Pakistan reportedly violated ceasefire terms along the Line of Control (LoC) in Jammu and Kashmir, engaging in small arms fire for ten consecutive nights, significantly heightening the already volatile situation between the two countries.

Reacting to India’s suspension of the IWT, Pakistan warned of a retaliatory response using its “full force and might” if water flow from India is either stopped or diverted. The warning came as India shut all gates of the Salal Dam on the Chenab River on Monday. Officials confirmed to ANI that this led to visibly reduced water levels in the Reasi district of Jammu and Kashmir.

Under the Indus Waters Treaty, the waters of the Western Rivers—Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab—are allocated to Pakistan, while the Eastern Rivers—Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej—are allocated to India. Although Pakistan holds primary rights over the Western Rivers, India retains limited rights for domestic, agricultural, non-consumptive, and hydroelectric use under strict regulations. The Salal Dam, a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Chenab, fits within these defined parameters.

In the wake of these developments, India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh affirmed his unwavering commitment to safeguarding the nation. “As the Defence Minister, it is my duty to stand with the armed forces and deliver a strong response to any threat against India,” he said. Following a series of high-level meetings with senior officials, Prime Minister Narendra Modi granted the Indian Armed Forces full autonomy in choosing the “mode, timing & target” of India’s response to the attack, considered the deadliest since the Pulwama incident in 2019.

According to officials quoted by PTI, the Prime Minister declared, “It is our national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He further pledged that India would pursue terrorists and their enablers—implicitly pointing at Pakistan—to the “ends of the earth” and ensure they are met with punishment “beyond their imagination.”

Meanwhile, Pakistan has escalated its military readiness. On Monday, it conducted its second missile test within two days, a surface-to-surface missile with a range of 120 km. The Pakistani military stated that the test was aimed at validating its operational preparedness and confirming technical specifications, including those of its advanced navigation system. Just days earlier, on May 3, Pakistan tested the Abdali Weapon System with a 450 km range, which India reportedly interpreted as a “blatant provocation.”

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif reinforced confidence in his country’s military capabilities, stating that its defence was “in strong hands.” In response, India has not remained passive. The Indian Navy successfully tested its MRSAM system aboard the newly inducted warship INS Surat in the Arabian Sea, effectively intercepting a low-flying aerial target. Additionally, the Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) fleet has returned to operational service after a brief technical halt, further enhancing India’s defence posture.

As military activity grows more intense along the LoC, global powers have expressed grave concern and called for restraint from both sides. The United States, European Union, and China have all issued appeals for de-escalation, emphasizing the high stakes of potential conflict between two nuclear-armed nations.

However, if war were to break out, clear international alignments are beginning to emerge. China, Bangladesh, and Turkey have publicly pledged their support to Pakistan in case of an open conflict. On the other hand, countries like Russia, the United Kingdom, and Japan have extended their support to India.

The situation remains volatile and continues to evolve rapidly, with both sides taking assertive diplomatic, military, and strategic actions in response to recent events. While civil defence drills on May 7 may seem like routine emergency preparedness measures, they now serve as a stark reminder of the high-stakes climate in the region—where preparation, both civil and military, is no longer a precaution but a necessity.

Adani’s Team Presses Trump Officials to Drop Bribery Case Amid Lobbying Push

Representatives of Indian billionaire Gautam Adani and his companies have engaged in discussions with officials from the Trump administration, aiming to have criminal charges against him dismissed in an overseas bribery case, according to individuals familiar with the matter.

These discussions, which began earlier this year, have recently intensified. Some sources indicated that, if this momentum is maintained, the case might see a resolution in the coming month. One individual said Adani’s representatives are attempting to argue that the prosecution is inconsistent with President Donald Trump’s policy priorities and should be reconsidered.

A spokesperson for the Adani Group refused to comment on the matter. The White House and the Department of Justice also declined to respond to inquiries.

On Monday, the Mumbai stock market reflected the developments positively, with shares of Adani Group companies rising. Adani Enterprises Ltd., the group’s flagship company, jumped as much as 6.2%, marking its highest increase since January 16.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, the Biden administration unveiled an indictment against Gautam Adani, 62, and his nephew Sagar. Alongside it, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filed a parallel civil suit. At the time, prosecutors accused Adani of offering $250 million in bribes to regional officials in India in exchange for solar-power contracts. The Adani Group has denied all allegations.

Since the indictment, Adani—currently Asia’s second-richest individual—has taken multiple steps to influence U.S. authorities and avert a conviction, hoping to safeguard his global business interests from potential fallout. According to sources, intermediaries for the billionaire, who is known for his close association with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, have contacted officials in India to obtain guidance on how best to approach the Trump administration, particularly as India and the U.S. seek to strengthen economic relations. Requests for comment from India’s Prime Minister’s Office and the Ministry of External Affairs went unanswered.

In the U.S., Adani has built a legal and lobbying team to champion his case. This team has been in contact with administration officials, according to the sources. One meeting reportedly took place in March involving prosecutors from both the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Brooklyn and the main Justice Department.

Adani’s growing network in the U.S., which Bloomberg first highlighted in mid-February, has continued to evolve. Mark Filip of the law firm Kirkland & Ellis has emerged as a key representative in recent negotiations, according to some individuals. Adani also engaged BGR Group, a firm noted for its strong ties to the Trump administration. Senate lobbying records confirm that BGR currently represents India in trade negotiations with the Trump administration.

Neither the law firms nor individuals representing Adani in the U.S. provided comments or responded to messages regarding the case.

President Trump has previously voiced skepticism over the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), breaking from the stance taken by past administrations. The 1977 law has historically been used to prosecute both U.S. and foreign firms involved in bribing foreign officials. However, Trump has expressed concern that such prosecutions can damage American business interests.

In a February executive order, Trump instructed Attorney General Pam Bondi to pause FCPA-related actions until she issues updated enforcement guidance. “It’s going to mean a lot more business for America,” Trump said at the time.

Following this directive, certain FCPA cases have been dropped. One example was the Justice Department’s decision to dismiss a foreign bribery case against former executives at Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. These executives, who had denied any wrongdoing, had been set to go on trial in New Jersey over allegations they paid bribes to speed up a construction project in India.

However, the Trump administration’s efforts to interfere in another corruption prosecution—the case involving New York Mayor Eric Adams—sparked significant controversy. When the administration decided to drop charges against Adams related to alleged illegal campaign contributions from Turkish officials, it led to resignations among several career prosecutors. A federal judge eventually allowed the charges to be dismissed, but did so “with prejudice,” which prevents the administration from re-filing them in the future. Adams has consistently maintained his innocence.

Despite Gautam Adani’s substantial net worth, estimated at around $70 billion, his business operations in the U.S. remain relatively limited. Nevertheless, just after Trump’s November election win and a few days before the Justice Department announced the charges, Adani publicly congratulated Trump on X (formerly Twitter) and pledged $10 billion in U.S. investments, promising to create over 15,000 jobs.

The Justice Department had filed the criminal charges against Adani under seal in October. These included allegations of securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities and wire fraud. Interestingly, the case does not reference the FCPA. Instead, the Justice Department and SEC allege that Adani misled U.S. lenders by falsely claiming his companies complied with anti-bribery regulations.

While there has been little movement on the criminal side, the SEC continues to pursue its civil lawsuit. In a recent filing, the SEC indicated it is seeking assistance from Indian authorities to serve Adani and his nephew with its complaint and summons. If Adani manages to resolve the criminal case while only facing civil claims from the SEC, the potential legal and financial consequences in the U.S. would be significantly diminished.

Adani’s efforts to have the charges dropped reflect a broader trend in Washington, where individuals under investigation or already convicted have approached President Trump or his associates to seek dismissals, reversals, or clemency.

Already, Adani’s appeal has gained traction among several Republican lawmakers in Congress. A group of them has formally requested that Attorney General Bondi drop the criminal case and initiate a review of why federal prosecutors pursued it in the first place.

Meanwhile, Adani’s allies in the U.S. are also advocating for his business interests. Both Mark Filip and William Burck—a seasoned white-collar defense attorney from the law firm Quinn Emanuel Urquhart & Sullivan who previously represented Mayor Eric Adams—have officially registered to lobby on behalf of Adani’s companies.

Trump’s 2026 Budget Proposal Calls for Deep Domestic Cuts, Focus on Defense and Deportations

President Donald Trump’s administration unveiled its 2026 budget proposal on Friday, presenting a sweeping reconfiguration of federal spending priorities. The budget reflects the president’s broader vision for his second term, aligning with the direction set in his first 100 days back in office and marked by abrupt terminations of federal personnel.

This proposal includes dramatic reductions, or complete eliminations, of spending in numerous domestic programs. Key targets include child care services, disease research, renewable energy initiatives, and U.S. peacekeeping efforts abroad. Many of these cuts are already in progress under the guidance of Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency. At the same time, the plan boosts funding by billions of dollars for Trump’s high-priority immigration enforcement and mass deportation policies.

Trump’s administration maintains its commitment to ending what it calls “woke programs.” This includes the elimination of preschool grants to states that run diversity programs. It also follows through on Trump’s vow to put an end to what he refers to as the “weaponization of government,” by slashing funding for the Internal Revenue Service, despite criticism that he himself is leveraging government power against perceived adversaries.

Overall, the White House estimates that the proposal reduces domestic spending by $163 billion, or 22.6 percent below current funding levels. In contrast, Trump seeks to inject $375 billion in new funding for the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense. This funding surge is part of what Trump calls his “big, beautiful bill” — a legislative package combining significant tax cuts with major reductions in spending. He insists this is essential to repel what he characterizes as a “foreign invasion,” even as data shows migrant arrivals at historic lows.

House Speaker Mike Johnson praised the plan, describing it as “a bold blueprint that reflects the values of hardworking Americans and the commitment to American strength and prosperity.”

Although presidential budgets are not legally binding, they often serve as guiding documents in the fiscal debates that unfold in Congress. Trump’s 2026 proposal is his first since returning to the White House and offers insight into his second-term ambitions and the broader Republican agenda on Capitol Hill.

The timing of the budget also intersects with Trump’s ongoing imposition of tariffs, which many view as a de facto tax increase. These tariffs, totaling potentially hundreds of billions of dollars, have sparked global trade tensions. Consumers, CEOs, and international leaders alike worry that this trade war could tilt the U.S. economy toward a downturn.

In an interview with NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump rejected claims that a recession was looming. When host Kristen Welker brought up Wall Street analysts’ growing concerns, Trump responded, “Well, you know, you say, some people on Wall Street say. Well, I tell you something else. Some people on Wall Street say that we’re going to have the greatest economy in history.”

Democrats were quick to criticize the budget as harmful to average Americans. Senator Patty Murray of Washington, the top Democrat on the Senate Appropriations Committee, said, “President Trump has made his priorities clear as day: he wants to outright defund programs that help working Americans,” while simultaneously “he shovels massive tax breaks at billionaires like himself and raises taxes on middle-class Americans with his reckless tariffs.”

The budget outline was presented by the White House Office of Management and Budget, led by Russell Vought. A key architect of Project 2025 from the conservative Heritage Foundation, Vought provided only topline figures in a leaner, “skinny” version of the full budget.

It addresses discretionary spending, which currently totals about $1.83 trillion annually across defense and nondefense sectors. Under Trump’s plan, this amount would drop by $163 billion, bringing it down to $1.69 trillion. However, this figure represents only a fraction of the government’s nearly $7 trillion overall budget, which includes mandatory spending programs like Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid.

In recent years, federal budgets have steadily grown, as have deficits, which now approach $2 trillion annually. Interest payments on the national debt alone are nearing $1 trillion per year, driven in part by emergency COVID-19 spending, tax reforms that cut revenue, and rising costs tied to aging-related health care. The U.S. national debt currently stands at $36 trillion.

Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, emphasized the need for a comprehensive solution. “We need a budget that tells the full story, and it should control spending, reduce borrowing, bring deficits down,” she said.

Key proposals in the budget include slashing the State Department and international programs by 84 percent, leaving them with just $9.6 billion. This includes drastic reductions to the U.S. Agency for International Development. The Department of Health and Human Services would be cut by $33.3 billion, and the Department of Education would see a $12 billion decrease. Both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health face major funding reductions.

Conversely, the Department of Defense would receive an additional $113.3 billion, and the Department of Homeland Security would gain another $42.3 billion, subject to congressional approval of Trump’s broader legislative plan. However, this defense funding boost has not been universally embraced among Republicans.

Senator Mitch McConnell of Kentucky, the former GOP Senate Leader, labeled the defense spending hike a “gimmick.” He added, “America cannot expect our allies to heed calls for greater annual defense spending if we are unwilling to lead by example. Fortunately, Presidential budget requests are just that: requests. Congress will soon have an opportunity to ensure that American power – and the credibility of our commitments – are appropriately resourced.”

The power to determine federal spending lies with Congress, which must pass legislation to fund agencies and programs. That process often breaks down, leading to temporary funding measures to prevent government shutdowns. Lawmakers are currently working on Trump’s “big bill” that pairs tax reductions with massive spending cuts and expanded deportation efforts — unlike the budget blueprint, this package would carry legal authority.

Russell Vought is expected to appear before Congress in the coming weeks to defend the administration’s proposals. A veteran of Trump’s first term, Vought played a significant role in shaping the current vision. He also authored a detailed section in the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 outlining a major overhaul of the federal government.

Vought is separately preparing a $9 billion package aimed at defunding both the U.S. Agency for International Development and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which includes PBS and NPR. Late Thursday, Trump signed an executive order instructing the Corporation for Public Broadcasting and other agencies to halt funding for public media.

Vought has indicated that this $9 billion proposal would be only the first in a series of so-called “budget rescissions.” These measures are designed to test how willing lawmakers are to go on record supporting significant funding rollbacks.

Indian American Population Grows Sharply, Continues to Lead in Education and Income

Over the past twenty years, the Indian-origin population in the United States has seen a dramatic rise, and today, Indian Americans rank among the highest in terms of education and income within the broader Asian American community.

A new Fact Sheet released on May 1 by the Pew Research Center, a leading U.S.-based think tank, presents the latest data profile on Americans of Indian descent. Drawing from an analysis of U.S. Census data, the report highlights the demographic, linguistic, economic, and social characteristics of Indian Americans. According to Pew’s interpretation of data from the 2021–2023 American Community Survey (ACS), the Indian American population now numbers approximately 5.2 million. Of this total, those who hold U.S. citizenship represent the second-largest group of Asian origin in the country, making up 21 percent of the Asian American population.

The findings provide insight into the dynamic evolution of the Indian American community. The number of people of Indian origin residing in the U.S. rose from 1.8 million in 2000 to 3.1 million in 2023, reflecting a staggering 174 percent growth over a span of nearly two decades. This immense growth underscores the demographic and cultural shift underway within Asian American communities, particularly among Indians.

While the total population of Indian Americans has grown substantially, the proportion of Indian immigrants within the group has slightly declined. In 2000, immigrants made up 73 percent of all Indian-origin individuals in the U.S. That figure has decreased to 66 percent by 2023. However, the absolute number of Indian-born residents has surged, climbing from 1.3 million in 2000 to 3.2 million in 2023.

Another notable point from the analysis is that a significant portion of Indian immigrants have chosen to become U.S. citizens. According to the Pew Research Center, “Within the Indian community, 51 percent are naturalized citizens while 60 percent have lived here for more than 10 years.” This indicates a high degree of long-term settlement and integration among Indians in the United States.

Education continues to be one of the strongest hallmarks of Indian Americans. Pew’s data reveals that “77 percent of Indian Americans aged 25 and older have bachelor’s degrees or advanced degrees.” This figure stands well above the overall rate for Asian Americans, among whom 56 percent have attained similar educational levels. These statistics affirm the long-standing perception of Indian Americans as a highly educated demographic group, with many excelling in technology, science, medicine, academia, and business.

Language proficiency, especially in English, is also prominent within the Indian community. According to the report, “Compared to other Asians, English proficiency is much higher within the Indian community, with 84% of Indians ages 5 and older speaking the language proficiently.” This is noticeably higher than the 74 percent English proficiency rate among all Asian Americans. Additionally, several Indian languages remain commonly spoken at home. As the Pew study notes, “18 percent speak Hindi, 11 percent Telugu, 10 percent Gujarati, and 7 percent Tamil.”

When examining geographic distribution, Indians are spread across the country, but certain states and metropolitan regions stand out. California tops the list, hosting the largest population of Indian Americans with 960,000 residents. Texas follows with 570,000, while New Jersey has 440,000, New York has 390,000, and Illinois houses about 270,000. At the city level, the largest Indian populations are found in major metropolitan areas such as New York City with 710,000 people, Dallas with 270,000, and San Francisco with 260,000.

Indian Americans also continue to outperform other ethnic groups economically. In 2023, the median household income for Indian-headed households reached $151,200, far exceeding the average for Asian-headed households, which stood at $105,600. Personal earnings also reflected this trend. The Pew data found that “individual annual personal earnings of Indian Americans ages 16 and older was $85,300 in 2023,” whereas the broader Asian American group had an average of $52,400.

The religious composition of Indian Americans also presents a diverse spectrum. Hindus form the largest group, accounting for nearly half of all Indian adults in the U.S. According to the Pew analysis, “48 percent of Indian adults are Hindu; 15 percent are Christian, and 15 percent are unaffiliated.” The unaffiliated category includes people who identify as atheist, agnostic, or not aligned with any particular religion.

Lastly, the data also touches upon poverty rates within the community. Despite common assumptions that associate immigrant groups with financial struggles, Indian Americans have relatively low poverty levels. The Pew report states, “Poverty in the Indian community stood at 6 percent compared to 10 percent among Asians.” This further emphasizes the socio-economic strength of this group, who are often employed in skilled professions with stable incomes.

Overall, the Pew Research Center’s updated profile paints a picture of a growing, highly educated, economically prosperous, and culturally diverse Indian American community. Their contributions continue to shape and enrich the broader American landscape across sectors ranging from technology and healthcare to education, finance, and public life.

Jaishankar Urges Justice in Pahalgam Attack; US Calls for India-Pakistan De-escalation

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar held a discussion with US Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Wednesday regarding the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam, stressing the need for accountability. He underscored that those responsible for the attack, including its perpetrators, supporters, and planners, must be brought to justice. In response, Rubio reiterated the US position that India and Pakistan should work together to reduce tensions and maintain peace in the South Asian region.

Jaishankar shared the details of their conversation on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter. He posted, “Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice.”

Marco Rubio expressed condolences for those who lost their lives in the tragic incident. According to US State Department Spokesperson Tammy Bruce, “Secretary of State Marco Rubio spoke with Indian External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar today. The Secretary expressed his sorrow for the lives lost in the horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, and reaffirmed the United States’ commitment to cooperation with India against terrorism. He also encouraged India to work with Pakistan to de-escalate tensions and maintain peace and security in South Asia.”

The US government is actively engaging with both India and Pakistan in efforts to prevent further escalation. Bruce stated that the US has reached out to both countries urging them not to worsen the situation. “Every day action is being taken. In this case, the Secretary speaking directly to his counterparts in India and Pakistan… We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with, and certainly with President Trump’s leadership, India and Pakistan having those conversations. It’s very important for them,” she said during a press briefing.

This latest appeal for restraint is part of a broader pattern of US diplomatic efforts to reduce Indo-Pakistani tensions following terrorist incidents. Such calls have been made in past crises as well. For example, in the aftermath of the 2019 Pulwama terror attack, then-US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo reached out to the late Sushma Swaraj, India’s External Affairs Minister at the time, with a similar message. He had urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on reducing hostilities.

Similarly, after the 2016 Uri terrorist attack, John Kerry, who was the US Secretary of State during the Obama administration, had also spoken to Swaraj. In that conversation too, the emphasis was on de-escalation and preventing further deterioration of the situation.

Despite these appeals for calm, India has responded with military action in both past cases. Following the Pulwama attack in 2019, the Indian Air Force conducted airstrikes in Balakot, targeting terrorist camps across the Line of Control in Pakistan. This marked a significant shift in India’s strategic approach and was viewed as a strong message to those sponsoring cross-border terrorism.

Likewise, in 2016, after the Uri attack that resulted in the deaths of 19 Indian soldiers, the Indian Army launched what it described as “surgical strikes” against terrorist launchpads in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. This operation was widely publicized by Indian officials and media as a retaliatory move, demonstrating a departure from India’s previously restrained responses.

The most recent attack in Pahalgam has revived global concern about the potential for military escalation between the two nuclear-armed neighbors. The United States, while expressing solidarity with India over the terrorist incident, has clearly communicated its interest in avoiding another cycle of conflict. This approach underscores Washington’s ongoing diplomatic balancing act between supporting India’s security concerns and maintaining regional stability.

Even though the US condemned the Pahalgam attack and affirmed its commitment to fighting terrorism in partnership with India, its concurrent appeal for dialogue with Pakistan is a familiar feature of its South Asia policy. American officials have often walked a tightrope, expressing support for India’s right to self-defense while advocating bilateral talks to prevent the situation from spiraling out of control.

Bruce’s statement highlighted the urgency of high-level communication, noting that Secretary Rubio’s direct conversations with both Indian and Pakistani officials were part of a broader strategy to contain the fallout. “We expect… the impact he has usually had with the individuals he has spoken with,” she said, reflecting the confidence the US places in its diplomatic engagements in the region.

These developments come at a time when relations between India and Pakistan remain severely strained, with little formal diplomatic engagement taking place. The legacy of previous terrorist attacks, coupled with India’s assertive military posture in recent years, has only hardened positions on both sides.

India has repeatedly emphasized that it expects firm action against terrorism from across the border and has often dismissed third-party mediation efforts, preferring a bilateral framework that it argues must be free of cross-border violence. Pakistan, on the other hand, has continued to raise the Kashmir issue in international forums and has called for dialogue, although India has maintained that such talks can only resume once terrorism ceases.

In the case of the Pahalgam attack, the exact details of the group or individuals responsible have not yet been made public. However, India’s call for justice reflects a consistent stance that accountability and deterrence must go hand in hand in dealing with terrorism. Jaishankar’s firm message to Rubio, emphasizing the need to punish those behind the attack, reinforces this position.

“Discussed the Pahalgam terrorist attack with US @SecRubio yesterday. Its perpetrators, backers and planners must be brought to justice,” Jaishankar reiterated in his post on X, echoing India’s unambiguous stance on the issue.

The US, for its part, appears to be focusing on ensuring that the situation does not evolve into a wider conflict. Its repeated calls for restraint, appeals to historical precedent, and diplomatic outreach to both sides reflect its deep interest in regional stability and counterterrorism cooperation. While the sympathy extended to India is evident, so is the emphasis on engagement and dialogue as a means of crisis management.

Despite the recurring nature of these terror-related flashpoints, the challenge of ensuring long-term peace in South Asia remains unresolved. Washington’s cautious optimism, expressed through Secretary Rubio’s outreach and Bruce’s public statements, suggests that the US continues to view direct communication between India and Pakistan as essential—even if past efforts have had limited success.

As tensions remain high following the Pahalgam incident, the international community, particularly the United States, will likely continue playing a mediating role, even as India sticks to its demand for justice and Pakistan calls for dialogue. Whether these parallel positions can converge in a constructive manner remains to be seen.

End of De Minimis Exemption Signals Higher Costs for U.S. Shoppers and a Shift in Trade Policy

Many Americans may only now begin to experience the tangible impact of President Donald Trump’s broad tariff policies. That’s because a key shipping exemption known as the de minimis rule officially expired just after midnight on Friday. This rule had previously allowed goods valued at $800 or less to enter the United States without tariffs, bypassing many inspections and bureaucratic procedures.

The de minimis loophole was pivotal in transforming American shopping habits. It enabled Chinese online retailers such as Shein, Temu, and AliExpress to deliver a wide range of ultra-affordable products—from craft supplies and patio décor to clothing and camera gear—directly into American homes. With its removal, baseline tariffs as steep as 145% are now being imposed on Chinese imports, which could more than double the cost of items that bargain-hunting consumers have come to rely on.

This development is reverberating across social media platforms, where consumers are reacting with alarm. For the first time, abstract trade policy is being translated into something consumers can physically see: a higher receipt at checkout.

Shipping giants including UPS, FedEx, DHL, and the U.S. Postal Service report they are ready to handle the change. A spokesperson from U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) affirmed to CNN, “We are prepared and equipped to carry out enhanced package screenings and enforce orders effectively.”

However, whether the average American consumer is truly prepared for these changes is another story.

Earlier this year, when Trump first curtailed the de minimis exemption for shipments originating from Hong Kong and China, the consequences were immediate and disruptive. The U.S. Postal Service briefly halted parcel deliveries from China, and packages that were shipped experienced substantial delays with little to no tracking available domestically.

At the core of the disruption is the sheer volume of affected shipments. A congressional research report found that over 80% of all U.S. e-commerce shipments in 2022 were classified as de minimis imports, most of which came from China. According to CBP, the agency processes nearly 4 million of these duty-free shipments daily, and the total number of such packages in the last fiscal year reached 1.36 billion.

This enormous volume includes everything from dog accessories and kids’ bead kits to kitchen tools and trinkets. Regular users of platforms like Temu and Shein told CNN that these sites have become increasingly popular as American-made products grow less affordable.

“I can’t afford to buy from Temu now, and I already couldn’t afford to buy in this country,” said Rena Scott, a 64-year-old retired nurse from Virginia, in a comment to CNN Business.

The new policy is likely to hit lower-income households the hardest. Research from economists at UCLA and Yale in February revealed that 48% of de minimis shipments were delivered to the poorest zip codes in the U.S., while only 22% went to the wealthiest areas.

This shift might not be instantaneous but is expected to unfold gradually. Even before the exemption officially expired, retailers like Shein and Temu began adjusting their prices. CNN monitored these hikes in real time.

Shein addressed the change directly in a public notice, stating, “Due to recent changes in global trade rules and tariffs, our operating expenses have gone up. To keep offering the products you love without compromising on quality, we will be making price adjustments. We’re doing everything we can to keep prices low and minimize the impact on you.”

Temu, meanwhile, is adapting its operational model. A spokesperson told CNN that the platform is increasingly relying on domestic fulfillment and expanding its network of U.S.-based sellers. “Temu’s pricing for U.S. consumers remains unchanged as the platform transitions to a local fulfillment model,” the company said. “All sales in the U.S. are now handled by locally based sellers, with orders fulfilled from within the country.”

It remains uncertain whether further price hikes will occur among these or other online retailers.

Shipping companies are also adjusting to the change. DHL confirmed to CNN that it has “increased our staffing levels in order to support the additional volume of informal entry clearances we anticipate.”

Meanwhile, the tariff changes themselves are significant. Goods from China and Hong Kong transported by major couriers such as UPS, DHL, and FedEx are now subject to a baseline 145% tariff, in addition to specific duties based on the type of product. Items arriving via USPS face a 120% base tariff or a $100 flat fee per item. That flat fee will rise to $200 beginning June 1.

While core supporters of Trump’s “Make America Great Again” movement continue to stand by him, suggesting in social media posts and interviews that they are willing to weather short-term economic hardship, broader public sentiment is shifting.

A CNN poll conducted by SSRS last month found that 59% of Americans believe Trump’s policies have worsened the U.S. economy. The survey, held between April 17 and 24, came shortly after the White House introduced a series of expansive new tariffs on numerous countries, only to then pause several of them. Nevertheless, 60% of respondents felt Trump’s policies have led to a higher cost of living in their communities.

Now, with the end of the de minimis exemption, those cost increases could become even more noticeable.

At a Cabinet meeting on Thursday, Trump emphasized the significance of the move. “It’s a very, it’s a big deal,” he said. Describing the de minimis rule, he added, “a big scam.” He concluded with, “And we’ve ended, we put an end to it.”

With a stroke of policy, everyday consumers may now find themselves paying more for items they once bought at rock-bottom prices. What was once a behind-the-scenes matter of international trade rules has now become a kitchen table issue for millions of Americans, many of whom are confronting it for the first time not in headlines, but on their receipts.

US and India Condemn Pahalgam Terror Attack, Reaffirm Joint Stand Against Cross-Border Terrorism

On Thursday, U.S. Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth and Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh held a phone conversation to discuss the April 22 terrorist assault in Pahalgam, located in Jammu and Kashmir. The attack resulted in the tragic deaths of 26 people, including one citizen from Nepal. The majority of those killed were Indian tourists who had been visiting the region.

During the call, Secretary Hegseth expressed heartfelt condolences for the innocent lives lost in the brutal act of violence and condemned what he described as a “dastardly” attack. The United States emphasized its firm support for India in its fight against terrorism and reiterated that India has the right to protect its people from such threats.

The conversation reflected both countries’ ongoing concerns about terrorism in the South Asian region and their united stance against groups and states that sponsor violence. The Indian Ministry of Defence stated that Minister Singh made it clear Pakistan has a longstanding history of supporting, training, and financing terrorist entities. He also highlighted that the broader international community must not turn a blind eye to Pakistan’s role in disturbing the peace and stability of the region.

“Pakistan has been exposed as a rogue state, fueling global terrorism and threatening regional security,” Singh told Hegseth. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism.”

Secretary Hegseth, for his part, assured India of America’s unwavering solidarity in combating terrorism and confirmed that the United States supports India’s right to carry out any actions necessary to protect its national security.

The Pahalgam attack on April 22 was particularly horrifying in nature. Armed militants targeted a group of Indian tourists, reportedly asking for their names before opening fire indiscriminately. The method of the assault suggested that the attackers intended to instill fear among civilians while making a political or ideological statement. Indian security forces responded swiftly by launching a high-intensity counterterrorism operation in and around the region in an effort to track down those responsible and neutralize any ongoing threats.

In the wake of the attack, military and diplomatic tensions between India and Pakistan have continued to escalate. On the night of April 30 and the early hours of May 1, the Pakistani army opened fire across the Line of Control (LoC) in the Kupwara, Uri, and Akhnoor sectors of Jammu and Kashmir. Indian defense officials said the firing was unprovoked and that small arms were used in the assault. Indian troops retaliated appropriately in response, though no further casualties have been reported.

The Indian Army’s response was aimed at sending a clear message that such provocations would not go unanswered. Defense sources indicated that India remains committed to safeguarding its territorial integrity while exercising strategic restraint to avoid further escalation.

These developments have once again drawn attention to the persistent threat of cross-border terrorism and the precarious security situation in Jammu and Kashmir. With each new incident, India has become more vocal in demanding that the global community take a firmer stance against nations that are believed to shelter or support terrorist elements.

The Indian government has repeatedly accused Pakistan of harboring terrorists and allowing extremist groups to operate within its borders. In recent years, India has taken various diplomatic steps to expose Islamabad’s alleged involvement in terrorist activities at international forums including the United Nations. The April 22 attack in Pahalgam has further strengthened India’s resolve to mobilize global opinion against such behavior.

Indian officials believe that strong international condemnation, coupled with pressure on Pakistan to dismantle terror networks operating from its soil, is essential for lasting peace in the region. “It is critical for the world to explicitly and unequivocally condemn such heinous acts of terrorism,” Singh repeated during his conversation with Hegseth.

The United States, which has faced terrorism on its own soil, has consistently expressed solidarity with India in times of crisis. By condemning the attack and reaffirming its support, the U.S. aims to maintain a strong strategic relationship with India, particularly in the areas of defense and counterterrorism.

The timing of the Pakistani firing across the LoC so soon after the Pahalgam attack is seen by many analysts as an attempt to deflect attention or escalate tensions further. Indian officials are interpreting the move as part of a larger strategy by Pakistan to keep the region in a state of uncertainty and instability.

The issue of terrorism remains central to India’s foreign policy and national security concerns. New Delhi has been urging world powers, including the U.S., to apply diplomatic and economic pressure on Islamabad to cease all support for terrorist groups. The Modi administration has also been seeking stronger international cooperation on intelligence-sharing, counter-terrorism financing, and regional security initiatives.

This recent phone call between Secretary Hegseth and Minister Singh represents more than just a diplomatic gesture. It reflects an alignment of values between the two democracies in addressing global terrorism and ensuring peace in South Asia. It also demonstrates the importance both countries place on their defense partnership and shared commitment to regional stability.

While no official readout has detailed the exact operational strategies discussed, both nations are expected to deepen defense cooperation in the weeks ahead. This may include expanded joint military exercises, intelligence coordination, and possibly renewed discussions on arms deals aimed at boosting India’s counterterrorism capabilities.

For now, the Indian government is focused on ensuring that those responsible for the April 22 massacre are brought to justice. Security operations in Jammu and Kashmir have been intensified, with a heightened alert level maintained across several districts. The military is also prepared for any further provocations along the border.

The broader message that India is sending to both domestic and international audiences is that terrorism, especially when state-supported, will be met with firm resistance. At the same time, it is calling upon its allies to do more than just issue statements—to take tangible steps toward isolating those who provide safe havens and support for extremist violence.

Secretary Hegseth’s strong words of support and condemnation of the attack were received positively by Indian officials. As the international community reacts to the Pahalgam tragedy, all eyes will be on whether this momentum leads to more decisive global action against cross-border terrorism.

With the situation along the Line of Control remaining tense and security forces maintaining a state of readiness, the path forward remains uncertain. However, what is clear is that India and the United States remain united in their call for justice and their refusal to tolerate acts of terror, regardless of where they originate.

Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar Files Articles of Impeachment Against President Trump

On Monday, Representative Shri Thanedar, a Democrat from Michigan, publicly announced that he had filed articles of impeachment against President Donald Trump. Thanedar’s move marks a significant step in the ongoing political battle over Trump’s actions during his presidency, despite the apparent lack of support for the measure in the Republican-controlled House of Representatives.

“I have introduced articles of impeachment against President Trump,” Thanedar declared in his online announcement. “When Trump ignores the Constitution, Congress, and the courts, he is not ‘fighting for America.’ He is tearing it down and endangering our democracy.”

Thanedar cited a range of grievances in his seven articles of impeachment, focusing on specific actions by Trump that the congressman deemed abusive of his power. Among the issues raised by Thanedar was the deportation of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a man who was mistakenly sent to El Salvador, and the actions of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) in cutting funding without congressional approval.

Though the filing of the articles has made waves within Democratic circles, the likelihood of these articles advancing in the current political climate appears slim. In the Republican-majority House of Representatives, support from GOP members would be required for a vote on impeachment. Similarly, even if the House were to vote to impeach, a two-thirds majority in the Republican-controlled Senate would be necessary to convict the president. With Republicans maintaining significant control in both chambers, the articles of impeachment are expected to go nowhere.

However, the introduction of the articles is indicative of the deep frustration many Democrats feel with the president, particularly over a variety of issues that have sparked ongoing controversy.

“Donald Trump has already done real damage to our democracy, but defying a unanimous 9-0 Supreme Court ruling, that has to be the one final straw,” Thanedar said, referring specifically to a Supreme Court decision related to the Abrego Garcia case. “It’s time we impeach Donald J. Trump,” he added emphatically, signaling his belief that this final act of defiance represented a threshold moment for impeachment.

Thanedar also highlighted what he considered to be other impeachable offenses by the president, including his aggressive tariff agenda, which he argued had a damaging impact on global markets. He also referenced Trump’s treatment of the press and concerns about the First Amendment, as well as what he described as the president’s involvement in bribery and corruption within the justice system. In addition, Thanedar expressed concern over Trump’s handling of Americans’ personal data, which he framed as yet another abuse of presidential power.

One of the most significant elements of Thanedar’s argument for impeachment was his accusation of “tyrannical overreach” by the president. “Article seven, tyrannical overreach,” Thanedar said. “Finally, and most importantly, he is attempting to consolidate unchecked power and erode the constitutional limits of the presidency.” This statement underscores Thanedar’s broader concern that Trump’s actions represented a threat to the very foundation of the U.S. political system.

Thanedar’s comments regarding Trump’s power were particularly pointed. “In this country, we have presidents, not kings. That’s not just misconduct. It’s impeachable misconduct,” Thanedar declared, adding that the president’s attempts to undermine constitutional checks and balances were clear grounds for impeachment. His words reflect a deep anxiety among some Democrats that Trump’s behavior threatens the balance of power that the Constitution seeks to maintain between the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.

Democratic concerns over Trump’s intentions have only grown more intense in recent months, especially in light of the president’s suggestion that he might seek a third term in office. This concern was amplified when the Trump Organization began selling “Trump 2028” hats on its official website, further fueling speculation about the possibility of a third presidential run. The idea that Trump might attempt to remain in power beyond his constitutionally-mandated two terms has been a source of significant alarm within Democratic circles.

“If we let this stand, we are saying the president is above the law. That the United States Constitution is optional,” Thanedar argued, emphasizing that such a development would set a dangerous precedent for the future of American democracy. He made it clear that he would not remain silent on the issue, calling on his fellow lawmakers—Democrats, Republicans, and independents alike—to join him in standing up against what he views as the erosion of constitutional safeguards.

Thanedar’s call for unity and action was resolute. “I won’t be silent and I’m calling on all my colleagues, Democrats, Republicans, and independents, to stand up with me,” he stated, underscoring his belief that the nation’s political leaders must put aside partisan differences in order to protect the integrity of the Constitution.

In his final remarks, Thanedar delivered a forceful conclusion to his announcement. “Enough is enough. Donald J. Trump must be impeached,” he said, signaling that he intends to continue pushing for accountability and standing firm in his position despite the considerable political obstacles ahead.

The introduction of impeachment articles by Thanedar is likely to remain a contentious issue within the political landscape, particularly as the nation heads toward the 2024 election cycle. While it seems unlikely that these articles will gain the traction necessary to result in Trump’s removal from office, they reflect the broader dissatisfaction and anger that many Democrats continue to feel toward the president and his actions during his time in office. For Thanedar, the impeachment effort represents not just a call for accountability but a desperate attempt to preserve the constitutional values he believes are under siege.

As the situation unfolds, the future of these articles will largely depend on the political dynamics within Congress and whether enough bipartisan support can be garnered for such an effort. For now, Thanedar’s impeachment move stands as a symbolic gesture in the ongoing debate over Trump’s legacy and the health of American democracy.

Trump Promotes Economic Growth Amid Recession Fears, Touts Domestic Investments and Ukraine Deal

President Donald Trump took center stage at the White House during an ‘Invest in America’ event this afternoon, highlighting his administration’s efforts to boost domestic investment. The event attracted top executives from major corporations, including tech giant Nvidia. Those interested were able to follow the event live through a broadcast link provided on the official platform.

Earlier in the day, Trump convened a Cabinet meeting with his senior leadership team, where he lauded the impact of tariffs on strengthening the American economy. He praised businesses that have committed to investing within the United States, asserting that these actions were signs of a healthy and resilient economy despite recent concerns.

This series of public engagements came on the heels of a troubling new economic report indicating that the U.S. economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3% during the first quarter of the year. This downturn, attributed to companies stockpiling imports ahead of Trump’s tariffs, marks the first time the economy has shrunk since 2022. The move to accumulate imports was widely seen as a preemptive strategy by firms anticipating cost increases due to upcoming tariff policies.

Despite the contraction, President Trump remained steadfast in his defense of tariffs and dismissed suggestions that his trade policies were to blame. Instead, he shifted the focus to his political opponent, President Joe Biden. “Bad numbers” on Wall Street, Trump claimed, “have nothing to do with tariffs.” His comments suggest an effort to reframe the economic narrative, distancing himself from the contraction and placing blame squarely on the Biden administration.

While Trump’s comments dominated the headlines, another significant development unfolded more quietly in the background. The United States and Ukraine have reached a major economic agreement concerning the development and management of rare earth minerals, a critical area in both geopolitical and technological terms. According to information obtained by the BBC, the two nations have agreed to form an economic partnership designed to support Ukraine’s post-war recovery and bolster U.S. access to strategic resources.

A press release issued by the U.S. Treasury Department confirmed this, stating that both countries would collaborate through the creation of a “Reconstruction Investment Fund.” The purpose of the fund is to ensure that “mutual assets, talents, and capabilities” can be leveraged to expedite Kyiv’s recovery and contribute to long-term regional stability. This fund marks a new chapter in U.S.-Ukraine relations, reinforcing economic ties while addressing strategic concerns about resource dependency.

Meanwhile, Trump used the ‘Invest in America’ platform to make a series of economic claims, particularly about consumer prices under his leadership. One of his key assertions was that gasoline prices have declined since he took office. However, recent fact-checking by BBC Verify found that this claim does not align with current data.

According to the American Automobile Association (AAA), the average national price for regular gasoline now stands at $3.16. This figure actually represents a slight increase from the $3.125 average on the day Trump assumed office. Despite Trump’s repeated claims that gas prices “just hit $1.98 in a lot of states,” BBC Verify was unable to find any evidence supporting this. Data from AAA confirms that no state currently has an average gas price lower than $2.67.

Another economic metric highlighted by Trump was the price of eggs. During his White House remarks, he insisted that egg prices had fallen since he became president. BBC Verify reviewed this statement and, again, found no supporting data.

When Trump entered office in January, the average national retail price for a dozen large Grade A eggs was about $4.95. Since then, the cost has not gone down but instead reached a record high of around $6.23 per dozen in March, based on the most recent available data. This contradicts Trump’s public statements and underscores a disconnect between his messaging and verified consumer price trends.

The White House, in its defense, has pointed to wholesale prices as evidence of improvement in the egg market. According to data from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, wholesale prices for large white eggs have decreased significantly. From a high of $6.55 per dozen in January, prices have dropped by approximately 52%, landing at $3.15 in the past week. This drop, while notable, reflects wholesale trends rather than retail prices experienced directly by consumers.

These contradictions between the president’s statements and independent data have raised questions about the administration’s broader economic messaging strategy. While Trump continues to paint a picture of economic strength, citing falling prices and increasing domestic investment, analysts and fact-checkers warn that the reality is more complex.

Still, Trump’s core message appears focused on long-term growth through protectionist policies and strong international partnerships. By praising businesses that reinvest in American infrastructure and forming economic alliances with key global players like Ukraine, he aims to project confidence in his administration’s economic vision, despite immediate challenges.

Trump’s day at the White House was marked by a dual focus on promoting domestic investment and defending his economic policies in the face of troubling data. He offered strong support for tariffs, insisted consumer prices were improving, and announced a strategic deal with Ukraine. However, some of these claims, especially regarding gas and egg prices, do not stand up to independent verification. The contrast between political rhetoric and economic data continues to be a defining feature of the current discourse, as Trump positions himself for future challenges.

Trump Signals Progress on U.S.-India Trade Deal Talks

President Donald Trump on Tuesday expressed optimism about ongoing trade negotiations with India, stating that discussions were advancing positively and that he expects the two countries to finalize a deal soon.

“I think we’ll have a deal with India,” Trump told reporters during a brief exchange outside the White House. He referred to Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s recent visit, noting, “The prime minister, as you know, was here three weeks ago, and they want to make a deal.” Modi had visited Washington in late February, reinforcing bilateral ties and initiating discussions aimed at resolving trade disputes.

Trump’s remarks come on the heels of an update from Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, who also conveyed a sense of momentum in trade discussions between the U.S. and India. According to Bessent, the two nations are nearing a consensus. “We’re very close on India,” Bessent stated during a White House press briefing, signaling that key sticking points in the negotiations might soon be resolved.

In addition to India, Bessent mentioned that the U.S. is actively pursuing trade agreements with other major Asian economies. He said the administration has engaged in “substantial talks” with Japan about a potential trade pact. Regarding South Korea, he indicated that “the contours of a deal” were starting to take shape, suggesting that progress in the broader Asia-Pacific trade landscape is underway.

Vice President JD Vance had also engaged with Modi recently, underscoring the high-level commitment both nations are investing in sealing a trade deal. “The two leaders made some very good progress, so I could see some announcements on India,” Bessent remarked, hinting that formal agreements or policy announcements could follow soon. However, he did not specify an exact timeline for when these outcomes might be expected.

Bessent emphasized that negotiating with India offers unique advantages due to its existing tariff structures. “A country like India, which has the posted and ready tariffs, it’s much easier to negotiate with them,” he said, highlighting that India’s transparent and pre-established tariff system facilitates smoother negotiations compared to countries with more ambiguous or fluctuating trade policies.

Meanwhile, economist Raghuram Rajan, a former Reserve Bank of India governor and currently a finance professor at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, noted the strategic benefits for India in reducing tariffs through a deal with the U.S. “India benefits hugely if it can negotiate tariffs to a much lower level, even while some other countries have it at a higher level,” Rajan explained during an appearance on CNBC.

He further elaborated on the potential impact such a deal could have on India’s global economic appeal. “It may cause a lot of companies to look at India in a new light, especially given the large Indian domestic market,” Rajan added. His comments highlight the potential for India to become a more attractive destination for foreign investment if trade barriers are lowered, particularly in comparison to countries with more restrictive tariff policies.

The Trump administration has intensified efforts to cement trade partnerships in the aftermath of the president’s sweeping tariff announcements. These initiatives include outreach to key global allies and trading partners aimed at renegotiating or creating new agreements that align more closely with American economic interests.

“We have 18 important trading relationships, we will be speaking to all of those partners, or at least 17 of them, over the next few weeks. Many of them have already come to Washington,” Bessent noted. This signals a broad, coordinated effort by the administration to engage in a comprehensive review and realignment of U.S. trade policies with multiple nations, while prioritizing those where mutual agreement appears feasible.

Bessent later clarified that active discussions are currently underway with 17 of those 18 partners, specifically excluding China. “Trading relationships with 17 partners are in motion,” he said, making clear that the administration is focusing its attention elsewhere amid ongoing tensions and complex trade issues with Beijing.

The exclusion of China from these ongoing negotiations further emphasizes the strategic shift in U.S. trade policy under Trump, which has focused on bilateral agreements and reducing dependency on countries with which the U.S. has significant trade deficits or unresolved disputes.

In the case of India, the U.S. has long sought greater market access for American companies, particularly in sectors such as agriculture, technology, and medical devices. On the other hand, India has been eager to preserve certain protections for its domestic industries while improving access to the U.S. market for its exports, especially in the textile and information technology sectors.

Past attempts to resolve trade tensions between the two countries have been impeded by disagreements over tariffs, intellectual property rights, data privacy, and digital commerce regulations. However, recent high-level interactions and positive rhetoric from both sides suggest that the current environment is more conducive to cooperation than in previous years.

While no specific details about the trade agreement under discussion have been released, the tone of the conversations from top U.S. officials indicates that a framework may already be in place. The administration’s coordinated messaging—from the president, treasury secretary, and vice president—reflects a united front and a sense of urgency in finalizing the deal.

The global trade community will be watching closely to see if the U.S. and India can overcome their longstanding trade differences and reach a mutually beneficial agreement. A successful deal could mark a significant turning point in U.S.-India relations and set the stage for greater economic integration between the world’s largest democracy and its largest economy.

Until then, both countries appear committed to keeping up the momentum. As President Trump stated confidently, “I think we’ll have a deal with India,” summarizing the administration’s outlook on what could be one of the more consequential trade developments of his presidency.

Trump’s First 100 Days: A Presidency of Bold Moves and Sharp Divides

On January 20, Donald Trump began his second term as President of the United States, declaring that he would deliver “the most extraordinary first 100 days of any presidency in American history.” For decades, the 100-day benchmark has served as a symbolic moment to evaluate a new administration’s achievements. The early data from Trump’s second term offers insight into the progress he has made on his key promises—ranging from imposing global tariffs and arresting migrants to making deep cuts to federal spending.

One of the most telling indicators of a president’s early performance is the public’s approval rating. Gallup, the U.S. polling firm that has long tracked presidential approval at the 100-day mark, shows Trump faring poorly compared to his predecessors. Trump, now the first post-war president to serve two non-consecutive terms, has seen low ratings in both his presidencies. Historically, presidents such as John F. Kennedy and Ronald Reagan enjoyed strong support with 83% and 67% approval ratings, respectively. Joe Biden and Bill Clinton were also above 50%. In contrast, both of Trump’s terms saw him with under 50% approval at this milestone, making him the only post-war president with this distinction.

However, looking at approval through a partisan lens tells a more complex story. Trump’s second term shows the most extreme polarization to date, with 90% of Republicans supporting him and just 4% of Democrats. This 86-point gap marks the largest partisan split ever recorded at the 100-day point. “The longer the line, the more polarised the support,” Gallup’s polling analysis notes.

The most recent Gallup poll, conducted from April 1–14 during a time of market volatility triggered by Trump’s tariff announcements, recorded his approval at 44%. This figure, drawn from over 1,000 interviews, reflects stable ratings consistent with the first quarter of his term.

Throughout his campaign, Trump promised swift action on top issues. He said he would lower prices, end the war in Ukraine, and pardon individuals tied to the January 6 Capitol attack. While not all promises have been fulfilled, Trump has been extremely active in terms of executive action. He has issued more executive orders in 100 days than any president in the last 100 years. In fact, he has already signed more than half the number of orders from his entire first term and nearly 90% of the total executive orders Joe Biden issued in four years.

Some of these executive orders have been high-impact. On his first day, Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the UN’s Paris Climate Agreement, calling it an unfair burden on Americans. He also declared a national energy emergency to boost domestic oil production. Other actions have been less weighty but symbolic, such as lifting the ban on plastic straws.

Despite this flurry of executive activity, Trump has not shown much interest in working with Congress. He has signed only five bills into law in his first 100 days—a lower number than any new president in 70 years, according to Punchbowl News. His aggressive use of executive authority has also sparked legal backlash. Over 200 of his orders have been challenged in court, and judges have blocked several of them, as reported by the legal publication Just Security.

Economically, Trump’s platform centered on lowering prices and creating jobs. His pro-business rhetoric was initially welcomed by Wall Street, reflected in a spike in S&P 500 stock prices following his election. But as Trump escalated his threats of tariffs, investor confidence waned. The markets dipped sharply on April 2 when Trump imposed sweeping global tariffs. Though he softened some tariffs a week later, global markets remained jittery, and his trade policies were blamed for economic disruptions.

Consumer confidence has also declined. The University of Michigan’s Consumer Sentiment Index, a long-running measure of public economic outlook, dropped for four straight months. April’s score was the second-lowest on record. The lowest came in June 2022 during Biden’s presidency, amid inflation concerns following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. In April 2025, Americans voiced worries about an impending trade war, reporting deteriorating expectations for inflation, income, and personal finances. Trump hasn’t ruled out a recession but remains confident in the long-term benefits of his policies.

Inflation trends remain uncertain, but the U.S. Federal Reserve has warned that Trump’s tariff strategy could drive prices upward again. On trade, Trump argues that global tariffs will help bring jobs and manufacturing back to the U.S. while reducing the trade deficit. He criticizes America’s long-standing trade imbalance as a sign of other countries “ripping off” the U.S., frequently citing China.

According to data from the U.S. Census Bureau and the Bureau of Economic Analysis, America continued to import more goods and services than it exported through 2024. After Trump’s re-election in November 2024, importers rushed to bring in products before tariffs could take effect. By January 2025, imports hit a record high of $329 billion—the highest monthly total since records began in 1992. Although Trump paused many of his harshest tariffs in early April, reports suggest Americans have been stockpiling goods, fearing price hikes. Tariffs on Chinese imports remain, but Trump has signaled he is open to reducing them if a deal can be made.

On immigration, Trump returned to the presidency vowing large-scale deportations and an end to birthright citizenship. Although he has faced legal blocks on birthright citizenship, one area where he claims success is at the southern border. In March 2025, just over 7,000 arrests were made at the U.S.-Mexico border—down significantly from the 137,000 arrests in March 2024 during Biden’s presidency.

While the number of deportations remains lower than promised and legal challenges persist, Trump points to rising internal detentions and strong cooperation with local law enforcement as evidence of success. ICE raids have increased, with many targeting individuals with criminal records. Trump’s team is also promoting what it calls “unprecedented” collaboration with police departments across the country.

However, with detention facilities nearing capacity, experts warn of potential overcrowding issues. The future of Trump’s immigration policies—and their legality—will likely be shaped by court rulings in the coming months.

Looking ahead, Trump’s broader agenda depends heavily on what unfolds in the next 100 days. Public perception of his actions on the border, trade decisions, and economic outcomes such as food prices will help determine whether Trump maintains his reputation as the most polarizing president in modern history.

PM Modi Grants Armed Forces Full Freedom to Respond After Pahalgam Attack

Reaffirming India’s strong stance against terrorism, Prime Minister Narendra Modi declared that it is the country’s “national resolve to deal a crushing blow to terrorism.” He made it clear that the Indian armed forces enjoy his full confidence and have been granted “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing” of India’s response following last week’s deadly terror attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 people.

This decisive statement came during a high-level security meeting at the Prime Minister’s residence on Tuesday. Those present included Defence Minister Rajnath Singh, National Security Advisor Ajit Doval, Chief of Defence Staff General Anil Chauhan, Army Chief General Upendra Dwivedi, Air Force Chief Air Marshal A.P. Singh, and Navy Chief Admiral Dinesh Tripathi. Sources indicated that this gathering took place just one day before the Prime Minister is set to lead a meeting of the Cabinet Committee on Security. This will be the second such meeting convened following the Pahalgam tragedy.

The recent meeting followed a series of diplomatic actions initiated by India in response to the attack. Officials believe that Pakistan played a role in orchestrating the assault. As a result, India announced several measures including the suspension of visa services for Pakistani nationals and a temporary halt to the Indus Water Treaty. The presence of the Defence Minister, NSA, CDS, and the chiefs of all three military services at Tuesday’s meeting strongly signals that military retaliation is being contemplated alongside the diplomatic steps.

“Prime Minister Modi expressed complete faith and confidence in the professional abilities of the Indian Armed Forces,” said a government source. The source further emphasized that Modi had assured the military of their authority to choose how and when to respond. “He added that they [the armed forces] have complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” the source reiterated.

While preparations are being made at the highest levels of government, military activity on the ground has already intensified. According to defence officials, intelligence-based counter-terror operations are continuing in the Kashmir Valley. These are aimed at preemptively targeting terror networks believed to be operating in the region. At the same time, Cease-Fire Violations (CFVs) by Pakistan have been reported for five consecutive nights along the Line of Control.

“During the night of April 28-29, Pakistan Army resorted to unprovoked small arms firing across the Line of Control in areas opposite Kupwara and Baramulla districts, as well as the Akhnoor sector,” the Army said in a statement. It added that “Indian Army responded in a measured and effective manner to the provocation.”

In addition to military discussions, coordination among internal security forces has also been stepped up. On Tuesday, Union Home Secretary Govind Mohan chaired a security meeting in New Delhi. The meeting was attended by the Director Generals of the Border Security Force (BSF), Assam Rifles, and the National Security Guard (NSG), as well as senior officers from the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and the Central Industrial Security Force (CISF). While the specific agenda of the meeting was not disclosed, a senior government official said that security forces were instructed to remain on high alert, particularly at national borders, and to maintain maximum vigilance.

The broader context of this flurry of high-level activity is India’s strategic and assertive shift in counterterrorism policy. The attack in Pahalgam, widely seen as one of the most brutal assaults in recent times, has galvanized political and military leadership. The targeting of civilians in such a brazen manner has added urgency to India’s response planning. While the immediate diplomatic steps signal India’s disapproval of Pakistan’s alleged involvement, the military dimension is expected to play a crucial role in shaping the country’s response posture.

The fact that Prime Minister Modi has granted operational autonomy to the armed forces reflects a significant level of trust in military leadership. By allowing the services to determine the specifics of any retaliation—whether it be through targeted airstrikes, cross-border operations, or covert measures—the Prime Minister is signaling both flexibility and strength. The message is clear: India will not remain passive in the face of terrorism.

The continued firing incidents along the Line of Control further compound tensions in the region. These nightly exchanges of gunfire not only risk escalation but also jeopardize the lives of both soldiers and civilians living near the border. India’s response to these provocations has so far been “measured and effective,” as described by the Army. However, it remains to be seen how long restraint will prevail, especially if CFVs continue.

Meanwhile, intelligence agencies are working closely with military and paramilitary forces to identify the planners and perpetrators of the Pahalgam attack. Efforts are also being made to dismantle terror infrastructure and cut off logistical support within Kashmir and across the border. Defence sources confirmed that counter-terror operations are targeting identified sleeper cells and hideouts based on real-time intelligence inputs.

The participation of multiple security agencies in the Home Secretary’s meeting suggests an integrated approach to both border management and internal security. By bringing together leaders of paramilitary forces that operate across different terrains—from border outposts to urban centers—the government aims to ensure seamless coordination and readiness in the event of further threats.

Ultimately, the developments following the Pahalgam attack demonstrate a calibrated, multi-pronged approach by India. While diplomatic pressure is being exerted through international and bilateral channels, military preparedness has reached a heightened level. The decisions made in the coming days, including those emerging from the Cabinet Committee on Security, will likely determine the nature and intensity of India’s next steps.

What remains undeniable is the clarity of intent expressed by the Prime Minister. His statement, “complete operational freedom to decide on the mode, targets and timing of our response,” sets a strong precedent and leaves little ambiguity about India’s resolve to strike back. With tensions simmering along the LoC and security forces on high alert across the nation, the coming days will be crucial in defining both the immediate and long-term trajectory of India’s counter-terror strategy.

Canada’s Election Highlights Growing Regional Divides Across the Country

The recent Canadian election has underlined the widening rifts among the country’s different regions, with voting patterns showing stark contrasts in political preference. A shift in support from smaller parties toward the dominant Liberal and Conservative camps has defined the election outcome, suggesting that many voters have consolidated around the major political players amid an increasingly polarized environment.

In Western Canada, the majority of parliamentary seats have turned Conservative blue. The oil-producing provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan have long harbored feelings of alienation from decision-makers in Ottawa. This sentiment was echoed by many voters in the region, who expressed frustration that the Liberal government appeared more concerned with U.S. affairs than with addressing domestic priorities. This ongoing discontent is so pronounced that it has even led to some voices calling for secession from the rest of Canada. The re-election of a Liberal government, which secured very few seats in these western provinces, could intensify those separatist sentiments.

The New Democratic Party (NDP), which has historical roots in Saskatchewan, has faced a significant electoral setback, marking its worst performance since 1993. Analysts and voters alike point to the party’s continued support for Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s struggling administration as a key factor in this defeat. Furthermore, some individuals in Western Canada believe that potential NDP voters may have strategically cast their ballots for the Liberals in a bid to block a Conservative victory, thus weakening the NDP’s final tally.

Meanwhile, in Quebec, the long-standing debate over independence remains a potent undercurrent in the province’s political landscape. Despite this, voters in Quebec appear to have largely supported the Liberals, especially in light of hostile rhetoric from U.S. President Donald Trump. Many Quebecois, though traditionally open to discussions around sovereignty, seem to have opted for stability and national unity in the face of perceived external threats.

Émilie Foster, an adjunct professor of politics at Carleton University, told the BBC last week, “We prefer to be part of Canada instead of being part of the United States, if we have to choose.” Her statement reflects the provincial mood of choosing national solidarity over an uncertain future, particularly when considering geopolitical dynamics with the United States.

Despite these significant regional dynamics, the election campaign has done little to shed light on the pressing concerns of Canada’s Indigenous communities, especially those in the northern territories. While the national conversation has been heavily focused on topics related to Donald Trump and Canada’s positioning in the global landscape, northern Indigenous voters are grappling with immediate and longstanding challenges.

For many in Canada’s remote northern areas, the priority issues include access to nutritious food, clean drinking water, reliable transportation, and the development of essential infrastructure. These practical concerns, however, were largely absent from the mainstream election discourse, leaving northern voters uncertain about whether their communities’ needs will be prioritized in the new political term.

Although the major political parties were busy consolidating their power in the larger urban centers and affluent regions, the northern territories—home to many Indigenous populations—were left feeling disconnected from the national political narrative. Residents there continue to experience higher costs for basic goods, poor water quality in several communities, and inadequate infrastructure, such as roads and healthcare facilities.

While the Conservatives gained considerable ground in Western Canada, and the Liberals retained support in parts of Ontario and Quebec, the northern territories remained on the fringes of political engagement. This has led to skepticism among Indigenous leaders, who are now questioning whether the incoming government will finally prioritize meaningful action on these vital local concerns.

To summarize, the Canadian election results tell a story not just of shifting political allegiances but also of deeply entrenched regional disparities. In the west, feelings of exclusion and resentment continue to grow, potentially feeding separatist ideologies. In Quebec, historical calls for independence have been momentarily sidelined in favor of preserving national unity amid turbulent U.S.-Canada relations. Meanwhile, in the north, Indigenous communities remain worried that their everyday struggles will once again be overshadowed by broader political narratives that do not reflect their lived realities.

As Canadians look ahead to a new government, the question remains whether leaders in Ottawa will seriously engage with the country’s diverse regional voices—or continue to overlook them. The outcome of this election has made one thing clear: Canada is not one unified political entity, but a patchwork of regions, each with its own set of priorities, frustrations, and hopes for the future.

Majority of Americans Say Trump’s Policies Have Worsened Economy, CNN Poll Finds

A growing number of Americans believe that  President Donald Trump’s policies have negatively impacted the nation’s economy, according to a new CNN poll conducted by SSRS. The survey reveals that 59% of the public now thinks Trump’s economic approach has worsened conditions in the country, a noticeable increase from 51% in March. This figure matches the lowest approval numbers President Joe Biden received regarding his economic handling during his tenure.

The poll reflects widespread dissatisfaction with the state of the U.S. economy. There is little excitement among Americans for the White House’s sweeping new trade initiatives, with most respondents pessimistic about the direction things are headed. Although many of Trump’s recently announced tariffs are yet to be implemented, 60% of those surveyed already say his policies have raised the cost of living in their communities. Only 12% believe that Trump’s actions have actually helped reduce prices.

The findings further show that 69% of Americans believe an economic recession within the next year is at least somewhat likely. Of that group, 32% think a recession is very likely. In terms of general economic outlook, only 34% of Americans describe themselves as enthusiastic or optimistic, while 29% are pessimistic and 37% say they feel afraid. Among those under the age of 45, 70% express pessimism or fear. This sentiment is shared even more strongly among Americans of color, with 76% reporting similar concerns.

This increasing dissatisfaction marks a notable change for Trump, who during his first term was often credited with strong economic management. In fact, Trump’s 2024 campaign heavily emphasized economic recovery, with the promise to “immediately bring prices down, starting on Day One.” He was particularly successful with voters who ranked economic concerns as their primary motivation, according to CNN’s exit poll data.

One Republican respondent, a 59-year-old from Georgia, expressed his anxiety over the current market turbulence and how it has impacted his retirement plans. “Everything I worked for all my life is rapidly [disappearing],” he wrote. “It will probably take years to recover what I have lost due to what’s going on.”

Despite this, Republican sentiment regarding the economy has improved slightly over the past month. Many within the GOP remain hopeful that the newly announced tariffs will have a long-term positive effect on the economy.

However, most Americans remain skeptical about Trump’s tariff strategy. A 55% majority says his tariff actions so far this term have been poor policy, while just 28% view them positively. Another 17% consider them neither good nor bad. Tariffs imposed specifically on Chinese imports are viewed a bit more favorably, though still mostly negatively: 53% say they are bad policy and 32% consider them good.

The poll was conducted between April 17 and April 24, shortly after the White House first announced a wave of new tariffs targeting dozens of countries, only to pause many of them shortly thereafter. During the survey period, the administration issued multiple contradictory statements about the state of international trade talks and the intended goals of the tariff plan. Overall, 58% of respondents say they do not believe Trump has a clear strategy for introducing and managing tariffs, while 42% believe he does.

Most Americans predict the tariffs will harm the economy in the short term. Specifically, 72% expect negative consequences for the U.S. economy, 60% foresee damage to the country’s global standing, and 59% believe their personal finances will be adversely affected. Fewer than 30% expect the tariffs to help in any of these areas.

Looking at the long-term picture, 53% think the tariffs will ultimately hurt the U.S. economy, compared to 34% who believe they will be beneficial. This view reflects a cautious optimism among some Republicans, who believe the initial damage could eventually lead to gains. Among GOP respondents, 47% think the tariffs will hurt the economy in the near future, but roughly three-quarters anticipate eventual benefits.

John Metcalf, a Democrat from Michigan, expressed concern about the unpredictability of Trump’s tariff policy. “I’m not an economics guy, but I can kind of see with what he’s doing with tariffs,” he said. “It’s just causing confusion. If you are a business owner and you’re thinking about the future, how in the world can you make decisions when he flips back and forth every other day?”

Public perception of the broader economy continues to be bleak. Only 28% describe current economic conditions as good, while 71% say they are poor. These numbers have remained virtually unchanged since fall 2023. Meanwhile, 47% of Americans are satisfied with their personal finances, which also shows little movement over recent years.

Underneath these stable numbers, there is growing partisan division. The percentage of Republicans who call the economy good has increased by 10 points since March, whereas Democratic approval has continued to decline. Republicans are now over ten times more likely than Democrats to say they are enthusiastic or optimistic about the economy.

Nonetheless, signs of discontent are emerging within the GOP. While 94% of Republicans say they trust Trump to manage the economy, only 63% believe his policies have improved conditions, and just 23% credit him with lowering living costs in their communities. Nearly as many Republicans think his tariff policies will hurt their personal finances (28%) as those who believe they will help (33%).

A Republican respondent from New Jersey observed, “The prices for energy, medical services, higher education, repair and maintenance continue to [rise]. I think that Pres. Trump’s program will help once they are given a chance.”

When asked to name their family’s biggest economic challenge, most Americans cite costs and inflation. That includes 28% who specifically mention inflation, 15% the overall cost of living, and 16% food prices. Those figures are largely unchanged from June 2024. However, some newer concerns are emerging: 9% cite tariffs, 7% mention investment or stock market worries, and 4% each say Trump’s policies and general economic uncertainty.

One Democrat from Pennsylvania wrote, “My wife lost her job due to the Trump administration DOGE cuts. We are suddenly down an income with costs rising all around us. My own job is at risk due to NIH grant cuts. Our retirement accounts are plummeting in value. Everything is just so, so much worse than it was before Trump took office.”

Among working Americans, half believe Trump’s tariff plans will hurt their industries, while just 11% say the impact will be beneficial. A respondent from Massachusetts explained, “I make board games and they can’t be made in the US. I have preorders I need to fulfill but can’t afford to with the tariffs. The profit I would have gotten from sales would have allowed my business to grow into a studio, hire people, etc. Now I will lose money.”

Even as the Trump administration promotes tariffs as a strategy to create new manufacturing jobs in the U.S., the public remains unconvinced. By a margin of 73% to 26%, Americans say they would personally prefer an office job to a manufacturing job with equal pay. Men are slightly more inclined toward manufacturing work, with 37% expressing that preference, which rises to 43% among Republican men.

The CNN poll surveyed 1,678 adults nationwide using online and telephone interviews. Conducted between April 17 and 24, the sample was drawn from a mix of probability-based online panels and registration-based sources. Initial contact was made via mail, phone, or email. The margin of error for the full sample is plus or minus 2.9 percentage points.

-+=